CLAVIS
LINGUARUM SEMITICARUM EDIDIT
HERMANN L STRACK PARS
III
THE ARAMAIC LANGUAGE OF THE BABYLONIAN TALMUD BY
MAX I.
II.
L.
MARGOLIS
GRAMMAR CHRESTOMATHY AND GLOSSARIES ENGLISH EDITION
MONCHEN C.
H.
KECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUXG OSKAR BECK 1910.
ENGLAND:
DAVID NUTT, LONDON.
AMERICA:
G.E.STECHEET &
Co.
,
NEW YORK.
A MANUAL OF THE
ARAMAIC LANGUAGE OF THE
BABYLONIAN TALMUD
BY
MAX
L.
MARGOLIS,
PH. D.
PEOFESSOR OF BIBLICAL PHILOLOGY IN THE DROPSIE COLLEGE PHILADELPHIA, PA.
MfJNCHEN C.
H.
BECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG OSKAR BECK 1910:
ENGLAND DAVID NUTT, LONDON.
AMERICA
:
G. E.
STECBERT &
:
Co.,
NEW YORK.
PJ 5301
Printed by Fischer
&
Wittig in Leipzig.
TO MY WIFE IN LOVE AND GRATITUDE
PREFACE As of
the
ray first criticism
suggested to me the writing and purposes similar- to the The plan was elaborated in detail, and present one. I actually commenced work on a number of larger texts. Soon, however, I realized that with the means at my disposal it was impossible for me to arrive at a satisfactory form of the text. Moreover, my professional work lying in other directions, I was forced to abandon for the time being of a
,
back as 1894, Professor HERMANN L. STRACK, of Berlin, who had favorably noticed two publications, both dealing with the textual
far
University of the
work
to
Talmud,
all
intents
When in the autumn Germany, Prof. STRACK urged me to let go for a while my Septuagint studies and to resume that long neglected piece of Talmudic work. With the aid of JUDAH SENI'S n^JP rnirp ISRAEL all
of
thought of prosecuting this plan.
1907
I
visited
,
Moi'SE SCHUHL'S Sentences et MICHELSTADT'S "pSTT "p^Q proverbes du Talmud, and MOSES LEWIN'S Aramdische Sprichrvorter und Volksspruche, and a manuscript collection of a ,
similar character compiled by ed a large number of short
my
sainted father, I transcrib-
and pithy Aramaic sentences
from the Talmud noting the variants from RABBINOVICZ' work. I then copied a large number of connected Aramaic texts from all parts of the Talmud with the variants I once more realized that unless I belonging thereto. secured manuscript evidence at first hand, my texts as well as the grammar that I had constructed from them would be unreliable. 1 therefore proceeded to Munich where, ,
,
PREFACE
VIII
beside the famous cod. Hebr. 95, I
was
privileged to collate
manuscripts and early prints enumerated on p. XV. Only when the grammar, as far as based on my own texts, had been completely worked up, did I proceed to an examination of the grammatical works of my predecessors (see p. 98). I found that there were two points which placed my work on a footing entirely its own. In the first place, my own examples were marked by that certainty which comes only from a personal perusal of the
the sources, the otherwise scholarly work of the author of the Variae Lectiones being entirely unreliable in the province
Then again my
linguistic point of view differed predecessors in a number of vital questions. I say all this with no intent to criticize the labors of others. I merely wish to point out the independent character of my own work. In the Syntax I had no predecessors at all.
of grammar. from that of
my
guidance of NOLDEKE in his exGrammars as closely as feasible. The examples, of course, are my own. In the first part of the Chrestomathy, the sources of each form, phrase, or sentence, were indicated in my manuBut in order to reduce the bulk and cost of the script. volume, it was deemed advisable to drop them in all but a few cases. As for the Connected Texts, not only are the sources noted, but also a certain amount of variants. Here again economy was imperative. I therefore chose for each I
therefore
cellent
followed the
Mandaic
and
Syriac
piece that witness of the text, which seemed to merit distinction because of its correctness or originality, giving the authority for all deviations therefrom in the margin, where are likewise registered not only important variants bearing on grammar, lexicon, or meaning, but also scribal errors of
the
codex chosen
impression
Both
as in
to
the
(for silence
would have led
to
a false
the
actual contents of the manuscript). Grammar and in the Chrestomathy I
refrained from adding vowel points. Only in the Connected Texts did I here and there deviate from this rule ;
PREFACE
IX
P each
be obvious. the reasons The first part of the Chrestomathy, the "Forms and Sentences", being arranged according to a graded system, with references to the paragraphs of the Grammar, the 2 5 and a moderate knowstudent, with the aid of ledge of Hebrew and Biblical Aramaic, will be able to accurately vocalize every form occurring in the Grammar in
case will
be
found
to
and in the corresponding portions of the Chrestornathy. Moreover, he may look up every form in the Glossary under the proper root, where he will find the forms occurring in Grammar and Chrestomathy recorded, defined, There is also another reason why the and vocalized. vocalization was on the whole sedulously kept out of
Grammar and Chrestomathy.
The orthography
of
the
sources being adjusted to unpointed texts, the introduction of vowel-points would have created naught but confusion, latter presupposes an entirely different system of orthography (such as we find in Biblical Aramaic). With each system is allowed to the method adopted by me
since the
,
own
characteristics without confusion.
Moreover, whatever subjective features may attend the vocalization are thus kept out of the texts themselves which are presented with utmost fidelity and accuracy exactly in the form in which they have come down.
exhibit
its
As for the choice of material, the texts naturally come But the Halakah also is not largely from the Haggadah. I believe, represented by a few specimens which meet the requirements of beginners, but also in the first part of the Chrestomathy by phrases and sentences judiciously culled from the large frame-work and thus exhibit-
only
ing
,
the
methodological
terminology
of
the
halakic
dis-
Additional cussions, concisely explained in the Glossary. information is to be found in MIELZINER'S Introduction and
BACKER'S Terminologie (see
p. 97. 98). In writing the Glossary, I naturally availed myself of the great Talmudic lexica and of the lexicographical in
PREFACE
X
works concerned with the cognate Ai'amaic dialects. My aim was not so much to discover new identifications, as to give that which was tenable and most adequately supported. I have followed tradition as far as it is embodied in the
Above all others, my sincere gratitude is photographs. herewith expressed to Professor STRACK who not only suggested this work but also read a number of proofs and was untiring in his efforts, in which he was aided by his wide experience, to enhance the accuracy of the contents, the economic arrangement of the details, and the appearance of the whole. Nor would I be derelict in acknowledging the kindness of Commercial Councillor Herr OSCAR BECK, head of the publishing firm of C. H. BECK in Munich,
who most
readily of this work.
consented to undertake the publication
Philadelphia,
Pa., February 1910.
Max
L. Margolis.
TABLE OF CONTENTS Grammar. Introduction
1
(
3).
Page 1.
-
The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud. Place in General Aramaic
Its 1
2.
Script
and Orthography
3
3.
Means
of Fixing the Vocalization
7
4.
The Consonants and their Changes The Vowels and their Changes
I.
5.
6.
7.
Phonology
47).
(
8 10
Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds through Collocation of Words in the Sentence
15
The Accent
15
II.
A.
Morphology The Pronoun
(
(
841). 811). 16
10.
Personal Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Relative Pronoun
11.
Interrogative Pronoun
18
8.
9.
12.
13.
B. The Noun ( 1223). Nominal Stems ( 1218). The (a). Remarks Preliminary Nouns with Shortened Stem
17 18
19 19
XH
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
22
15.
Triconsonantal Nominal Stems with Vowel Gradation With the Middle Radical Geminate
16.
With Prefixes
25
17.
Pluriconsonantal Stems
18.
Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives
14.
19.
Inflectional
20.
Modification
25
Inflection
(b).
.
26
1922).
(
27
Endings in
22
the Stem
occasioned
by the
In-
29
flection
....
22.
from Masculines and conversely The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes
23.
Numerals
24.
Adverb
34
25.
Prepositions
34
26.
Conjunctions
35
27.
The Modification
28.
Inflectional
29.
Perfect
37
30.
Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive
38
31.
The
32.
Itpe'el
21.
PI. fern,
30 32 32
.
C.
Particles
D.
The Verb of the
(
(
2426).
2741).
Stem
Elements
Participles
35
36
40 41
33.
Pa"el
43
34.
Itpa"al
45
35.
AFel
46
36.
IttaFal
47
37.
Verbs y"s Verbs i"ns Verbs V'-^
48
38. 39.
40. 41.
Pluriconsonantals The Verb with Objective Suffixes
50 56 56 57
TABLE OF CONTENTS III.
Syntax
4274).
(
TheNoun(
A.
XIII
4254).
.............. ............ ...... Coordination ............... ^D Construction ............ The Joining together Nouns. Repetition ................ The Neuter St. absol. and determ St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive
.
.
of
of several
Pronoun
54..
55.
Person and Gender
Prepositions
B.
56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61.
62.
The Verb
(
Perfect
Participle Infinitive
of the
The Simple Sentence
(
67. 68.
Interrogative Sentences
64. 65. 66.
66 67
68 70 71
72 73 74 74
75 76 77
79 82 83
84 86
6368).
............... ............ ....... Concord Speech Words ............ The Order Negative Sentences ............
63.
65
5562).
............ ............... The The Imperfect .............. .............. The The Imperative .............. The .............. .... Verb ..... Government n^K .................. C.
62 63
4852)
(
............. ........... ........... ............. Numerals ................ Adverbial Expression ........... ...............
53.
62
Distributive
Personal Pronoun Demonstrative Pronoun Interrogative Pronouns Relative Pronoun 52.
Pftge
The Copula The Casus Pendens
of the Parts of of
..........
87
88 89 89 90 91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
XIV D. 69.
70. 71.
72. 73.
Compound Sentences
(
6973)
Copulative Sentences Attributive Relative Sentences Conjunctional Relative Sentences Indirect Interrogative Sentences Conditional Sentences
Literature
Page
92 94 95 96 96 97
.
Chrestomathy and Glossaries. Chrestomathy. I.
II.
Forms and Sentences
1*
Connected Texts
34* 34* 37*
A. Earlier Language B. Later
Language
.
.
(From the "Chapter
of the Saints" p. 58*. WonderHalakic texts p. 74*.)
stories p. 70*.
Glossaries. A. Aramaic Glossary B. Hebrew Glossary
.
.
.
84* 180*
Abbreviations and Signs.
= Florenz (Florence), Biblioteca Nazionale codd. 79. G = Gottingen, Universitats-Bibliothek cod. hebr. 3 saec. XIII). H = Hamburg, Stadtbibliothek cod. hebr. 165 (1184 K = Karlsruhe, Hof- und Landes-Bibliothek cod. 9 (14001450). M = Munchen (Munich), Hof- und Staats-Bibliothek, cod. hebr. 95 (1343 140. 141. Mi = Munchen, codd. hebr. B = ed. Bomberg. Venetiae 152023. ArM = *Aruk cod. hebr. 142 Munchen (1285 Chr.) contains only the second part, not made use of by Kohut ArVflV =
F
II,
1,
(init.
,
p. Chr.).
orient.
p. Chr.).
6.
1,
p.
\\
(cf.
!
el
liasi;
!
!
c.
!
2.
5
J
||
l|
||
||
||
!
a.
||
ABBREVIATIONS
XVI
= Chronik (Chronicles). 98. 99. Dal(man), De(uteronomium). Erub = 'Erubin. Ex(odus) Ez(echiel). Chr.
cf. p.
||
||
Ge(nesis).
Hag(iga).
Jb
||
Hul(lin).
||
Ket(ubot).
= Hiob
Ker(itot). Meg(illa).
(Job}.
Ne(henrias).
Reg(um
Je(remias)
||
||
Men(ahot).
||
cf.
p(luralis).
||
Gers(om)ms (MS apud Kohut)
||
p. ||
97.
||
||
leb(amot).
mend(um), mend(osum) M. K. Mo^ed Katon
=
||
Ned(arim).
=
Is(aias).
||
No(ldeke),
||
||
||
Konige, Kings.
||
Miel(ziner),
||
||
liber)
Jo(sua).
||
Kid(dusin).
Pr(overbia). Pes(ahim). mittunt. Ps(almus). ||
Git(tin).
||
rell \\
cf.
p.
prm
99.
Nu(meri).
= praemittit
= reliqui
||
R. ||
ha-sana. Sab(bat), Sanh(edrin) st. a. == status absolutus st. d. determinatus. Str(ack), cf. p. 97 Suk(ka). ||
||
= Ta anit = transfert. = prima manus ^> = omittunt. = margo A = textus. corrector. = hebraice. = nomen proprium. ||
Taan
5
||
tr
_*_
||
omittit,
K
2_
_^
||
||
||
||
P_
h.
,
prae-
= Ros
= status
Grammar. Introduction 1.
(
1
3).
The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud. Its
1.
Place in General Aramaic.
By Talmud (Gemara) we understand
the
inter-
pretation of the Mishna, which usually takes the form or discussion; hence, the large framework. The language of this
there tions
framework
is
Hebrew from Hebrew
is
of
throughout Aramaic. Whatever Talmud is confined to quota-
in the
sources,
or to certain expressions
which had become part of the spoken language and But even within certainly of the scholastic speech. the framework there is a considerable amount of Aramaic consisting of sayings of scholars whose vernacular
was Aramaic, people,
or
of
or
the
of
the conversation of
mass
legends, and the like, non- Jewish origin.
the
common
of popular proverbs, stories, some of which are even of a
which belongs to the editors b (redactors) Talmud, is on the whole uniform and did not vary greatly from the vernacular employed by the Babylonian teachers (Amora'6, Sabora'e) in their daily life. This language had as its area Upper This
framework, of
Margolis,
the
Gr. Bub. Talm.
1
2
1.
The Aramaic Idiom
of the Babylonian Talmud, etc.
Babylonia, the seat of Babylonian Jewry, with the towns Neharde'a, Sora, Pumbeditha and others in which it was scholastic institutions were found spoken during ;
and 6 th post - Christian centuries, during which period the accumulated Talmudic material was
the 4 th ,
5 th ,
subjected to frequent redaction,
until
it
reached
its
final form. c
The language did not really die out until the ninth century when it was supplanted by Arabic. Its nearest relative is Mandaic, the language of Lower Babylonia. There certainly existed between the two dialectal differences; but it may be doubted whether there was a noticeable Jewish coloring to the popular speech of Upper Babylonia as handled by the Jews. Whatever there
may be
of
Hebrew influence, should be looked for The phonetic decay characteristic
rather in the syntax.
Mandaic may be witnessed on Talmudic ground only its beginnings; at any rate the spelling of the Talmudic Aramaic is more archaic. Both dialects are
of in
closely related to Syriac ; compare for instance the form of the st. d. of the masc. pi. in the noun and the prefix of the 3. person masc. of the imperf. in the verb.
Much more
d
ancient
in certain tractates
MeUla,
Tamid)
redactional
is
the Aramaic which
we
find
(Nedarim, Nazir, Te"mura, Keritot, belonging to an earlier
apparently
stratum.
Elsewhere "we find remnants of
the earlier language in (a) quotations from the Targum, and paraphrastic usually jn the name of R. Joseph expositions of biblical passages after the fashion of ,
the
Targum,
cf.
Ber 38 a
of Megillat Ta
(c)
;
Sanh 95 a
a. e.;
(b)
fragments
the pastoral letter of Gamaliel
II.,
2.
Sanh
ll
Script
and Orthography.
3
b
(d) fragments of formulas for public docu; ments (contracts, deeds, etc.); (e) the sayings of the
scholars (Hillel, Samuel the Little, Bar Meir, Hiyya, Kappara, Johanan, etc.); (/) old Of course, popular texts, particularly incantations. there exist also mixed texts combining elements of the earlier and the later language. It is interesting to note older Palestinian
that
M
in
earlier
there
language
is
a tendency towards reducing the
to the level of the later
and common
speech. In the present work the earlier language no less than e is the subject of grammatical treatment ancient and ,
the later,
;
modern forms, however, are clearly distinguished. Thus in the grammar, the archaic forms have a f prefixed; in the chrestomafthy A designates the essentially earlier and B the essentially later or
common
speech.
2.
The
letters
gumic Aramaic.
Script and Orthography.
are
the
Vowel
same as
2.
in biblical
and
tar-
signs as well as diacritic points
are wanting in the printed editions and, barring sporadic cases, also in the manuscripts.
In contrast with BA.,
it
is
to
be noted that
tP
has
b
been replaced by D in MD, D'D, xlt^D, ^3nDX. & is kept in xny, yap, x^xotf, xns^, pt?. The two are used indiscriminately in the
fllg.
instances: N1B>3
wy, mtpy, nwy, v"iff V but ID in,
etc.
;
and KIDM;
nno and VJn^K;
Hnt? and
and XJttty; ao and TnnnPa; and n"iyo. n als a vowel letter is the rule exactly as *JD
after X:
nx,
nx"?pn, nxrj, nxois, etc.
ih
;
BA. c
In the absol. i*
2.
Script
and Orthography.
of the f. sg. n is rare: n^D (but also x^p), nyznx, ntFDn, mtyy; more frequently it occurs in 3 sg. f. of the perf. (TOD, n*?pB>, ny&B>, m^, npi, nap, rrn nrpix, rteanx, npsx, nnnx) and in the pt. sg. f. st.
ruato)
and
pi. f. (ra'.iP);
with ordinarily.
(occasionally also xin). d.
d
m. sg.
but even there N will be met
In verbs n
^h we is
mi
find n only in extremely rare in the
mn st.
xiax
nmix, nyix, Occasionally X represents a quiescent n (4j): ntrn x"i:u ni3j ntfn; x^o, etc. rrpj; :
=
=
In
the
xn =
=
middle of a word a radical x,
though always expressed in the words "jnxia, Elsewhere X may and may not be written; thus we find XJXDO and XJDB, ^JXO and ^, n^xy and xjy, nn(i)is and NTIIS. The same holds good of X taking the place of V (4): XJX^n quiescent, is ^XD, X^XDtr.
and
xj^in.
x as a vowel
f
middle of a word for a
letter in the
(after the fashion of Arabic)
only occasionally found
is
and MSS.; thus universally: IB: 'pxp IWIDD, xnx^>y, nx'3i; G: xnxnx; H: (r. *tstDi3), xnxja, xnxyix, xnxi^x, xnx m2; M: '2D, ixun, xnx^o, nxt^; M^ xnxjip, xnxin, xnx^^D, nxnx, IXH^, uxx Universally for a in IXD ,,who?" (rarely p); there is, on the other hand, no fixed rule when the vowel is followed by (and preceded by i or ixyiff, but liw H; ixi^a H, but nw(>)n; IX>D JB, but 1"D HM; ixn^n ffi, XJI'H; otherwise l^x, ino, etc., where the absence of ', as in D" p^u^, etc., sufficiently indicates the pronunciation) cf also xnxs B, 'nxD fflM, 'IXD M, "jxnx ib. The common and incorrect pronunciation in Occidental prints ;
s
"i
s
:
1
"!)!, .
;
2.
with kames
1
Script
by x
indicated
is
and Orthography.
5
M
in '3KB H, 'tPKB
i;
XJXn
and designate universally the long vowels (whether ^ or Aramaic origin) u, o, e, i. In contrast
of Semitic
with BA., it is worthy of note that the historical orthography has been replaced by the phonetic in cases like Kt?n, IB", etc. (BA.xtP'xn, IDK-'., etc.). Cf. also inn, etc., BA. xinn. Note, however, X,T (also TP), xnn X.T,
for
=
=
ro3 cf. BA. nnx, etc. xnn; ro3 Consonantal 1 und * are written n , " e. g., XTiU, A xjn. KJ'H, vim. PPM, xmn, XD^J == xna, TT-' TT -i vnn, T :' IT;/ n^j, xnn, XD^. Before or after x as vowel letter the repe;
tition is is
unnecessary
(cf
.
the rule in the older
Defective writing in general
/).
MSS^GHMJ
and frequently
also
in 16 (particularly in Ber); e. g., 07, KM, xniD, *w, ID^JO, . n^j 13>30. i op./ xiia./ xn-o. -/ .-/ .-./ rnn, _../ nj.
=
nm.
T
-pi-
-|>l
T
..
When
.
immediately preceded or followed by % only one of the two is written twice; thus 'n, xnu, *pi^, n^i^, is
nw^ = ^, K^T^> ^> a ?.^is
l
Similarly, letter (^;')
=
nvn, ivn
:
(
Less frequently: xn"lU.) as a vowel
expressed but once after
At the end
xn^n,
^
tin.
of certain forms of
'""i^
roots (nominal
15&; 1 sg. and 3 sg. f. perf. and 39) as well as in the pronominal suffix imptv. sg. f., of the 1 sg. with the noun (226) -ai is expressed by
formation
^x, e. g.,
fcfial,
wa = ^2, n?#;
^3, B. k.
17
b
H
but 1>!
?iz
= ^n, ^xnn = nn, 'x:n = "yi occasionafly also by = nJ3 = Observe that wri
vocalizes
word was pronounced appears
to
have crept
ja,
'",
"l>
*fes,
""XJty';
^Xjtr.
in
e. g.
""rjs.
very likely, however, the In the fcfial formations x
from the plural;
cf.
2Q/.
t
2.
6 1
Script
and Orthography.
for the short vowels u,
>
resp.
i
is
(e)
employed
with utmost economy by B in Ber, and on the other hand with utmost extravagance by throughout. inb (unless Examples of extreme cases: ir6a in^D
M
was
=
^3
intended),
In
KttVn.
xnn,
rib
- -
GHM
u
pressed almost universally; defective writing
XllTn, XD^'n apparently may be said to be ex-
e. g.,
xiDin,
<(
= xnpn,
"iou
rare:
HBS; xpm, xrv^n, perhaps be read xgrn, Nn^Vn. Before a geminated consonant the vowel letter is predominantly expressed, e. g., G: XI:PX runx (but xnax, T^X *q:x, mrvx nruno nu^ pmno), nyrvx "ii?nx, aaV, ^yn^D is
to
= =
=
= =
720, KT^HD (by the side
=
I5p,
Elsewhere gemination)
by H,
e. g.,
letter (even in
n^o
XTPPI
liTao,
M)
closed
find as a
note, however, irtt
;
nao
apparently
we
:
not
nap), etc. formed through
(for
syllables defective writing is favored in particular
(in
iynt&>x
= neja,
the
other
matical
forms
=
= xyn, (and = XJD;, xntro = xn^'D.; = n^ana, xj^ = X36,
iynate,
xyn
nts^j
NJOI (and xjts^) x,
On
H:
After the preposition D
etc.
vowel HD'B
etc.;
etc.;
=
Ptip,
,
(by the
rule no
sn^D)
= = in^^o xry = = M side of V nB VH^V = ^ta, x!?uy = x!?v., xynn
''Jm) = ajlan, n^j'D =
(by the side of
=
of
= =
n^aTa
etc.
defective
is
met with
hand, writing occasionally also in as (in other parts than Ber), even in M. By means of vowel letters the fixing of gramof
k
MS. M. The long
is
Hence the unique value
facilitated.
vowels
0,
e
originating
in
certain
Means
3.
accentual
and
ception of
B
1
for Fixing the Vocalisation.
conditions
syllabic
with the ex-
are,
Ber, almost universally expressed by
in
resp. \ 1
very
After x
e.
with
=
^TK.'
reduced vowel. twx (#JN),
_) twx
represent __ (or
i^rx
a
indicates
frequently
may
it
= twx,
:?\rx
:
Once
=
in
supposed
other
all
cases,
g. in
e.
I
=
I find in
artificial
gemination (50), whether the same kind of gemination i.
7
M, I
\-oV.
to
is
T^y
:
ft?*!?,
doubt
be prefor "cy,
Perhaps the vowel letter merely indicates __, in other words the reduced vowel. Of with: course, defective writing is also met BOX, iT2y. Word-division. The compound numerals for 1 1 19 m are written indifferently as one or two words; cf. 23. for
iT'T'y
xp
word
i~ay.
is
38)
to the
very frequently joined
next following
M.
(x then drops out), so esp. in
BM,
are Abbreviations, particularly frequent in In the older MSS., a point indicated by a stroke ('). over the last letter of the abbreviated word serves the
same purpose: is
= "iix; 7tM = ^H*VpX
,% represents
the tetragrammaton. 3.
In
Means for Fixing the Vocalization.
addition
vocalized
supplied
with
the
to
superlinear
the vocalization.
fixing linear vocalization 79f.); the inserted in
vowel
BA. and
of
texts
the
letters
To be
(2c
Targums,
signs,
3.
furnish
),
the
esp. those
means
for
sure, even the super-
must be used with caution
(cf.
Dal,
same holds good the
pronunciation
is
MSS. of
of the vowels sporadically Talmud. The traditional the of
subordinate value
and may lead,
The Consonants and
4.
8
their Changes.
when
For uncritically used, to the worst aberrations. not uniform, and, moreover, it rests itself on the vowel letters. Criticism everywhere aims at the better
it
is
and older form of
Mandaic with its less 12) and Syriac with its
tradition.
ambiguous orthography (No
fixed Masora offer invaluable aid, occasionally also the other Semitic languages. Many doubts naturally remain.
Phonology
I.
a b
Laryngeals: X
1.
(a)
(b)
The
(Velar)
;
n d, n
t,
o
t
n
;
r (Sonorous Sounds)
c
2.
>,
n
other consonants:
(Lingual Fricatives) ")
47).
The Consonants and their Changes.
4.
4.
(
n, S(p),
n
y
h,
D
g,
<.
k (Palatals); p k
(Dentals) ; D(fr) s, b, s p (Labials); l
;
n,
i(t),
h, 3
cs
*>
tf
1
s,
1
z
h
I,
s,
J n,
m,
(Non-syllabic Vowels). correspond each to two distinct u,
i
Semitic sounds.
X replaces
and the like in Earliest Aramaic. change is nx^pn from *x^pn. e The laryngeals are still kept distinct in Talmud.
d
A
1
in D'Xp
resp.
late
Aram. Nevertheless, a tendency in the direction of reducing n to n and y to X is discernible; e. g., mn, hy nra, "nn, etc. xnx, mix, xoax, nox ,,dive", x
=
;
f
(, tx=ny, etc/ Intervocalic x appears as = TD, D^D = nn^t^ = (y)
FjT^B/,
*:
"h**V
-
D^D, etc., for
"IX'D
*nnxt^, *iy.D, *DXD.
a
g (cf.
may become
also %h).
\
e. g.,
xnns by
^\w,
*^X!T,
the side of
The Consonants and
4.
inn
(orig.
early examples
*VJn) and XSDID of dissimilation.
xru by
Aram.:
the
side
their Changes.
9
(orig. *xasaD, g) are A Other exx. in Talmud.
of
XDnV; the reduplicated 'pm by the side of xnpnpl; xann xa'^, (for xmn) orig. *xaW?, *xanai; XJQB>IB> by the side of XJBB>DIB> (5A); xn^antf for xn^'B^B*, xn^p7 by the side of xn^p^p. The simplification may take place at the end: xnp^p, Trip")" Metathesis takes place in the Itpe. and Itpa. in the i groups *B> n, *on, *sn, *in, which are transformed to "it nB*', no, tos, (in the last two examples at the same Vpnjn and
formations
1
.
f
time partial assimilation).
Exx. of
= atfo =
-ity]x
assimilation:
total
(a)
progressive:
=
for nxBto (but ^eto), Tnn^x nnnx, * * for nnxnx, loxnx (but xiONnD), nip
for nx;p, na,
xrira
= xn>a
but *vra, xp^B
=
=
nip.
X|?B
by
the side* of xyp^s, xn^Dt? ifor xninDD; as in the other Aramaic dialects pD" for pVp^ and in the Ittaf., pis'
=
e. g.,
1
iJlno for *iiixnt>, Q^n for *Dp.xnp; (&) regressive: nnts^x ='*TIBX for '* paints, *"nton 7
pa^p, but
TJ^IDX
v^
:
nq; IUD% ao^n
= aon but
for aa-^i? (e); xsj, xs? by the side of XBT.a, XJ15 for xjjnu, xnao for XJX xia^o, xjix
=
=
the side of
xmx,
etc.
'p-n for ?
=
^pn^x ^>pnx and the like for *^j?rjnx, k *'nmn, ^SD (p^sa) for *PJBD (29); "ix for
Contraction:
"i"ix
etc.
x
(y),
when preceded by a reduced vowel
may
a^^a for
*B"xa,
for ^s^x.o, yyo for
1rusxB, -
xnitr' for xniya'. T T :'
'IT
:'
'qD^o.
or
by a /
be ignored in pronunciation:
vowelless consonant,
:
by
^XD,
for*x:xoo XJ(X)DO T^ ' T T r :
:
18o for
10
The Vowels and
5-
by the side
x:(x)Vin
their
Changes.
Loss of x
of xj^in.
at the
end of a
syllable is old in xj(x)^, 'J(x)B, xtfn, X3'3, X^PB, 10" X3X2 and the like. secondary development is XiTXD
=
A
X3X3 T
..
(cf. \
vocalic X
was
for
x
is
m
Hebr. nxtr by the side of nxfe^). ..-(' ..
lost at the
always
end of
n at the end of a word r&3 (^3), xtfn for
=
VIJTI
^:n
Inter-
/
;
and the a word: ^D
lost in early times in ix"ij?
may
be
left
like (5rf). pi.
VX'-JD.
unpronounced
;
aV.3, ntr'n.
(for
=
*'3n
^n)
may
as an
serve
of a consonantal insertion for the purpose of
example
resolving gemination.
Closing consonants have disappeared in x^p,
o
XTX,
XD*X for
"IJD,
and the forms 3,
j9
1,
:,
5.
5.
a
1.
b
u}
s,
comp. also
'ipJ,
"^x, xcns,
XE>:,
=
3-1
n
'pix.
ij?n,
n are spirantized after
-IP
full or
reduced
etc.
The Towels and their Changes.
u, o, o;
_ o;
">
I,
,
e, e, e; (X)
_;_;
_ d.
These vowels proceed from the Semitic vowels t, a; a and the diphthongs a n', at. a appears sporadically as o. . jwita, but commonly as ,
,
,
e. g.
c
1
^X;
^)x,
of the verb Dip:
3,
e. g.
vowels,
atfj
2.
The production
(=
*XJx:;
of the orig. short vowel in XJ(x)^, which in consequence of the loss
*^xo) X at the end of the syllable (4/) comes to stand in an opened syllable, belongs to Early Aram.; of somewhat ^(x)^
;
of the
later date (observe the assimilated vowel,
x^s, d
^OTI, "ID^ for *x^'xi, etc.; xa^s for
i)
are XK?n, is of
*xax3
course perfectly regular. In consequence of the loss of an intervocalic x (4/) there arises a (falling) diphthong, e. g. karau for k
The Vowels and
5.
their Changes.
1 1
Diphthongs, both coming from Early Aram, and those originating later, may be monophthongized: au becomes
But iip, x^n, wvin, HUTT need not take place, e. g. xnm xc'3, xj"jn x^:n; the diphthong xnn, XD"; when the remains vowel is situated non-syllabic always on the border-line between two syllables, in other words, e
o, at
e. g.,
(7),
xov,
the monophthongization
=
=
=
=
=
i-so. when it is geminated, e. g., in"m irnp, but wo The monophthongization of ai may take place also e in such a manner that the non-syllabic vowel is com* pletely lost, so esp. before n, e. g. iy_3 for p.y.n, ^D for *]\yD, fy for *V.^ (in the two last exx. am represents a
contraction fromamz); Xjnnijx, ^ai, Vn:3 for*xr>__, *V. (and accordingly VTi.**, "pny.1, 22); before n a becomes
xn:o
Ar).
(^jf.
"3D,
T)or,
Elsewhere
"rp.2 for
T]^_
_
ae is also
found contracted
(and accordingly ^"i.x,
e:
to a:
Tj^nnx). 1
is
when followed by
the laryngeals n, n, y or i,/ sounded as a; thus in primitive times in forms like (u?)
i,
yirn, at a later period in forms like
yott{,
nyotp,
npyn^x, "nty, i-nt?, ynio, n;pio, etc. At the same time we find x^yn, X"nn, xjn'tr, T'no, naj, ino,
x:i>xn (by the side of XJTH),
The same
etc.
effect appears to be
produced by other^
consonants (emphatic and sonorous sounds),
=
cf.,
''p.n'ix by the side of p'QTO. When followed by a labial, a or i becomes u:
'X
xnmw, xt^an; early example
When xo^n, e. g.,
xjsij; XJO^OIB', of this transformation.
preceded by a laryngeal,
^ipisfX,
etc.
The
xo^n, ^pB^x,
i
etc.
DW
becomes
e:
e. g.,
e. g., h is
an
e. g.,
writing with a vowel letter, need not necessarily point to a full
*'
12
5.
The Vowels and
their
pronunciation ND^n, hptPK (3/)(cf.
/*)
1W = "Wfr
(cf.
also
Changes.
I n ^ ront
f
a laryngeal
c).
When
followed by a gemmate consonant, though preceded by a laryngeal, /remains; thus xt^x, xncyx, etc. k So-called compensative production takes place for the /
purpose of making up for the loss of gemination in front and the sonorous sound "I, i (over e) becoming
of laryngeals e
and a
a.
The
rule is
by no means a fixed one; but
in general the possibility of rises in the order Pi, n, y, X, "I.
compensative production Hence point "prrp, B^isa
innn (inrvn), but xt^yo (xiy), etc.; 'inx (lin^x), iy.es; but niyx, ^nnj, Before n, a is transformed into e (at least ),
l\T,
etc.
according to the Tiberian system
The following
;
cf.
xins. Note pil \
table illustrates the modification of
the vowels in as far as
it
is
effected
by accentual and
syllabic conditions:
Tab.
I.
The Vowels and
5.
Explanations and exx.
their
13
Changes.
m
:
The meteg stroke means:
Otherwise the ,,so!" T^BpT P When not in the syllable immedivowel might be shortened. ately preceding the accented syllable. Otherwise the vowel might 7 xa be reduced after the manner of short vowels. ir&3(in^i2); biipFi (l=iBpin), iab (ixa^); ao^a, xea. .
||
||
ins, -bs; xabn.' Note XPJ^S^J (xn^xm), 'iift^ap. the meleg signifies: ,,so, against expectation". ^bpri (bnopipi), ^ss (i^is); a-in (a"nn), lass* (vwK), \\
(na'rn), para (p"ouj), ? sians
^snnx (-psnrpx),
(ianna), XTUiab,
SV^s,
tnbap.
x^4
dbtti,
(n^ap), xlbs ^
||
^O^'
""i
may take the (ds !!*), 'in&t. With N, Cf. also xnaaia. it is as to read of correct ^ts. _; place just After emphatic consonants and sonorous sounds we find occa-
(inia'sJ),
ibix
(iVi^TiK),' iyas
11
vowels X37i5, "jlP.^B^ (^"JpVWb), ^^.3? in deference to the system; very likely, Blpa '^. I write however, the words were pronounced lifrukinnan, ninkutu. & tans (lai'na); *iias (ii^as), -isVex (la^s^x), X^B (x^i^pB), sionally semi-reduced
:
1
\\
siil-ips'
Note i in
1.
'
K15H^; pSsBCpll^^j sfina (jnniu), Ti^a.
(lliriDX).
* n-nk (fi^ix);
||
p;
In the place of a
unaccented closed syllables,
by the
side of x^'-i, xns^s,
or
ti'irok),
xaqx
we
find frequently in
e. g.
xspi'i (Hebr. ',7),
biap^n
||
Aram, n X3"ni
for *taktul, etc.; in the case
we
are perhaps dealing with ancient by-forms. In the Talmud, idiom note Af el forms like p^OB^X by the side of of the nouns
;
p^bBX, IS'HB'VK, l^S^,
etc.
Note 2. By means of artificial gemination a vowel in an o open unaccented syllable may escape reduction, e.g.,X5^ (fcOttJiV) (Arab, lisan), xpr !sn (xpbin), ",33^ (Tia' ^), etc. Artificial production is found in'xj'iaa, K 'ina, etc., and in the imperf. and T T infin. Pe al of i"is verbs (cf. 38). 1
!
Note
3.
In using the table for words of more than two/? should be had in mind. The vowel of
syllables, the following
the open syllable next preceding the accented syllable suffers When then further back an open syllable with a long vowel precedes, a closed syllable is the result, in which the long
reduction.
The Vowels and
&
14
vowel
their
Changes.
protected by a mcteg: fiFh*aa. On the other hand, closed syllable with a short vowel precedes, two con-
is
when a
sonants come to stand together: then either /fc^/Y>-pronunciation or lento- pronunciation with an inserted parasitic vowel is
The Tbsp.x, xrjino and xrts'ro (xrWTa), xn"!?. in an to the vowel now stroke serves protect opened meteg syllable. Still the vowel may succumb to the pressure exerted possible:
by the accented syllable in the front; hence forms like 'iDS'ix., xniia*!, xn^ia by the side of xn^izj (xm^ia), xnBsiaia (Kn^we). When an open syllable with a short vowel precedes, a closed When two open syllables with short syllable results: xsn?. vowels precede, double forms are possible xnp'ix and xnp'isc. When two syllables precede, of which the one immediately ad:
is open with a short vowel, while the other is closed with a short vowel or open with a long vowel, there is but one
joining
Note
q
xwnp,
xnbbiitt,
possibility:
4.
aj,n
at the end of a
r
word becomes through the
aim, provided of course the diphthong been removed through monophthongization (e); so
insertion of a parasitic
has
xnij.no, xn^ssn, XPHUJX,
not
i:
5. Two consonants without an intervening vowel are possible at the beginning of a word: X72RD stdmd for *satdmd. In such a case very frequently a vowel is placed in
Note
also
front of the first consonant: thus pnsJx (p^nu^x) for **slek by the side of pnia (pinas), toiax by the side of -ima. All three
examples show the same consonantal combination cf., however, isax (isax) and nsn^x (nain^x), sn. h x (a^nix) by the ;
also
side of
ton% ~ i
s
:
:'
an^. :
Even long vowels may be completely lost in an unaccented syllable at the end of a word. Thus n(:)x for ^;2 (#) by the side of the older form "O^, IJK (at the same time the laryngeal disappears) for XJ!i:x. which, howFrom l^BP resulted the form *^ttp, "' T ;" ever, in the Talmud, idiom has been transformed into 'anta, 'anfi,
"'
:
;'
6.
for
Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds etc.
7.
The Accent. 15
Forms like "D (T3), nx, etc. (vocalic epenthesis). *'dh1 are to be *ben, explained as due to the
recession of the accent to the penultimate.
6.
Syllabic Loss.
of
Loss of Sounds through Collocation
Words
6.
in the Sentence.
Syllabic loss is to be registered in in for *inx. a In consequence of the collocation of words in theft
sentence contractions (loss of sounds, syllabic ellipses) arise through the force of the sentence-accent. Thus
n^ (5d) VO ..
/
XD I!?I" (xsV) for PPN vh, for JO PPX. rvV V T T 7 xs>x, T :' '
.
\-
-t
'B,('XB) for H. N!?; tw 12 by the side of t?JX 13; especially in the combination of an adjective or participle with the personal pronoun forming a complete sentence,
XD,
a sort of a new inflectional form arising thereby (cf 8a). But elsewhere, likewise, a pronoun pleonastically joined to a verb may coalesce with the latter so as to constitute and in all one form; thus ]?$? (P"V^) for "]JX probability xiaon by the side of nx "iaqn. .
^
7.
The Accent.
There is no reason whatsoever why different rules from those in force in BA. (which are here presupposed) should be formulated for the accentuation of Talmud. Aram. It is quite possible that a shifting of the accent did take place but it has exercised no influence on the vocalization which is wholly rooted in the older system. ;
7.
16
8.
II,
A. s.
a
Personal Pronoun.
Morphology The Pronoun 8.
(
(
8
41).
811).
Personal Pronoun.
The personal pronoun appears either as an independent subject-form or as a suffixed form indicating possession (with nouns) or the object (with verbs). But even the subject-form coalesces in the 1. and 2. person with the adjectival or participial predicate to such an extent that the pronoun may assume the form of a
mere b
suffix.
Table:
Tab.
II.
Demonstrative Pronoun.
9.
5 ^
s. ||
17
$ For "(insx no reference is available. t 4j. 48 b; 63 c) also in the later language. ( ||
As a resumptive form
\\
||
irhx (in Targumic) may be meant for inx; opinions are divid? ed on the explanation of the form. "pn -\- "px ( 4,;); "px n With unassimilated rt and loss probably a deictic element. of Copula -forms (63a); the 3 in front has been explained as a pronominal deictic element. Pronominal suffixes joined to adjectival predicates: Xi2i"ip, c e
||
=
||
"j.
[|
|
|3' "ia'iT,
wa^sfi rb^sa,
wa'on;
to participial predicates
cf.
Verb ( 31-40). For the manner in which the possessive and objective fixes are joined to nouns and verbs cf. 22; 41.
the suf-
Demonstrative Pronoun.
9.
d
0.
1. Tor the designation of the proximate (,,this"): Early forms sg. m. V"J Cp*0, f. *n, pi. V^K; with pre- a fixed deictic element (K)n: sg. m. inn, f- x"in, pi. \hr\. :
Sporadic forms:
These forms
still
sg.
m. HV,
f.
xiy (my),
pi.
ny.ft
requiring explanation are specifically
Babylonian.
Late (common) forms
n
: sg. m. (incorrectly also f .) c in a neuter xn, (esp. sense) xn, pi. '11. These forms are contracted from inn, *nn, "p^n ; in d
f.
the last instance, h has been transformed into J. Through combination of "p""1 and Kin arise in the same manner (but with retention of is";
f.
J)
im
(w>n) ^c
//
^,
,,that
^^n.
e H>x, formed from "JH with 'X (86 ?) in front, ise found only in the expression ^TXi 'TX with correlative
force, ,,this 2.
series
and
that", ,,both".
For the designation of the distant (,,that") two/ of forms are employed, of which one results
Margolis,
Or. Bab. Talm.
2
Relative Pronoun.
10.
18
from the addition
cf. '3
11. Interrogative
or
"|
3.
= the
(2) sg.
'
(1) sporadically
commonly sg. m. -pxri, f "jn, pi. -pn f. NTH, pi. irun. m. and "p f )> through prefixing (= "pi
3'1, pi. "J^N,
m. sinn,
From
#
Hence:
person plus a prefixed (x)n.
m.
forms just pers. pron. of the
to the deinonstr.
mentioned, while the second sg.
* ")T
.
;
m. -jTN,
arise sg.
(),
Pronoun.
f.
-|TX, ,,that", ,,the other".
In a similar manner (at the same time with transition of h into J) the plural "j^N ,,those" ,,the others", is formed. 7
10. Belatire
10.
a b
Pronoun.
1"!, usually shortened to
"i.
By combining the relative pronoun fH with the preposition h, in the common language with the noun T, an independent possessive pronoun is formed, 'V'n, T T, etc.
11.
11.
1.
D (66) of things.
UD (whence
c
Interrogative Pronoun.
In a substantive function: INB of persons,
fo, b
I
(4;') D),
by
side of xin ^xo; '3D no. Hebr.
cf.
= xvi IKD.
m
In an adjectival function (cf. Hebr. 'X). function), fV 2.
:
Ti (but also in
a subst.
m
For the employment of the
pers. pron. ',xn,
the relat. pron. as an indefinite pron.
cf.
XB
the Syntax
in front of
12.
(a).
Nouns with Shortened Stem.
13.
19
B. The Noun ( 1223). The Nominal Stems 1218). (
12.
Preliminary Remarks.
12.
There are but few compound nouns, i. e. nouns a standing to one another in the genitive relation and forming a unit. In addition to the compound numerals for 11
nn
19 (23a)
cf.:
NITO
xzm
*^yn,
Tim ^D,
pi.
mm VID;
'nra.
(= *xyTt in), pi. In the case of the simple nouns we distinguish between the nominal stem and the inflectional endings. The nominal 11 ('"ira);
b
stems are of Semitic origin or formed after the pattern of Semitic types. The genetic origin of the Aram, nominal stems must hence be looked for in the parent language; at all events the original status has been so obscured in historical Aram, through semasiological development as well
as by the forces of analogy that only sporadically may we succeed in cleanly dividing J;he nominal forms according to functional categories (atfuns of the agent and adjectives, nouns of action and abstract nouns, etc.); in all probability such a clear distinction was felt by the speaker only in a few particularly specific types. Even the formal classification
capable of being carried out only with triconsonantal stems; and even there it breaks down in part in "iy and **& roots. The following survey of the most important nominal formations subserves in the main practical ends. is
>/r
13. I.
Some
Nouns with Shortened Stem.
of the nouns mentioned here
13.
may have been a
orig. biconsonantal.
With feminine b -in, D"!, act pi. ^3t, -n, pi. joa, Die, Dim. ending: xrrax, wna, xnmp, xne^to, &OIB. (in)i3K, (n)inx, (n)lafi; with feminine ending p()n, (-j)nsn. n()a n city" comes probably from the Assyrian. ||
||
2*
20
14.
14. a.
14.
Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.
With vowel gradation: ii
stirpis sanae 1.
in med. sive
IV ult. 5>
Sive
fa'al, fi'al
xnps
3.
fa ul 5
4. fa'l
xip
5. fiU
Xp^B,
6.
fuU
7.
fa
5
al, fa'il
xnna 8. fa*al, fi'al,
fu'al
9.
10. fu j ul
11. fa 5 ul
12. fu 5 ail
Tab. in.
VI
14.
Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.
14. a.
With vowel gradation:
VII
VIII
IX
31 pi.
sasn strain
=>
i
vii.
XBI; strain
Tab.m. XI
y'y
SMI
21
pi.
22
Triconsonantal Nominal Stems.
15.
14.
Triconsonantal Nominal Stems
II.
14.
14. a.
(s.
Tab.
Ill, p. 20.
The nouns adduced under
a
forms
(act. partic.)
and
length under the Verb.
To
7.
1416).
(
With vowel gradation
9.
21).
are not quite certain. The (pass, partic.) will be treated at 3.
the eleventh formation belong several
denominatives (nouns indicating an occupation or trade).
g
I.
It is questionable whether the i originates in a parallel form or is to be explained on a phonetic basis (5n). Pximin and xnaisa after 5A. v By the side of KBHD also NED (4;). xsa by the side of XB15 (4/); sosia (5A). e KB (5m*). # %bmn. ? K31K by the side of KSIIK (4;). "n 50. j|
||
mi
<*
||
||
||
II.
Cf.
III. Cf.
|j
6. 4/7;
IV. Cf.
4;Y.
V. Cf.
4/.
be.
Note the
transition into the "<"lb class.
A
form of the infin. xro^m with geminate n; brought into conformity with column VII. VII. a With stnj^a (5n); in addition with the gemination n (4). resolved pi. VI11 IX. o 5^. ^ xs^D has replaced XS1& (which is met with occasionally in theMSS.) almost entirely; through analogy with its opposite KW>~\. In the table are wanting i'"iy forms like &O1, f. xnps (1. or 8.) and xmi; D^p (pass, part.) VI.
*w
||
corresponds to the 9. form. X. XT. With shortened stem. 15.
15. b.
P Cf.
5p.
With the middle radical geminate (s.
a
||
Tab. IV,
p. 23).
seems to come from the Hebrew. 1 5. forms denominatives. Some nouns of this formation betray an affinity with the Intensive Stem (Q^p D*pE xnspn nomen actionis}; the same holds good of 20. (for the most part nomina actionis ; from the Hebr.?). 16. 18. form adjectives; 16. and 17. adjectives of color. In 18. and prob. also in 19., the gemination seems to be unorganic. 14.
=
;
Continued on p. 25.
15.
Nouns with the middle
radical geminate.
23
Tab. IV.
24
x
16.
-r r
Nouns with
prefixes.
1 6.
The
I.
II.
Nouns with prefixes.
Cf.
XIB^S
fern, of
1
7.
Pluriconsonantal Stems. 2 5
is
5Ar.
III. Cf.
4/.
sni^a after the manner of Hebrew.
V.
originally to 17. VII. Probably
a re-formate from the
16.
c. (s.
21.
24.
nomina
P Belongs perhaps
st. d. (cf.
With prefixes Tab. V,
16.
p. 24).
loci and instrument; 25. nomen a Stem and its Keflexive; 26. and 27. come is formed from the Causative Stem.
actionis,
actionis of the Intensive
from the Hebrew; 28. 21. (mif al) is the form of the !
17.
||
III.
infin.
of the Simple Stem.
Plnriconsonantal Stems.
17.
a.
v),
x>i:i; xT:m; f. xWtt, With dissimilation pV'p. (4A): vpnyn and 7"m, the and Kn^tB^W simplification may also pv (5rfp); take place at the end in front of the fern, ending: b. flfl:
xnp^p. ing to this
category c.
d. f.
From stems with 2 as second radical (accordAn old form of 4ft; 5d): X3D1D, *yhh, X3T"l. l f
With
is f. I
X
1
^.
(with simplification at the end) the
at
end:
x^Biy,
xVns,
xn^oix. e.
Other nouns X1X1S, xmpy, xi^Dy, :
XDIW (Assyrian c
loan-word); f. xntFirD, etc.; also the adjective in shortened form xtsn.
26 18.
IS.
18.
Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives.
IV.
Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives.
The afformative
a
adjectives nouns; or
and
and adjectives from abstract added pleonastically, without effecting
is
it
serves to form abstract nouns from
participles,
a change in the meaning. fc
an
-1
-an (-en, -in): the nature of
xrp^w; frx
4.
xno
xj'jzi
(IX.),
f.
(with the addition of
which has been differently explained)
wmo
(VIL),
(XL);
x^s
iVs (IV.) d. 21. XJpSD (IV.),
XJtW,
2.
1.
f.
(}/
4J)
;
xj>m
p*y
(VII.),
>mnx
(4/)
5.
(VIIL);
IB^, xjnnx
xrvj^s,
XJpDB J^in,
6.
f.
(VIIL);
8. f.
?
KTM&-J
xjVy& (VI.) ; from yVin: from a pluriconsonantal stem
j?Vo),
:
(5A; 4A); from the partic. of the Intensive KJiano (33) and, with loss of the prefix, JO&m. From fem. nouns: 5-iniM (IX. and X.); tunm; with loss of the fern, ending: 23. JO"1SS (V. -|- VIIL). c
-at 2.
'H-D (VII.);
for
^xnnn
x^y (XL with shortened stem); vila 'xnn ), nN^pn, nxonp, xop (4>; I5c nxio (VIL), f. pi. n^w (VIIL -f VIL); s
1.
(-aij:
4.
(4,
n"l^ (VIL);
6. nxiDU; pleonastically after the affornx^PiT; from the fem. with loss of the fem. ending: 4. nxr; (VIL); rixun (and nxjun, with a double afformative) from xnun (rf). Gentilic nouns: 5.
mative
-in:
4.
nxoix, nx^Vj, ^
etc.
-S^
(properly *uat) the absol. st. cf. 44c): 2.
dropping of the t in xniD^B (with spirantic
(for the
xnmn,
wn
k; hence from the original malik-, not malk-\ (VIL; the underlying *"i' n has probably been transformed from )
"in pi. '"in in
conformity with
the like), xnvjy (XL);
>/x<
iV
formations like
4. 13'tD (IX.),
xnn'D (by
j?'1
and
the side
19.
Inflectional Endings.
27
xnno, from 3D); 7. xnipj', IDX (X.), similarly xnun, xmtDD, xmutP; the in xrnTB> has not been satisfactorily explained; 8. (')nn^tr; 9. xniynj; from rvo: xmrvo, similarly from ^l (analogical formation from of
18.
niH;
p)nrpny.
From
pluriconsonantals the pass, partic. of the Intensive (33): xmpJBB, XITP^?B. From a noun with the afformative -an: ^. The foreign word nxiso^
(40),
Kmsrw.
xnm
:
From
1
(with the afform. -at) furnishes xrvPBD^. -ai (-e)\ 10.
x^nn, K^BI; x^Dio(from DID); IOJTD, etc. e Inflection
(b)
19.
1.
(
1922).
Inflectional Endings.
Preliminary Remarks.
We
distinguish
19.
in
the a
Aramaic noun two genders (masculine and feminine), two numbers (singular and plural) and three states (the absolute, construct, and determined). The gender of a noun is properly recognizable & through the construction in the sentence. Feminine are not only nouns designating female beings (XB'X, x^m, etc.), but also certain other categories, as the names of the members of the body (XT, XJT.X, xyn, etc.), of instruments
and
utensils, the
words ,,earth" (xytx) ,,sun" (x&'B'tP),
though not always uniformly. nouns without a
fern,
ending
etc.;
In the morphology, all are regarded as masc.
Remnants of the dual are the numerals C|) "iri f c Oi)'rnn and "jnKO (23a); but traces may also be found in forms like ."P3T3, etc., where the third radical is s
not spirantized.
.
28 d
19-
2.
Inflectional Endings.
Table of inflectional endings: Tab. VI.
20. Modification in the
Stem occasioned by the
Inflection.
29
Modification in the Stem occasioned by the Inflection. 20.
The stem
is
shortened in the sg.
d.
X3X and
pi.
Tix a
(13c); the artificial gemination (in the latter instance, owing to the n, it is only virtual (5)) serves as compensation.
The stem may furthermore be shortened in 6 (14&c); thus
tions of the types 1 'jp (sg. d. N'jp),
wot?; f. sg.d. xrnp xrp^ff (xrpte).
the side of
by
' //%
6 forma-
&
pi. >3tD (gg. d. K'ltt), (pi.
xrvn[']p),
xn^o
may be assimilated to the n of the c xna> (abs. x:ts>, hence sg. (4/); 13&). The plural endings in the forms 4 6 (14c) arerf joined to the expanded stems of the type fetal-, fial-, as last radical
J
st. d. fern.
in
in the place of the explosive,
Hence,
fu'al-.
the
the
radical
thirfa
corresponding
E. g., '3t?B, *B^X, inon, xnx^o. The plural of xnnx (13c) plural
(4p).
xniinx; i.e., thee
affixed to the form >ahau-, language therewith the stem 'aha- underlying the
Similarly, a. sing.
sing.
spirant
find
is
ending
identifying
is
we
*xnDJ
is
presupposed by the
pi. xrmsx The shortened nouns xnox and xns^ (13&) form/" a plural derived from a stem expanded by means of
n or
The
and assuming the type /""///-: xnnox, xrmB'ff. pi. xnnax from xn&x (4VII.) rests on analogy. i
The stem ig
expanded xnrax (note
as
it
the
in
the
appears in the shortened sg. n (type: pi. by means of
fern,
ending).
The
pi.
d.
xnx^
/?'/-):
xnn^x from
xt^x (5VII.) rests on analogy. >/xt h ? (orig. Y' ?) stems of the form 7. may resume the l-sound in the pi.; thus xmiDX from x"^ stems may 1
30
21.
PL
fern,
from Masculines and conversely.
be raised to the same level: thus xrnno from the sg. ^(K)^, xmiJD from the sg. *JD. xnvunn (from x:nn 1.) is properly a double plural presupposing the intermediate *Nrv]Jnn. Similarly the pi. of K>V'V (176) is vmkb x'Dio ( 1 Se) srviDiD; on the other hand JCJTD
O^);
of
xnxvniD.
The pi. of stems of the type 11. are expanded by means of X: 'XTIBX, 'xriSD. k Stems of the types 4 6 may receive in the pi. a /
pleonastic -an (itself an afformative with pluralic function) ; thus X'JD^X, (D'JBD, 'nra (from xim, 12a). But also
'numm
from
The
/
mm
(17*).
inflectional
may be
ending
repeated; thus sg. d. xnnyDB>;
The simple forms, however,
pi. abs.
pleonastically
pyos,
d.
xnnyBP.
are met with as textual
variants. 21.
Fl. fern,
21.
from Masculines and conversely.
20#/>we have met with plurals possessing femin. endings, from masculines. & Of a different character are fern, plurals of nouns
a
In
which, though lacking a fern, ending, are nevertheless syntactically construed as feminine (19&); thus imx
from mix.
tuip forms both xnJlp and Q)^"lp, the former being used in a metaphorical sense, the latter (prop, a dual) in
c
its proper sense. Masc. plurals go with fern, nouns in the sg. serving as nomina unitatis. Thus (D'Jtf, >^3, 'VDT, noli, vyh,
The is
nisai-
pi. of
(in
xnrPN
itself
is
(X)^J.
The underlying form
a plural) which
is
then shortened
22.
The Noun with Pronominal
Suffixes.
31
32
The Noun with Pron.
22.
22.
(s.
Tab. VII,
Cf.
I.
Explanations.
=
XSN
8&.
cf.
The suff. of the 1 sg. is joined *^nx shortened to nx. ,,My father"
13c.
to the shortened stem(20a): is
Suffixes
p. 31).
For the form of the suffixes
c
Numerals.
23.
The Noun with Pronominal
22.
a
Suffixes.
st. d.
IK
An orthographic variant. ft The diphthong monor The same pronunciation as in phthongized (5de). 6 e The Defective writing. 5q. diphthong remains. IB>. The is mute. Analogical form after the pi. m. ft Defective writing. o
||
||
||
||
">
||
The
Hcd. graphic. III.
ft ||
||
st. d. appears to be the basis. Defective writing.
Shortened form.
ft ||
The n quiesces
||
"*
;
The
23.
a
Numerals.
Cardinal numbers: 1
in (*nn);
2 t-p-in,
3
nn
5
^an;
f. f.
7 tyntr, ;
yn
;
9
f.
;
6 n s tr;
8 'J&n
10 iffy;
stn (6a).
f.
t-prnn,
f.
;
4 yaiK
nn;
f.
njmx x^^n
xn^
a; f. f. f.
f.
mn
only
and x graphic
means.
23.
*
(n^>n) (19c);
Numerals.
23.
1 1
ID in, iD'in
;
33
no in
f.
12 tipy nn, ionn; f. no *mn, no 13 titgfy n^n, iD^n; f.trrwy n^n,
nn
tny
ID,
n^n,
no^n 14 iD()aiN; f.trrwy yaix, no()aix 15 iD(')n; f.tnitry tron, t^io on, no()on 16 ID n^, iDrvtp (iDn); f.tmtyy n^, no 17 iD30)t^ (iD>ntr); f.tmy 18 "iD>jon; f.tmtjfy 'jon, no
f.tniy yen, tno
19 iDB'n;
yt^n,
30 vnVn 40 t^yaix, ^yaix 50 70 vva^ 80 lO)Jn [90 60 f vnO)^, 'n^ 100 nxD 200 inxo 300 nxo n^n 400
20 in^V
I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
800 nxo 'JDn
700 HND ynr
|
2000 's^x
1000 xs^x
nn
|
xnm, Knam
|
pi.
;
|
eooo^x
|
ixnn, pnn, xnnaO)i.
Ordinal numbers: ,
2 3
wn
8
nxrn
xop; f.txn^ip,
(also in
,,Last" xinn;
Fractions
f.
a multiplicative sense)
xn""ina.
:
-i-
xn^n, xn^n
|
i
xyan
xmntr,
xn^n (xn^n, xnVin) Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talm.
multiplicative.
10000
xn>^
|
34
Adverb.
24.
Particles
C.
24.
Adverb
24.
a
1.
pn,
Prepositions.
24-26).
(
Glossary).
(s.
Adjectives in the adverbial case; thus TSB>,
^p,
^tsiy, 'SB, etc.
b
2.
Feminines in
c
3.
Nouns
4.
Preposition
d
25.
rwa, my"U.
-ut (18tf):
in the adverbial case; e. g. -f-
Noun
frequently preserved): chwh,
xmu.
(Adjective) (the
b^h
t
st. a.
very
ttno, xinD, Tir6 (with s
suffixes "pinV, nmn^>, in(')mr6), ^X-QX,
x'^y,
KO^>&O, Knp'yo, etc.
from Tin (Imptv.). petrified Imptv. Tin. 7. Compositions like xn&>n (= xnytp
e
5.
in shortened
/"
6.
The
i7
(=
xJT-y xn), XJQ (for
an explanation side of /<
8.
cf.
wp
5e;
= IK-JO
.
xn),
Hebr. V.XD
(for Kin
ixi?
4/0),
cf
x^>)
;
by
for
the
etc.
tih,
Other adverbs originating in pronominal roots,
as Kan, XD>n, etc. 25.
a
25.
Prepositions.
Prepositions are properly nouns in the st. c., either in the adverbial case simply or in conjunction with other prepositions
(2, D,
h } p).
consonant dropped
= IIVOK.
(or duals)
Some ;
:
of
Note ^itt&x with the closing
hence the endings
of others, the
it is
'"
stem
a late increment.
plurals
e (at), rr at; in the case
same endings are due
at (e) is naturally part of the
form >l^y
= * "pux
by the side of lux these nouns were originally ittDX
;
In ^y, to analogy. but in the expanded
In rniD, nil^ ; rr is to be f emin. ending t.
regarded as the final part of the stem, a
+
25. Prepositions.
The Modifications
27.
of the Stem.
Prepositions with Suffixes. orig. in
35
Tab. vni.
a in -af
short vowel
in -at
fifriaip,
The preposition h may take on in Talm. Aram, before suffixes also the form tTPJ; hence 26.
Conjunctions
D. 27.
The Verb
(s.
(
c
26.
Glossary).
27-41).
The Modifications of the Stem.
27.
a (1) Simple stem (Pe
The Reflexive -passive Causative
(Afiel,
abbr.
thereof (Jtpa"al, abbr. Itpa.); (6) the Reflexive-passive
^/".^;
thereof (Ittapal, abbr. //:;. In the remnants of the earlier language, the initial b consonants of the Causative, and also of the Reflexivepassives,
is
n.
Exx.
:
nynn, rqipn, xuDJnn. 3*
36
Inflectional Elements.
28.
}Wr\ is borrowed from the Hebrew (as in Syriac). Rarer stems (esp. from roots V"y and iy): Pa(<el)
c
d
and 28.
28.
a
and
Itpa(
;
Saf<el.
Inflectional Elements.
Perfect.
1. 1
Itpalp(al)
sg.
t
2 sg.m. 2 sg. f.
Tab. IX.
n -, trv-,
'-
1
nn-
tjo_, fp_, i_
pi.
2 pl.m.tTin-,
3 sg.m. 3 sg.f.tn-,
3
pl.m.'h-
3 pi.
n-(x-)
in-
f.
t-j-j
N-
Note 1. In the common form of the 3 pi. m. the ending dropped and a new form is created by the insertion of u in front of the last radical, which thus takes the place of the stem vowel (5s). c Note 2. In front of the endings (p, in) we find occasionally the vowel I which appears to have been imported from the partib
is
'p'^ by the side of -pap, inipistt) (but The forms are to be regarded as less correct.
cipial inflection (31), e. g.,
d
2. 1
-X
sg.
-n 2 sg.m. 2 sg.f. f V-n, 3 sg.m. 3 sg. f. e
Tab. X.
Imperfect. -3
1
pi.
2
plm/'iT-n, i-n
3
pl.m.t'p-',t'p_^i_^i_t> f. i-V
'-n
-t
?
_j,_^
-n
3 pi.
In a few examples,
we
find in the
1 pi.
-h
for -J,
incorrectly (by false analogy) imported from the 3 person.
f g
3. Imperative. The same endings as in the 2 person of the imperf., but without the prefixes. 4.
Participle For
the
-j-
Personal Pronoun
Tables of the Pe'al
s.
2931.
(vgl.
8).
29.
X * EH
1
Perfect.
37
38 30.
30.
Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive.
30. Imperfect, Imperative,
and
Tab. XII.
sanae
1
sg,
1
pi.
Infinitive.
X"t
4/;
mux 31 pn
28g.m 2sg.f. 2 pi.
m
2 pi.
f.
Ssg.m 3 sg.
f,
Spl.m 3 pi.
sg.
sg. pi.
f.
m.
513K
f.
m.
lams,
inns
pit <"S
d
4/
a The accent shifted to the inflectional element is the cause of the reduction of the second stem vowel, cf. the corresponding forms of the imperf.
Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive.
30.
Imperative, and Infinitive.
30. Imperfect,
3"B (pits)
39
4;
pima
tptji
oip^a
,
an
Blpa, plB
po
pa^a,
^
5m.
r ||
*
5r. ||
SPin
of artificially increasing the
pensative production (5#).
,
the gemination for the purpose
volume of the form. ? A mixed form from
||
||
With com-,r3
and an^.
40
The
31.
31.
The
31.
Participles.
Participles.
Tab. XIII.
active
sg.
m.
pi.
m.
1
,
^aaa,
8g.
2sg.
nbrap,
2 pi.
c
passive
,
irrnasw
a
The ending imported from the
P
By
its
side the form
well attested and f
is
wbop,
perf.
which however
met with only sporadically.
Sporadically ir&iTN.
6
Forms
e
Femin. forms
like
iro'nx are not well attested.
mas,
r\
is
not so
32.
C05
f-
a C
p n
r
~x
w c
-
ft
r
Fk JS
a n r r
ix -
41
Itpe'el.
COP C r
C r
C r
O^
r"
t-
y\
a n D n
IX ^x
-
ft *
?b. X. '
r
-K*
r
O n n
n
if r t C -^
ix
" D n r a
rT>.
r
}-
a
*
a
^
42
32.
a V
Itpe'el.
33.
Pa"el.
33. Pa"el.
43
Tab.
XV
33. a.
44
S3.
Pa"el.
Tab.
1
XV b.
34.
45
Itpa"al.
Tab. XVI.
34. Itpa-'al. in cii.
prim.
prim.
laryng. et
prim.
n
1 4i
5Ar
nposnix, pitx,
.m
f.
xnnn&a
nsanta
34.
46
S
H
36.
p
p
Ittaf'al.
47
48
37.
37.
a
Verbs
Verbs
37.
$"9.
3>"3>.
Forms without prefixes (Perf., Imptv. Pe.) are made by geminating the second radical (before consonantal aff ormatives we find occasionally for the sake of protecting the gemination the vowel -e imported from verbs '"iV: rpxo, inBn ; otherwise the gemination must naturally be
given up: niz&, etc.); on the other hand, in forms lacking a prefix, the first radical is geminated.
Forms occur which are made exactly as in the strong verb: xwtfp, imn, T\rh. c Through analogical force, '"iy formations have b
penetrated into the participles of the Pe. and into the Pa. (Itpa.).
dj
s.
Table
k
p. 49.
Perf.
Itpe.:
cum
suff.
1
the
manner
sg.
m. Tin;
Pcfiel:
/
sg.
tppp-nn<; Infin. 'pipirx; XJp7nip)> 1 pi. P77""0), hence 1
pi.
Part. after
of strong verbs.
forms:
strong Infin.
'JUil;
Perf.
3
sg.
Part. act. pi. m.
^y; ^no,
Imptv. 'jriB;
Part. pass. sg. m. *]sy&, pi. f. fpnno. After the fashion of '"iy : Perf. 2 sg. m. 3 sg. m. *?"V ; f xty)tf ; ; 3 pi. m. f^^y, *?1"y; Impf. 2 sg. m. ^"yn; 3 sg. m. V"y^; 3 pi. m. l^y^J, l^"y^; Imptv. sg. m. ?y; Part.
rhV
act.
m. U"nD;
sg.
pi.
m.
.
f^"yB; cum
Itpa.: Perf. 3 sg. f. xjjn^x. lJ'!?0)'y Pa' el: Part. act. sg. m. BtDPitx Itpa.:
suff.
1
pi.
||
m
Perf. 3 pi.
m. lSSpn"x (the form n c.
may however be Itpe.}. 3 Perf. Palp.: sg. m. "imri; Infin. ^l^l; Part. suff. 1 sg. XJ^^tO. Itpalp.: Impf. 3 sg. m. Part. sg. f x ;
.
act.
37.
Verbs
Table:
s"y.
49 Tab. XVIII.
o
Ittaf.
of
iy)
;
Perf. 3 sg. m. yirvx, ^pn'X (after the fashion Impf. 3 sg. m. ^njvV (and after the manner of 3 pi. m. !^ir6; Part. sg. m. :
38.
38.
to
Verbs Vis.
38-
50
Yerbs i"w.
In the ^/"W the forms, as a rule, verbs.
are conformed
''"is
The
b
proceed
parallel forms in the pass, partic. of the Pe. from the same basic form. In the one case
*kanm appears
as ktm\ in the second, the same form has been turned into * kaim (cf. 5
c
became kaiim (5#). Forms like "pnQ^,
are due to the analogical
etc.,
force of verbs y"y.
The verb
d
e
Dip loses occasionally its closing conthus 58/), sonant; ip^x, ip'J, ip*n, <xp (whence xp, 7, yiN by the side of resp. for Dip^x, Dip-'J, Dip'n, o^xp, 071*. A: Table p. 51. Pa. (Itpa.) as a rule with
/
1
tn'B"P,
sg.
w*,
1
"
as middle radical
pl.fP^^V; Impf.
1
sg.
:
D"px,
Perf. etc.;
Perf. 3 sg. m. 3"nivx, 3"!TN, etc. With 1 as middle radical from the root I'D: Impf. 3 sg. m. "|13^; Part. pass. sg. f. 1JO)13; Itpa. Perf. 1 sg. v\\yx. Itpa.
:
Part. act. sg. m. DJJ ; pass. pi. m. 3 sg. m. xyiyn^). '!?B!?tDD; n Ittaf. (Ilpe.): Perf. 3 sg. m. amrpx, nyn^x; f. xmn^X; 3 pi. m. f lyc^nx, inn^)x; Impf. 3 sg. m. nyrv!?, 3 pi. m.
m
Palp.
:
Inf.
^lU^U
;
Itpalp.: Perf.
f.
rmn^>; D,
Infin. f.
<)
l
-nsn( )x;
xnn^D,
pi.
m.
Part. sg. m.
38.
Verbs
51 Tab. XIX.
Pe II
-
39.
52
Verbs
Table: Pe'al
a,
fmm, ,
m. n^ap f.
2 pi. 3 sg.
m.
s<^s,
nin,
f.
3 pi.
m.
f.
1
sg.
ipl. 2 sg. m.
,
itn(i)n,
xnn
f.
2 pi.
,
iinn
x 3 sg. m, 3, f,
3 pi. m,
ins,
% ^in(i)n, 11331, fpsa ^, isaV, 1
Tab.
Itpe
ipl. 2 sg.
i"ib.
"|2>a
5
el
XX
a.
39.
Verbs *"&.
53
Table: Pa"el
Itpa"al
Tab.
Af^el
fnx^nx,
ins
,
XX
Ittaf 5 al
^
IEOX, inx
Man, xspn,
imnn
rann in ': 1
a.
54
39.
Verbs v".
Table:
Tab.
XX
b.
39.
Verbs
55
Table: Pa"el
Itpa"al
Tab.
AFel
to,
lips,
tr^eni loa
f,nia, ,
f
-
XX b.
Ittaf al !
56
39.
Verbs
i"-^.
39.
_
Forms resemble In the resp.
all
intents
other forms,
t
According
-p"3XTi, }X"n~\,
n"D3,
etc.
and purposes the strong verb.
the
appears clearly.
according to b
V^nBx,
like
to
Pluriconsonantals.
Verbs fft.
39.
a
40.
non- syllabic character of u
The diphthongs
are
treated
5de. to
5s,
hi
is
easily explained (by-form
of ^-i, Imptv. Pa.). c
side
d
In the imperf. of the verb mn we find by the of the regular forms v)iT, virp r, etc., shortened !
forms like TP, 'nj, etc. In the table, forms from doubly weak verbs are included, since with the aid of the rules given in the strong verb they admit of easy explanation.
el
s.
Table
p.
5255.
40. Plnriconsonantals.
40.
Exx. of pluriconsonantal verbal forms (including the Sapel and the verb ?wn 27cd): Perf. 1 sg. 'JBVi; 3 sg. m. 10)3D; 3 pl.tionn; Impf. 3 sg. m.TU:PJ; Inf. Part. act. sg. m. Tnytro; c. suff. 1 pi. Sg.
m.pMt3,
Reflexive forms ;
Inf.
:
\1^;
Perf. 3 sg.
C. SUff.
1
m. uuis^x
Sg.
,
t5ltsiO(*)K, nisinty^x; Part. sg. m.
33"int8"N,
TD^O,
f.
The Verb with Objective
41.
The Verb with Objective
141. For In
form of the suffixes
the.
the
sg. the
1
shortened form,
suffixes
e. g., lPti
^X#
;
cf.
Suffixes.
57
Suffixes.
41.
8b.
.
a
may be joined to the& such forms, however, are
less frequent.
The ending NJ" in the 1 pi. appears as remnants of the older language. The stem means
of
of the
JP' -inn-
;
imperf.
may
in thec
be expanded by d
element intrudes
this
iJ"
itself
then also
into the perf.
Concerning ^vp stems s. the Table. Occasionally e with transitions into the ^"h class also in other
we meet
verbal classes. treated as an imperf.
ivx
is
The
suffices
]W,
in:" ', 1
f
TTP' coalesce with the verbal ^
Hence them occasionally written as separate words
forms to a less degree than the other suffixes.
we
find
(so esp.
V^x).
They
also
influence
to
a less extent
the vocalic modification of the verbal form.
Table
s.
p.
5861.
58
41.
The Verb with Objective
Suffixes.
Tab.
Table: lag.
ipl.
2sg.
2 pi.
3 sg.
3 pi.
m. ppa,
1
pi.
2 8g.
XXI a.
41.
The Verb with Objective
Suffixes.
Table: 3
s.
Tab.
3 pi. m.
f.
59
XXI a.
3 pi.
nnsnt,
timsaro,
tnis-iax,
mssnp, mjipin instn,
nin^sn
T1333
nmox, xnsi
rranix,
f.
60
41.
The Verb with Objective
Suffixes.
Table: 1
aff.
c. aff.
m.
pi.
Inf.
Part.
Part, c.
aff.
2 sg.
pi.
m.
sine
.
1
Tab.
psxa
XXI b.
2 pi.
41.
The Verb with Objective
Suffixes.
Table: 3 sg.
m.
3 sg. f
miasnn
minx
mini
.
61 Tab.
3 pi.
m.
XXI b.
3 pi.
f.
62
The Neuter.
42.
III.
Syntax
A.
The Noun
42.
a
42.
St. absol.
43.
and detenu.
4274).
(
42-54).
(
The Neuter.
With adjectives used as nouns, both the niasc. and may be employed in order to express the neuter. Thus trn^ 3tt V 3 ,,between good and evil"; W2 Tuy ,,a doer of evil"; xnp'ny ,,the old", xmn ,,the new". the fern,
The
of the demonstr. pron.
fern,
for the neuter
:
ITS xV"O ITU XYT
may be whom
,,in
equally used this is,
every-
xn x^i xn x^i
where neither this nor that is". thing is"; b the Frequently speaker may have in mind the noun xn^D (cf. 55tf) to which then a pronom. suffix may be
made
to refer; thus
,,conclude
nra
V& ,,learn therefrom";
therefrom"; nro
]h
nra in
xpBJ *xo ,,what follows
for us therefrom?"
43.
a
43.
SI. absol.
and determ.
a clear distinction between the two in the language; thus x^im 1^ xin ,,he is a man in everything"; "QJ
There
is
earlier
man, there be a man"; but Vpljn Know VD^I x^nJ ,,the pigeons are tender, and the lambs small". b In the common language of the Talm. this distinction ground, the st. a. being almost entirely replaced by the st. d. As a textual variant, the st. d. penetrates even into archaic texts; thus in the second reads xi3i rv^i "inxzi, of the examples cited in a, falls to the
M
44.
I
but
and Periphrastic Genitive.
St. constr.
characteristically
pn
'in
l3Ji
63
mn
(after
as
a
predicate noun).
Elsewhere the I I
nan
one" (thus ^s Ber 18 b Sab 66 b
B.
b.
73 b ttH
]hs>
,,a
certain c
[rv^s M] and ^D in
reads rv^D -Q, but the abbreviation "Q merely appears to be missing, read with IB
;.
mark
N^B
wx
M
man", ,,some one" (hence in a worn signification), and in certain compositions with prepositions constituting an adverbial phrase 2*2^ ,,in peace", ^y^B ,,above", y&o ,,below", KPI^B;
I
retained in:
st. a. is
precedes),
,,a
:
,,soon",
"ino^
,,finally,
at last", etc.;
to -morrow", st.
pna d.
,,at
first",
may, however,
wna
mrvJ2
wise be used:
;
the
like-
,,rightly", xo!?y2
,,gently", ,,merely", xip^yo ,,at first (opp.: ^10^^ in the end)", etc. ov ^D ,,every After ^D we find usually the st. d. :
^
every hour", N"ny nn ^D ,,every single one". ,,every slave", etc.; The st. a. is of course indispensable as a predicative d adjective: xats KB^PIB *py NB"3 SD^n ,,an evil dream
Knyvi xnyty
day",
!?a(n)
but
is
good dream"; Xlpo 215 xrxn Suk 56 is therefore an incorrect reading) (X2tD t young gourd is better than an old one"; Tins NTSBH ,,my sister who is more beautiful than I", etc.
b
better than a
MM ,,a
,,at
"irn
Ar
ffl
wo A
seeming exception: 'in^ JOU1 Kin X2U; but supply NB^TI and render: ,,a good dream it is, and a good
dream
shall be".
it
44.
The i
frequent
St. constr.
and Periphrastic Genitive.
for expressing the genitive relation is a the older language and in proverbs; thus ^p ,,the ,,at the door of the shop",
st. c.
in
Knun 23X
44.
man
64
and Periphrastic Genitive.
St. constr.
44.
voice of his neighbor"; iODtP ""atpa ,,in the heavens of rua heaven"; mnx nrvx ,,his brother's wife"; t>XT b
,,daughters of Israel". But also in the
not
preserved
common language
the
c.
st.
is
only in proper names like x?^B TIB, but also in certain combinations which
JO^D "IHJ, etc., have become quasi-compounds, as: XJSU xnT> B>n, ,,new moon",
xntJ>
"iDy ,,cotton",
t?n ,,new year", xrvn
no
,,housemaster, landlord", xyix mix ,,custom". Cf. also 12. Esp. in combinations with "Q, ra, which are very numerous. c Exx. of a partic. in the st. c.: ffM "pay (42a),
l^x
,,shedder of blood", ^hn ityso ,,interpreter dreams", etc. The fern. end. n is dropped in US
xt3t
of
nn3
loma 87 a JB
B. k. 18*
The
d
H
,,half the is
st. c.
Thus and 3JX
DW
the
manner
0)mnn
in",
mnx
all
express is
nouns turned into
1
DID ? ,,according to", ,,on
like",
i:^s
account of",
TfQ ,,behind, 'i^y ,,on,
,,under",
^n
,,instead
"pys, 1^3
U2
after",
over",
,,after
,,within,
*op ,,before",
,,behind", etc.
In
of,
xpu
damage".
also maintained in
prepositions. of",
needs of his house",
,,the
other cases,
the
put in the
genitive st. d.;
two constructions are used to (f) the governing noun
relation: (2)
it
is
given a pronominal suffix
which agrees with the noun governed in number and gender in both cases the noun governed is introduced by the relative t. Exx.: (/) ^xiaen xinx ,,Samuel's place" >twin 'B'VJ ,,people's garments" X'BBH xmD^D ,the kingdom of Heaven; 'pUH xnno^x ,,the mothers ;
;
;
7
of
the
little
children";
similarly
after
a
demonstr.
Coordination.
45.
pron.
m
XJUn
:
xn
,,that of
R.
65
Hamnuna;
nnx
(2)
,,Sanmel's father"; BW*n rprn ,,a man's Tinnmx,,the fathers of the little children";
money";
m rvma
Hisda's daughter"; xrvim HB>SJ etc. Instances of the latter construction are exceedingly frequent. ,,R.
The
by means
genitive designated
of 1
Of
without an antecedent noun.
may
stand/* course,, the
by itself, noun is easily supplied from the context, thus rpo\>n ix
nnx-
ix xpitsa
xpun
,,a
xnw
talk in the
child's
market-place is either that of its father or that of its mother"; ^rrn y^DX,,the middle belongs to the orphans". But also xim xsny XUXT ,,that of the father is better than that of the son"; xnsj i:nQ xnsn xnu ,,that of <)
:
the smith
better than that of the smith's son".
is
I
45. Coordination.
The
attributive
adjective agrees with
gender and number,
and accordingly
in the st. a. or in the st. d.
5b
Hag
a high roof
,,from
45.
:
to the
incorrect)
status";
xnsnn XJOD
,,a
,,small
xi'iy
great
man"
,,a
xira x:cy ?
,,a
blind
eye",
latter
,,the
and as a
(last)
KXW fflH
while XJB" ?
vwx Meg 27 ,,an
x^y 1
fern.,
b
,,a
excellent
man".
Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talin.
M
former
||
is
,,an
evil
eye",
expression" are no exis used both as a inasc.
But note
always masc.
small man",
participle: xny^ttp xrna^B
(xjnnx
,,the
knife"; 'J^p ^DIJ she -asses". ,,white
XB:I xry
!
ception to the rule, since
B
sharp
xmrn non
bones";
x^y
;
in a
deepest pit"; X"13J
winx xnnx
Ber 56 a ,,another woman"; xn^op xn^'D
n:n
noun
its
placed either xnp^oy XT3^> 01 "tt^xv is
x4y
B^J'X B. m. 101 b
Ex. of an attributive ,,a curtailed
kingdom". 5
66
Construction of bs.
46.
As may be seen from
b
the above exx., the attribu-
Ordinal numbers may adj. however precede: T2 nxTtpy ,,my tenth son". c In 'nm 'tw'x ,,cheerers", 1-m naa ,,carpenters", the second noun is an appositive the first noun is follows
tive
noun.
its
;
best
d
Hebr. Q'nx D'twx). a rule construed as
omitted in the translation
(cf.
The object measured is as an apposition; nevertheless textual variants are found
common genitive expression. Thus b np nn loma 79 MM x (JB reads
presenting the more
mm
nam, kab
nn
xrvtrp xnp of
kernels
xntPB B. oil"; JOB (ffl reads
73 b
b.
and iBH
(but
nn
ib.
^IB
of
dates are equal to one
something over"; 'nty^oi
M)
H, xion ^IB
"Q"U
,,300 (sic)
rtXB
nVn
pitchers of
^nin
ib.
M
,,two cups of wine".
xiDm)
46.
/cabs
,,two
xrvtrp"!)
Construction of
46.
The independent st. d. XPID ,,all, everything" is found only in the older language (cf. the ex. 43a); but also in a saying by Rab Judah (Str. 103; Mielz. 46). b ^3 (st. c.) followed by a noun in the sg. means ,,every"; thus "im in VD ,,every single one", x"Qy ^D
a
xmBH
XBV ^D xn^o ^D ,,every thing", ,,every sabbath". 1 hi ,,every one who". When followed by a noun in the pi., hi ,,every" (in a distributive ' e very thirty days". Vn^n may be sense): V ,,every slave",
=
"
1
^
^
followed by a preposition (cf. BA. ^np *?:>, Hebr. nay ^D; it is not necessary to emend it into hzphl, nayt'D): hi
W
"JJ."I
xn"'^yB
'D
Ber 18 b M s
^o ^n
excellent things".
same number of years"; Bes 28 a ,,just like these
,,exactly the *i
hi
The Joining together
47.
by a
^3 followed
usually means
pi.
^
"t
of several Nouns.
who".
,,all":
67 ^*B ^Dc
,,all things", ^D with the suffix of the 3 sg. whole, entire", d Its relation to the with that of the 3 pi. ,,all". ,,all
=
=
noun
is
and it usually precedes the noun whole Scriptural verse", XTi&^n whole Talmud", xo^y ^ID (4w) tout
appositional,
xip rp^D Sab 63 a M
,,the ,,the
monde; xn whole way";
r6w
le
T
DDJ
:
^h
,,the entire city";
^^
3 ?>all
xrnix X^ID
thy goods",
'xn
,,the
.T^o
Ber7 b B (M reads ^13) ,,so much". It may, however, follow the noun: XD^n x^i n^ia o^po xnts xo^n x^ n^is D^po xtP'3 ,,neither a good dream nor a bad dream is wholly fulfilled". In independent position, without a noun: account of all of them", T^lD ,,all of them".
,,on
47.
The Joining together of several Nouns.
47.
Distributive Repetition.
When more the
thus
1
than two nouns are joined together, a in front of the middle nouns; omitted usually rrn^xi rpDffO rpain ,,its fat, its skin, and its is
xion x^njnn ,,a cock, an ass, and a In enumerations, the nouns may all be placed in juxtaposition without a conjunction (asyndetically) xrsanxa xmsn xroDOZi *^D n^n >jna ,,concerning fat tail"; x:nttn
candle".
:
.
.
.
their treatise, couch, and lodgings" (note however the variant xrstPixm). When the connection is a close one, the governing part of speech referring to all is put only once:
the following three things
.
.
.
^
xnm
,,all
gold and silver".
The
objective pronoun
b
68
Personal Pronoun.
48.
in the sg.: rpnHty ,,she
threw it", which follows, proves that both nouns are conceived as a unit. Similarly a preposition
"pinn "prrtt'i ntPDD ,,than the other hand: 'pwa
put only once:
is
On
Moses and the 600000".
xn""mi
,,in the market-places and streets"; so also in a negative sentence: on xh nTnnxi maxi ,,who spared neither his son nor his daughter". The sign of the
xn
"a equally be placed but once: '"IT '"ii ""OX ,,the court of justice of R. Ami and (or) that of R. Asi u ; but it is repeated when both nouns are S
may
"I
genit.
DX
separated from each other by a word and in addition
form
another, e. g. """on xron separate place for men and
one
of
opposites
irpTir6
^Jii in*nn!?
,,a
women". Distributive
'
ypa 'yra
lp>H ,,one
48.
8.
side
of
(
4851).
Personal Pronoun.
The independent the
a verb
pron. of the or a partic.
1.
or 2. person, by
with a subjective irvm xnsn XJX / meant:
emphasis: nox water that has remained over night"; VPSO jnyo urn irp^no pnx ia"mia ^in^D ,,we suffix, signifies
become
brick
,,one
,,all sorts of holes";
basket of fat after the other".
Pronoun
a
KW3^ xnm!?
repetition:
after the other";
x^> .
.
.
.
.
px
cannot
.
like you, but you circumcise yourselves
and be
like unto us". b
On
cases etc.,
like cf.
prv
63c.
rvp^sxn
Of a
xin
XJX,
xin
different character
is
n:x the
Personal Pronoun.
48.
,,enclitic" xin for the
purpose of strengthening individual
parts of speech; thus arise the
A
59
determined noun
compounds ma,
1X^>.
is
frequently anticipated bye Such is the case (1) with the
means
of a pronom. suffix. genitive relation (44
||
in the case of the genitive,
(2)
with prepositions,
by means
(a)
as
xrvm rPtth man" (t^rx is
of 1
:
,,into the house"; O^Kl pp^y ,,on a determined by itself); pin >Bp rratsn n^Dp ,,before one who associates with scholars"; lot nTD ,,from you"; (b) by repeating the preposition: X'lTQ n^ ,,in the
snake"; xt^trpV
xnrvxyiV
n^
n^> ,,to
the elder";
,,to
woman
that
=
to
noyV n^
,,to
me"; 'pnxV two sons";
the righteous"; 'rma }^r\h in^ ,,his s 1H3 ,,in the scholars"; ^J x"|J n:i xjni
Caesar"; in^ ,,for inn
pm
nan x^
,,do not
provoke death against us{'; (3) with the objective relation, by means of objective suffixes joined to the verb (61c). j|
The independent possessive pronoun t-^n, "Tirf (106) is found (1) by itself: "pH ,,is thine, belongs to thee"; XD^p iT-n ,,it stands in thine (= thy book)"; ")1H XD^VT -pn nat ,,Rabba is thine, and the world is thine"; (2) in conjunction with nouns in the place of the personal suffix: xami XSDD ||
n^H 1HH
gold
,,his
sion",
etc.,
and
,,thy twilight".
HH
silver";
||
xnsx
a Hebrew phrase:
esp. after
(3)
after
,,my man-
rWDBM ^3
prepositions
with suf-
add emphasis: nn 4y ,,over me"; ^xnna HH ,,with me"; (4) in the place of a suffix, with x ,,if he listens to me"; prepositions: *^*r!? n^xs *h Mn nn^ ,,I saw"; pn^ ,,for us", inT"6 ,,for them"; fixes
to
||
s
OTT2
,,with
pronouns
(cf.
you"; 616).
so
also
'T"6,
etc.,
as
objective
e
Demonstrative Pronoun.
49.
70
The
reflexive
XffBJ ,,soul
pronoun
is
expressed by means of
ffBJa ('XBJ3) -f- personal suffix ourselves" "ptPsn ,,for herself" ; ,,in myself", ,,in rrtpBJ hv ,,for the sake of himself"; rpffw ,,himself". ,
person"
:
rw&
;
f
The according
ethical dative (^ with a personal suffix to the sense is reflexive) is
49.
a
49.
which
exceedingly frequent.
Demonstrative Pronoun.
The forms denoting
that which is distant, in conof of the meaning which is easily a sequence shifting explained, are employed also as indefinite pronouns.
Thus X"DJ Xinn vir quidam, xnrPX X^nn femina quaedam, X3D xinn ,,a certain old man", xinx xinn ,,a certain place", X&-P xinn ,,upon a certain day", TV p n ,,goats" In a peculiar (the pronoun is best left untranslated). manner, these pronouns are used in a mysterious sense in connection with the
nouns
xnrvx,
xnn:i,
^rx
to in-
dicate the person of the speaker or the person addressed. Exx.: niB3^ jni n*nn nnnV *SD xin -jna xtrmp
mT
xini xinnn ,,God wishes to destroy His house, and would then wipe His hands with me!" n:pn X^>1 innKO pis *WK iJnn xjniD inn ,,go forth from our place, lest thou
provoke death against ws"; rpan V^3 xinj xinn nao XDn rpyn n^i xnn^x ~\r\h nh n^x ,,why art thou not secretive in sin ? and only one from my husband". b
/ have ten
sons,
All demonstr. pronouns may be employed attributor by themselves without a noun.
ively with a noun, Exx. for the latter
:
V"13
W*
~&
,,a
man
.
.
.
like
Interrogative Pronouns.
50.
71
one"; "}TX ,,the other one"; this one"; ^nxi XB^>y "in ^xn ,,this one is married ,,I a son of the world to come" irtPJ 'nxn XD"?y '33 *BJ rjn this
;
these also are sons, etc."; 'xm 'DDJ in^D ,,the whole property belongs to this one". In a neuter sense: 'XD *KH
this?"
is
,,what
^xn
^13
this";
,,all
xnns
-|^>
So esp. ,,except this"; XT hv ,,on account of this". at the beginning of a sentence as predicate: poy IH ,,this is a bad business"; 1*3 nionpjn KOta V"
B3
1
the bone of
,,this
is
he".
The
my tenth son"; xin 'xn ,,that is demonstr. pronouns are used also nominally
as the antecedent of a relative pronoun: pnv ,,that which R. Johanan said".
'1
10X1 xr6
When serving as an adjectival attribute, thec demonstr. pron. may either precede or follow its noun: xn>3 V"n ,,this hou*se"; xn^D xnn ,,this word"; x^DX^o i^x ,,these angels" V&r ^4ro ,,in these ten days"; tr^x 'xn ,,this man"; xnrvx xn ,,this (a)
my
;
V*B 'JH ,,these words"; xn^n
woman"; ^J>x
,,those
"jjn
person"
;
pi
(6)
men";
X113B> ,,this
people"; xt(n) xyix
On
the whole,
the
noun;
I
n^
,,this
-[vvh
document"
;
inn
^^
V^
land;
corner"; another dead
"jn ,,that
,,for
xy
,,this
these years".
the pronoun more frequently precedes do not know of an example where ^xn
follows the noun. 50. Interrogative
IXB
is
Pronouns.
used
It may nominally. "ntw a IXB dependent upon preposition:
IXD
is
50.
xo of name?"
used of persons, no,
-jB> no, -jot? >xo ,,what is thy
s
things; therefore
Hn3
thusa be
,,through
b
72
Relative Pronoun.
'51.
whom
we
shall
In the
send'?"
,,see, what a great man ixa apparently has adjectival force. c
xm
ex.
rrVy TTIDO
testifies for
him",
IXD is not inflected; number and gender are, however, indicated in the construction. Thus ^xin "JXD xtn-JB ivan XJTXH Ket 65 a ,,who (which woman) was
M
rfto-day in the 'XD IPQ
academy?"
nay
xniznu 'X
51.
51.
The
20 a
B
:
,,for
what reason?"
Relative Pronoun.
pronoun may be inclusive of its ^tfD -pnpx x^ n^np l"lpXT ,,whosoever
he who) taught thee Ecclesiastes , did not teach 'Nn ^ID x^tr ^Dp muoi XD>X >o ,,is
thee Proverbs"; there one who is
,,whatsoever
molests hateful
God to
so
thee".
^D
much?" So also
after
"]VyT !?3:
,every one who is needy". Just as frequently the antecedent
insn b
h.
relative
antecedent:
(^
R.
upon them"; xoyti ^XB
conferred
a
a noun in apposition ,,what favor they have
may be accompanied by
^D
?
is expressed by a demonstr. or interrog. pron. (or H^D): ^PIO xpT s xn NOT 7? he who desecrates the holiday"; *pn "[XO ison zpnsi no ,,he who lends the sabbath";
M that which is written in the Book of the 113^ rvxi no ^>D ^whatsoever you have
xn^lix
bwEb
Law"; to
ask"; xlp^ytD V n V"l
that which first
p^yT
A
xt
5
arrogant".
to
^xo^i
our mind";
,,and concerning
pxn
no
there anything that we do not antecedent: THH IXQ ^xn ,,he
,,is
double
came
P^Dl
XD'X '0
know?" who is
Numerals.
52.
52.
73
Numerals.
52.
The cardinal numbers may stand nominally by themselves: P"n "pntrai in ,,one (a single one), who is more capable than sixty"; nVrift *mn JOB ,,two are better
than
Of course, the numbered objects
three".
are easily supplied from the context. in, X"in as an adjectival attribute follows the object numbered: in N^y
xor
(x)tn
numeral ,,one
(45&) properly b ,,one
people",
But the day", xin xj&>t ,,once". xnvin as well the noun: just precede
,,one
may
zuz; X"mn "inn ,,with one beating"; rpsns "inx xin ,,one benediction". the one shoulder";
xnm
,,on
The other numerals almost without exception precede the
e.
noun,
women"
g.,
yy
"prua
;
rap
nn
,,two kabs";
,,thy se*ven
'tw
daughters"
;
T\ir\
,,two
w no ^mn
,,twelve years".
The numerals from masc. forms go with
numeral in
the
known
fern, objects
put either in the
is st.
10 are
3
accordance with the well
c.
Exx. of the
st.
latter
still
construed inc
Semitic rule,
i.
e.
and conversely. The a.
appositionally, construction:
or
nV^nyaan V O
is not specifically mentioned (a), numeral nevertheless appears in the correct form, proves that the Semitic (Early Aram.) principle is still alive. Thus xn^n ^sxn ,,before three (sc. men)" vwn XD\J 'xn^> ,,9 (cubits) on the one side". To be sure,
the
the
;
incorrect readings
infrequent.
occur, but
they are proportionately
74
On
d the
Adverbial Expression.
53.
54.
Prepositions.
the other hand, the fern, form seems to be on in the numerals from 11 19. As far as my
wane
we have no
observation goes,
miscuous use.
It
is
right to speak of a proalso to be observed that, where
the numbers are used absolutely, even when the numbered object is easily supplied from the context, the numeral
may be taken
in a neuter sense
both the masc. and
fern,
Beginning with 2,
c
;
which case of course
in
are proper (42). the numerals are followed by object; after the numbers 21,
the pi. of the numbered 31, etc., the sg. may likewise be used
im
1
Jrt&
,,201 logs"
Ordinals
f
S2trn
1-
in,
(variant NJl ?); xnB>
:
im in^V PHO 1
\fiwy ,,21 years".
be replaced by cardinals: JOttO ,,first, second day in the week",
may
etc.,
"in,
etc.
Cardinals are of course indispensable for those numbers which possess no ordinals of their own. "^ ^V nas a multiplicative force ,,twice as large". g "p" "
11
h
mn
:
1
mn signifies ,,one another"; with prepositions mns,
n"Q. ,,To the phrase by
one another"
man
53.
53.
1
?
and time
An
b
X"DJ|
is
uncommonly
,,how great
the 54.
54.
in specifications of place
frequent.
adverb modifying an is
adj.
precedes
1
:
c^SJ HDD
Prepositions.
,,soon", ^ID ? ,,at last". ,,in
it
man!"
^ to introduce a point of time
expressions: chwh
also be expressed
Adverbial Expression.
The adverbial accusative
a
may
in.
:
"ino^ ,,to-morrow",
Also in general adverbial
peace", Tir6 ,,separately".
Person and Gender with the Verb.
55.
introduce
h to
75
logical subject with passives
the
:
b
58*.
cf.
p grief";
p
cf.
xnna
"p'^n
^3S
a causal sense: "p^n xnsiyo ,,because of c
in
(1}
,,because of
joy";
e. g.,
comparatively,
(3)
;
(2) partitively,
*py XB^a xo^n
xo^HB ,,an evil dream is better than a good dream"; frequently with ^sti superadded, cf. 'SB plD
xaa
,,is
redder ("pam
p
xn& than the blood of thy fellow-man)". ^po, 'mna and the
pleonastically in
d
like.
U3 and Hra take
the place of 3 both in a locale and in an instrumental sense. 3 has orig. a local force in "am nosno ,,thou wilt be caught into the thieves
(among the
thieves, as
V).
With a
finite
solely
Nevertheless,
thief)".
The Verb
B.
pressed
a
for
(
5562).
Person and Gender.
verb, the
the
personal
purpose
even in the
latter
55.
pronoun
is
ex- a
of
emphasis (48). case, the pronoun of
person may be wanting: .T3 x^prvNi ^pivx n^o: ,,he stumbled, and his camel stumbled over him"
the
(so
3.
HM*; The
M8UP
erscr
adds
irpx).
often omitted with the participle both when the subject is indefinite as serving predicate, and the definite subject is easily when (,,they", ,,one") 3.
person
is
supplied from the context.
xnpn n^ ^"D NB^y
Exx.
:
(a)
n*oa ,,they say";
^ID
else they ,,to everybody " 2n measure with a small measure"; xV ^ptPB V 3| take do not but back"; ,,they give, they
KBIT
I<>
^
b
76
Person and Gender with the Verb.
55.
^
'TO
iTJ'B
(V)
>D
p^B>
An
c
indefinite
expressed with the
he
,,does
the
(sc.
tenant)
me?"
leave aught thereof for
personal subject may remain unfinite verb as predicate thus p^lpx ;
me
(by God or by an angel)"; 'OHX have not xh benefited thee". When the "]h ,,they B"^x or ^J'X is usually added. a human is subject person, d On the other hand, when the indefinite subject is
was
,,it
recited
to
to be conceived as an impersonal, neutral one, the mere verbal (or participial) form is sufficient, the fern, and masc. being equally permissible (42): xV
mam does
(=
XJIB^X
not
n^V
means)";
fares
ns^x
n^>
concern
,,his
nothing";
epexegetical infin.)
dark"; xm thou heard
if?
,,is
of
property
had
I
n^
it
it
acceptable
the
college?"
xn^j
to
(with the you, that you
"ptPPPX
,,it
^^
V^
aught
,,if
,,how does he fare (how XJPOB> xV ,,I have heard
him)?" ^ xn:rn& B>n 'in^n ID^
become the head
^x
x^inp ^XD
with
it
fellow-man's
^ wn
him";
in
grew
(H'D in the accus. !) ,,hast this matter?" The indefinite
however, also be expressed by means of xnV'O, x&Vy and the like; thus ^ xmtt xn ?^ ,,it is troublesome for me"; xn^D in ? xp'm about them , they were in straitened ,,it was straitened neutral
subject may,
1
1
circumstances"; XD^y n^ pVM him." Incorrect readings: Xtt^y
,,it
n^
is
straitened about
'Xin^x ,,he
became
well"; 56.
56.
a
As
The Perfect.
historical tense; exx. uncommonly frequent the 58/). participle is used likewise, (though
56.
As a struck
The
Perfect.
The
57.
77
Imperfect.
"'Xm }X"no ,,my master has xraTio^ rp"n p^D ,,he is gone up to the
perfect proper:
me"
;
b
heavenly college". Occasionally in a subordinate clause to coincidence in the past (the partic., however,
express is
c
more
586); the main clause, of course, has the perlikewise: 'mn if?v p^ia *\wm nra ,,when we
frequent, fect
saw thee, we pronounced over thee two benedictions". 'no ^>XIOB> xnxn ny To designate the pluperfect: ru rpffBJ mnxi ,,before S. had come from school, his father died"; "?sn xnsx wri ,,I saw, that the house So also after the conjunction "O had fallen in".
m
In conditional clauses to designate unreality (73c). d ^NB'SJ s Nity ,,I acted as if I had
So also rwo ^pt^T ixoa taken from him".
whsh
In cases like
mo
n^
SIB'
the
perf.
de-
e
signates a fact (npt a wish). 57.
The Imperfect.
57.
For the future proper only few exx. are available a NJX pp^x
when
Tim inn
mine"
cut off
t ;
yip
,,cut
off
-JH mp' ID V" ^ 1
thine,
1>1<1
woe ??
then I shall to tne one ?
the other will arise".
Usually a modal force attaches to the impf.; then use the auxiliaries ,,be able, may, shall":
web
rayK ,,what shall I do?" ^rvn ^rxa i^o^i and take counsel with my family"; ,,let me go nn soy ? I^ID ,,let us all be one people"; xVi "isrvn ,,thou shalt sow, but not reap"; "pnni worn So also in ,,God reiuember thee for peace". 1
1
78
The Imperfect.
57.
myn
indirect
questions: are
know what you getically
-prh injiVepn
them
to slay
all
.
.
.,
.
uvyT
'DTI
x^?
,,you
do not
do"
to .
.
(it continues then epexein^ro irm^tspn ,,if you are
on the other hand you are
if
to
slay only those").
The
c
impf. has a modal force in subordinate clauses
conjunction 'X ,,when" and esp. after final conjunctions like i, T 3*n O: 'in^> XD^B nx^>pn ^x ,,when a rustic becomes king"; mtsxn N^so xh ,,I do the
after
to trouble myself (prop. ,,I have not the I should trouble myself"); 13"J'B xniuon that strength niton x ?"! nan >ova xVi }QV ^ora xV ^xop nnn x^n xnB' n!?l3 iD"Jn3 ! pray you that you be not with
not
like
1
me either in Nisan or in Tishri, in order that you may not be concerned about your sustenance the entire year"; nnyrvm 3*n '3 ID^J n^pix ,,honor your wives, in order that you may become rich". d On a line with the Hebr. perf with consecutive or the voluntative with weak we find in Talmud. 1
.
"I,
Aram, the imperf. with a
(or
continuing an imperf. (imptv.) an impf.) with modal force: B33^ ,,let them assemble for my 1
partic. replacing
^X'Vl mffy "10^ rrh
ten persons, that he may pray"; HH^ 'DJ ppix VsK1 ,,cause me to arise likewise, in order that I may
lord
pray"; rpaoVx XJX1 -pD rhv ,,take off thy garment, in order that I may put it on" 1D1JJ1 ID"^ nojx
mm
;
m
,,teach your sons the Torah, that they may study therein"; DU'Ji 'ov mx xntyn ,,soon days are comwhen we shall sleep" ; x^nst njj ^ 3.T IXQ ing ., .
.
.
.
.
IJ'yDtrJi
,,would that we had to hear thee".
might be able
feet
of
iron,
that
we
The
58.
The Participle.
58.
As
I.
in
the
in
79
Participle.
Hebrew, the but also
58
partic. denotes: (/) duration a
the
simple or real present thou stand with hy back 'p nop ,,dost in the presence of thy Lord?" xiys <xna pax yT xa'n xjorm ,,does our father know of this grief?" present
,
:
nana
TID
aw
where does God dwell?"
,,and
a continuous state in the past,
(2)
ordinate clauses
:
wax
aviH ^V?
esp. in sub- b
rt"in ,,he
saw Levi
outside"; 'au 'mna Httn J^DEH join rra na^x ,,he found therein a snake which was cut through and
sitting
lay
two pieces".
in
So also
the
after
conjunctions
nna: xnxi ^N ^nnx Awhile they were sitting he went and returned"; inn ^sj ir6 nnntsn nna there, xrn ,,while they were cleaning them (the fish), an TK, n
odor arose in them". (5)
imminent or certain futurity: ,,you say thatc me then, ^xa^ra win o what I
you are wise; tell am going to see in
ino^ K^nxn xn^j^s N. N.
who
days
are
my
m
to
is
coming coming";
'in
dream"; JTin xn^^sn Ta
morrow"; ^"P X3JJ
destined to) be a thief"; irmn will be scholars". II.
Hebrew)
The in
partic. is
,,thou wilt see"; ,,by the hand of
~n2
mx
,,thy
pm wnn
xntrn ,,soon
son will ,,both of
met with very frequently
gnomic sentences.
It is
(is
you
(as
iud
furthermore used
designate a habitual action in the present as well as in the past: "p^-no ]#&? ,,whom are we in the
to
habit of blessing?";
x^n n^
nt^so
XTII
n^ a^nn
IXD
80
his e
58.
The
Participle.
whoever gave him a zuz, he would interpret dream favorably". The partic. denotes a future action after the con-
junctions is,
i inn, i iy; thus iOTay iih xjp'BB 13
'3,
1:6 when I cause you to go forth, I shall do you a miracle"; xn^o yoew ^r JOJJ ^ "pnvm iy ,,until you prepare for me the bridal chamber, I will The partic. has replaced go and hear something". the iinpf. even in conditional and final clauses: IXD }h 3M' ,,would that we had" (Hebr. in' B); Wynne x&Vn
xn^D
,;
for
,,lest
am
I
irpyTl ('3M
sought";
ye may know".
We
62*0 in the ex.
57rf.
The
is
inn?
I
am
to
order that
,,in
a variant for
:
NJ^D
^3X xin The partic.
XJX1
wash myself!"
sense of the iinptv. ,,rather you circumcise yourselves
employed
nm MV?no pnx
and be
f
eating,
particularly
and
as
partic. shares likewise in
the modal nuances of the impf. ,,he is
'3)
wVxBl
find
in
the
:
like unto us".
The
partic. is frequently
used in the narrative as
present in continuation of a perf. Through this device, the style ceases to be monotonous, and the narrative becomes more vivid, description taking the historical
The retarding tempo serves place of mere narration. in particular to describe concomitant conditions, or to emphasize a marked event with which the narrative is 1
rounded off at a certain point: XJ11B "1DTPN "ino ? x:r6 "posm inxi XD^BI (wpn 1.) ,,on the following day the royal customs house was broken into, -- then they nt&ni came and arrested Raba"; NB^y ^pB> inxi irpaxn it then discoursed on rP3J& ,,he ., everybody took his pitcher and came to him"; "ah
W
.
.
.
.
.
The
58.
81
Participle.
ins -mp >XD >yv ,,they did not know what he meant; so they came to R. Banna a". ?
The
partic. is frequently strengthened
by a prefixed g
'XQX ,,why art thou weeping ?" toxpt yotr fcvan!? yitn in nh ,,he heard a godless person say to his wife"; mjo XIDD VDJ p^D xpn ,,as he was he a xtwxa departing, dropped \\rf? 'DTX book"; xpi
xp
(p)
:
rrohj?
;
nm
xaax np ,,he appeared to them in the guise of a man, and called at the door"; Np mV HKmnxV nr,x pm rh in~o ,,she came to show herself to him; but the disciples pushed her
away"; sp xj"y& xinnK 3 n i
<)
.
NOHJ Vox
,,he seated himself beside a spring and ate In a conative sense: rp^ ''Vtsp xp ,,they were
bread".
him"; xn^soV ny^n xpi ,,and swallow the ship".
about to
kill
about to
partic. is
addition of the verb mn.
TH
*n;in
made more
mn also is inwh X'nx nnn O woman came to him,
Occasionally
= habitabam; |
flected, e. g.,
!"6 B'^aVo nin xnn'X ,,whenever a he would have her put on". Almost universally,
the partic.
Vixp =
is
ibant.
placed in the pi.
As a
xjo^xp mn stabam; X2P'
inflected:
wn) =
was
of duration in the past A precise by the
Very frequently the ^dea conveyed by the
it
rule,
''iirp
Tin
however,
Suk 44 b
mn
:
M
when
= sedebant,
mn
Tin
remains un-
(M, however, reads
= sedebat,
etc.
The
partic.
mn
and the simple partic. are frequently found the side of each other, e. g., '31 lytDXB xp mn by xn^o xy^noo xp xVi mascot ,,Rabbi endeavored (on various occasions) to ordain him, but he never succeedwith
For the use of the partic. ed in bringing it about". with mn in conditional clauses cf. 73c. Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talm.
6
82
58.
Just of
the
perf
.
,
as
The the
act. partic.
The Imperative.
succeeds
to the functions
impf., pass, partic. takes the place of the e. g., a'ro ,,it is written" ; y'T yTB ,,it is well
the
known"; msiti l^pt?
imnD
59.
Participle.
"in
3*3ff
,,one
,,its
of
claws have been taken away"; them died"; rpma n^> *yiv
daughter died". The pass, partic. with mn takes on the sense of a pluperf., e. g., 3TD 3in xin ,,he ,,his
mn
mm wn
saw again that it was written"; 'yT 3 s 3tP ,,they did not know where he had died". j
Tin
xV
Quite popular is the construction: Pass, partic. with h introducing the agent, with the connotation of perf., e. g., ^ you? ,,I have heard"; N^> "wn; sy^B' ,,I have never heard it" ^ m nn^ With a logical object: s^ns ^ m HH^ ,,I saw a
an active
^
=
s
;
s
gazelle"; with no attempt at concord:
.T^ y'Dfin
Kn^O ,,any one who has heard anything"; snpnpx x'nn ,,I saw a frog". A
^
*jD
'm 'T1^
The (pass.) partic. of the form V'ys in an active sense occurs with doubly transitive verbs and elsewhere, e. g., yyv ,,(laden with,) bearing"; traV ,,(clothed in,) having on";
p^7J
,,we
XJTm ,,I remember"; and l^poy ,,we are occu-
n^oa ,,they say"; hold";
"jrp'Dy
pied".
59.
59.
The imptv.
is
The Imperative.
really
the
2.
person of the impf.
minus the prefix. With a negative, the impf. is used; hence ^iup ,,kill" ViBp'n xV ; do not kill, thou shalt ;
not kill".
,
The
60.
The
60.
Infinitive.
83
Infinitive.
60.
when corresponding to the infin. constr. a usually preceded by the preposition b, particularly when an aim or a purpose is to be expressed: aDTB^J ton ,,an ass for riding"; "jor nnp The
in
infin.,
Hebrew,
noo^
is
drawn
are
days
,,thy
that
nigh
thou
must
itsim ,,be alert to do die"; isnoT xniyn nayo^ the will of your Lord". This function goes over into the objective one, so esp. after verbs like ,,wish, be .
.
.
inma xmp nay^ xyn ,,he wished war with wage them"; nayoV xrxo x^T xrro ia^>
able to, permit": to
which
that
,,barring
I
rwaa'ol? iso x^t
xruno
were not able
to
xcniD
,,she
academy",
not
able
to
do";
x^nn
,,a certain province which they n^> xpati> x!?i conquer"; *aV
would
etc.
am
The
ps^
permit him to go to the infi% with h may epexegetically
not
also represent the subject, e. g., "ayoV xyix mix ix^ *3n ,,it is not customary, to act thus". Exx. without h:
no
xV ,,does not my lord wish to sleep?" x^ ,,we cannot be like unto you"; n'npats' xV ,,she did not permit him to
>ya
ino "-i!?j
-jrso
uncover his head". In
the
place of the infin. with
^>,
the finite verb*
with 1
may be found to express the functions referred to, e. g., ^PXT xrya ,,I wish to go"; nnm nx ^n ^x Tnxoa ,,if thou art accustomed to carry in thy city" (cf.
^onp^> IJV^T) 'x
,,if
you are accustomed
b early") XHBH m^ny B. b. 74 B (M on the reads "wo^) ,,she is destined to throw". ;
With
to dine
other hand
XD'X, run, 'ya^x, the infin. denotes obligation, c or necessity, ability: "ID B^ XD^X 'xo ,,what shall (may)
84
Government
61.
one say?"; nrpo ?
mn
1
-fr
have given"; should have taken heed".
,,thou shouldst
,,he
d
find a subject by the SlUD xrvBi >om xynaV I
ex.
that rain
61.
a
side of ,,that
the infin. in the
you may pray and
may come".
For the
e
of the Verb.
absol. cf.
infin.
61.
61^.
Government of the Yerb.
In the older language we meet with the independent objective particle rp, but only with suffixes, hence in the place of objective suffixes. Cf. yon* rrp^DX Ber 38 a IB
=
Djnp'BX M. In the later language, the pronominal object
b
is
ex-
objective suffixes pressed either by means by means of h (or 'T"6 48d) with its (nominal) suffixes. or
of
In the case of the partic., the latter mode of expression predominates; but even there the simpler method of appending suffixes directly to the verbal stem is met with.
||
Exx.
:
^DSK
n^>
,,he
^
I^DtPX ,,cause (f.) me to me". With the partic.:
p^D
,,teaches thee"
,,she invites
;
rendered him unfit" ;
HH|?
hear";
pyso
7?
'in
,,look at
who vexes me";
rpyTiD ,,he informs him"; rpnj'Blo n^J3 ,,he rebuilds it"; n^ot3 ,,he
him"; V n V^s ,,thou payest me"; inyno ,,thou informest me". Much more frequent, however, are exx.
fills
it";
like .T^ ^tip ,,he slays him", c
Where
the object
is
]*?
n^up
,,thou slayest us".
particularly emphasized,
the
pleonastically expressed by means
pronominal object is of an objective suffix plus ,,they cast him"]
'in!?
with
rvTl ,TV"tP
its
suffix: Hints'
,,ask him".
.
Government
61.
The nominal
object
when
of the Verb.
85
(syntactically) undetermin- d
no specific designation: xrva TVJ3 ,,I have a house"; x~SDD ^ un ,,give me a pair of
ed, requires built
xrfom ^^:
scissors";
p'DX
out purple
,,take
gar-
ments"; X-QJ xin ,,he saw a man" (accordingly also X"n:i Sinn xm). On the other hand, when the nominal object is determined, the following modes of expression are possible: (1) xnx xrjn ,,I am looking for my
So
father".
-jsx,
when
esp.
the
verb and the object conin the case of minx
were a compound, as
stitute as it
^EJ X^DD.
(2)
||
pnxn mup^ mnn
,,beat the
your father" ; JO3J xinn^> 4tDp ^x ,,if they slay xnnn ixrh h*r\w IXD ,,who planted this carob-tree?" me"; grave of
The
object
may
mnx vi ? 1
""ity
precede:
sons he has appointed"; 'p'Q'QB in the habit of blessing ?")( (3)
ixoV
,7
, ?
NB^
his brother's
whom
rvainx
are
we
shall
,,I
destroy the world" ; inn^nV xystP ,,he heard his wife" ; inm^ inrn^n^x ,,thou hast brought their sons" ; inj^rvx^
rrJXD^
,,to
fetch his garments".
The
construction. ,,his
brother
,,they
mm
of
This
is
he has appointed".
open
the most usual PtttW?
again precede:
his belly";
||
n^>
(4)
inVlD^
in^>
myip
VU&pp
,,they slew all of the villagers". Exx. of the construction of doubly transitive verbs:* 'tnx 13"J3(^) n( )oaK ,,teach your sons the Torah" t
1|
;
'pHS pal X2"i
cut
may
object
^
,,permit
me
to see the righteous scholars";
made of him a great man". Exx. of the transitive construction of the passive/"
X13J n^Titr ,,he
a doubly transitive verb:
irttTPD3
herself therewith (with the garments)"
paid with bran"; ^tsp
nn
nn^n^D
,,she ;
jns^x
,,thou art
covered
nxs
,,be
worthy of
r^x.
62.
86
The verbs tr^>, X^>B and the like are inJTWQ^ ,,she clothed herself therexjn xron x^> ,,the spot was filled with blood".
two deaths".
similarly construed:
with" "DTO and B^Bntrx are equally construed as transitives: ;
"pmrnx 'X ,,if you remember the date of Note also: the document"; jntD'onffX ,,it escaped us". pax ,,it was lost to me". *OBtsn
rpJBi
the absolute object (the infin. abe. g. xjn^n atprvB ,,I am precedes
Very frequent
g
Usually
sol.).
it
is
,
max
xp TBP
HB'B ,,thou speakest well"; esteemed"; rvriB *B: KnB'B ,,thou strikest in addition"; xp B^B in ? nB"^ ,,thou art cursing them"; VH> yn^o ,,it is well known". Rarely it follows "l^2X iten ,,as they 1
:
bent (their body)". 62. nix.
62.
rvx
a
noun
(negatively
in the
however,'
rrx
st.
it
c.
n^)
x^,
signifying
is
properly
,,existence".
a
Gradually,
becomes independent so that it may be its noun and assume verbal force (,,is,
separated from are, into
Thus there is, there are"). Exx. izu rp^r (*y*?).
x^x
no man";
:
iD^ua
xp'nn
you?"; ^TB xrx
'B
,,is
it
coalesces with XD
nnxa ,,where there
is
we
a share in
there anything?"
In accord-
]*?
n^x
,,have
who say"; XD^I ,,and there was none who heard him". The noun may even precede XD'X: XDH X3^x X31U xax Of course, the interrog. ,,there are many Abbas here". XD^X comes first ]XB ,,who is there ?" pronoun always b of The noun in the genit. may, course, be replaced ance with
44e:
nBXT
XD^X ,,there are those
n'yBt^l
:
by a personal pronoun (pronominal
suffix):
rPrv^ rp~Q
The Copula.
63.
mrvx
ma
son does"
13 ;
,,his
son no longer
xan nrv^
87 but his grand-
lives,
The
,,she is not here".
suffixes
but, as the forms become independent (a), objective suffixes may be appended exactly as in the case of the verb: p'Trx ,,we are"; are
originally posessives,
13JTPX
,,you are"; imrvx, 'rurpx ,,they are"; not". Even the independent pronoun are ,,they with: px 'ivx (read thus for irvx) Pes 50 a iB.
Conformably suffixes, the noun
to
the
may
construction
with
irun^> is
met
objectives
be conceived as an object and
be introduced by means of !?: "ia^> rprv^ mat' Taan 23 a M. The pronominal object may likewise be introduced by means of h: HDD 13^ n^x thus
irrvx
J2J
ma
"UP
have been with us these many years"
,,you
Pes 87 b M.
As a mere copula: Tay xin n^ ,,he
does not do". in
Although
itself
rvx
possesses
may, when referring strengthened by mnr p'& in X:PX mn connotation,
among
(var. n^ay
n^nV)d
I
it
to
no
temporal
e
the past, be
,,there
was one
us".
C.
The Simple Sentence 63.
(
6368).
The Copula.
63.
The function of a copula is assumed not only by a rrx (62tf), but much more frequently by the independent pronoun of the 3 person, originally being nothing more than an emphatic resumptive of the subject. Whereas, however, the forms fxin, fxvi, irrx, VPX, are used both as subject and as copula, Talm.
wx
f
88
The Casus Pendens.
64.
Aram, possesses the \TJ, inrj,
The copula
b
which precedes is
distinctive resumptive forms irpJ,
vij'j.
it
lends emphasis to the part of speech hence it drops out when no emphasis
;
intended, e.g., :6n TIB ,,the mountain so
snow";
esp. with
N^DZI "prmxi xpTD pleasant".
,,our
is
(covered with)
predicate: imix long, but our society
adjectival
road was
sin nNTiD ny Contrast, on the other hand comes from Sora"; Nin VxiDBH jnnx xan :
man
,,this
an
is the place of Samuel"; a"l (var. xin) irpj TO are ,,you master"; TIM KHDT3 x"in 'rfcia ,,all of these (benedictions) are one".
,,here
c
Kin
may be
a
pronoun of the person serving subject: rvp^sxi xin SJNT ,,that it is I who out". But the pronominal subject brought be resumed by the corresponding person: may resumptive
of
as
1.
,,I
will rise
64.
64.
A
and throw together".
The Casus Peudens.
noun which
is to be emphasized is very fretaken out of the sentence and placed at the quently as a casus It is then resumed in pendens. beginning
the sentence by a corresponding personal pronoun, and its syntactical relation to the sentence is thus indicated, e. g.,
rp
1
?
sal sapa
-^"a ,,to
pma
s
xn
everybody
KBIT
xnpa
they deal
n^
^a
out with
xo^y ^ID a small
disciple with a large measure"; measure, *XB ir6 Tays 71^ ,,what shall I do with the children?" xjijon a~n xn XJK / was not acquainted ^ y^Dty s^>
but to
this
with the saying of R. Hamnuna".
65.
Concord of the Parts etc.
65.
60.
The Order of Words. 89
Concord of the Parts of Speech.
65.
Exx. of the masc. form gradually becoming pre- a dominant at the expense of the fern, have been met with in the preceding sections (45a; 50c; 52; 55rf; In the verb and in the partic. (or adj.) with 57*). subjective suffixes, the specific forms of the fern, in the 2 and 3 pi. are found but rarely for the most part With an adj. or partic. serving they are not used at all. as predicate, concord is imperative. ;
Incorrect readings are easily removed evidence of the older MSS.
Construct
M
ad sensum:
mm
in
i^son
the face of the
Nnya Ber
lbb
mg
(IBM ^HB) ,,when the congregation prays"; ^"Ti ND^y ^13 ;? and everybody concludes"; on the other hand, rp*> ^"3 xoVy ^13 Wfeen xniD^a is subject, the (64). be predicate may placed either in the sg. (masc. or
fern.)
or in the pi.
For the construction of 'TO construed as a fern.
"jsa :
cf.
50c.
xno ^TB
c
,,something that d
stinks".
When two or more nouns are joined by means of* the i, predicate is put in the pi. and agrees so far as the gender is concerned with the subject next preceda ing or following: p^oo "jnm -pa Ber 56 M, but rrw insi ibid. 66.
The Order of Words.
Normally the predicate follows the subject whether The least verbal or in the nominal clause. emphasis suffices to reverse the order. Exx.: the
66.
90
66.
The Order
'TX 3-n X3iy X!?>BB
Words.
of
sun
,,impudence Xtt'on x^ is
X3^ ,,let
poor
The
b
also
sets is
R. Ide
of
itself";
,,a
cold";
hungry, and knows
DJ ti"X
Dim ^1"
^nap
,,the
yT it
precede
it,
"jT
^
3.1
,,give
dis-
x^l X'jy "pss
not".
object follows normally the verb, but e. g.,
xssm
'31 X"!T>p
pot belonging to partners the other hand: D3i
desecrating the sabbath"; is
;
on
,,a
man
died"; xniD^B
uncrowned royalty"
'Drw
nor
Negative Sentences.
dog barked at her"; 11 Nahum of Gimzo go"; xrat? "p31 .13
ciples are ,,a
hot
neither
of
relative
,,a
,,the
67.
me
it
may
thy hand";
them assemble for you ten persons"; on the other hand: 3PP&^ if? mn X1JX ,,thou shouldst have paid the reward"; ^3 X3^ XJoni ,,God demands the heart". Exx. illustrative of the position of adverbs and c mt2>y "ioV 'SJS^
,,let
XV
adverbial specifications: ^13 "imn ,,he mused over the whole day"; rnoxp i>Bt^ ,,thou speakest well"; ^xop nnnn x^ 'it^n 'or3i p'J >oi'3 ,,do not appear before
it
me
either in
Nisan or
in Tischri".
'DJ is ||
given the second place in the sentence. ,,thou strikest in addition".
rvriB 'OJ
xno'!2|
67. Negatiye Sentences.
7s
a
with preference
x^> is in the main used to negative a verb whicli e. g. then immediately precedes "pmiD X13J l^BM n^? 'B'JPI vh ,,I have not flattered even a man like thy
it
,
:
!
H3 mt^x x^? ,,he paid no attention to her"; nnnjj "nno x^ xnn'sx ,,he does not go about begging". When the predicate is a noun or when a single won self";
Interrogative Sentences.
68.
negatived, ixV is used, which jfore the negatived word: xin
the
,not
X
act
to
but the hole stole";
mouse,
X^DB
was not
placed immediately
^n "D 1x^5 ,,he is "on nayoV xyix mix ix^ ,,it is thus"; aw xiin xVx 2M xiaay
capable thereof";
customary
is
91
isrvx anTsn
x^>x
,,this
X2,"n
ix^>
opinion of
not not ixV
xn
Raba
expressly, but is only inferred"; IX*? ^D ,,a miracle does not happen
said
anmno xar every day".
is
vh, however,
used
(/)
in
x^
^xno
(e. g.,
my home"; !TJB> x^n ,,prematurely"), XJXn x^T ,,uncrowned"), ty^rx x!? ,,nobody", x^ H^o ,,nothing". (2) in repetitions xrn x^l XJH x^ Note double ,,there is neither law nor judge". x^s x^i negation: x^pn x ? vwvh nV nno x^ ,,outside of (e. g.,
:
||
-
-
1
.
.
.
.
show a man elephant ."; 'TO ,,they
.
.
.
.
neithet x^i
rp^?
a palm-tree nor an nax x^ , he said to him x^ ,,no"; x ? ^Xl ,,and .
.
.
7
1
nothing"; if
||
(5)
elliptically
:
not".
68.
68.
Interrogative Sentences.
A direct question concerning the predicate is introduced by ' or itsx, which is always placed at the beginning of the sentence: rw 'TO ^ pn xp >o he leave ought thereof for me?"; >TO XD^X >0 nsoi "jryT x^> pxn ,,is there anything that we do not know, but the scribes know?" -- A casus pendens, s however, may precede: V nyn>
xn
,,shall
we
say that
our Mishnah?"
the first case
is
at variance with
68. Interrogative Sentences.
92
Much more
b
69.
Copulative Sentences.
frequently the interrogative particle is xiys >xra -pax y-p ,,does our father
dispensed, with:
know
of this grief?"; "jrvnB np'BX xn^UJin ,,has thou taken out of thy house a hen?" xyix lib rvx ,,have
c
you land?" With a negative:
rirh'h
ID n^>
XD^tr
rwV
x^>
my lord wish to send greetings to Jaltha?" m>B -IB 'jn x^> ,,does not my lord wish to
,,does not
xrrns
^
sleep a little?" Together with *B: rpBp p'snao x^ we not ^should carry before him?" d The interrogative pronouns and adverbs are for
most part placed at the head of the sentence, e. g., xplt? 'Nro XD^X IXD ,,who is in this market-place?" nnn> ^XDX ,why dost thou sit outside?" iy ^x ,,how long will ye act thus?" Frequently also after the word to which the question
the
;
refers, e. g.:
3>iv
,,and e
= f
XDT!
XD^n
,,and
why
I?"
"ill
The phrase XftTH quid
est,
man D.
69.
a
my money?" XJmi
ina
is to
s
xx
x:x
be taken interrogatively
sentences often assume the meaning D xinj B"SJ ,,how greater
of exclamatory ones this
is
quod dicas?
Interrogative
is
,,where
where does God dwell?"
than
.
.
:
.
.
.
n3
.
!"
Compound Sentences
(
6473).
69. Copulative Sentences.
Two verbs designating actions closely following each other, or congruous, or one of which expresses a modification of the other, are very frequently joined by
Copulative Sentences.
69.
93
means
of 1, but may frequently enough be placed beside each other without l, e. g. yatPXl ^rx ,,I will go and 1 hear", but ^rpx VTX ,,I will go and see" 'jnrwi pis : :
;
him go forth and enjoy himself", but ^n pis ,,go forth and see"; '^xi Dip^x ,,I will arise and go into exile", but x^i Dp; xpo^y Tayj Dip'; ,,come, let us do and business". Very frequently one of the two go ,,let
Vw
||
rendered adverbially, e. g. pl^D onp inrvam xrvn "pB yjy ,,the clouds rose first at the corner where his wife was"; VP n O^pi "1^2^ "ppn "ptyn
verbs
is
best
:
and late" and go out early"
"B>BJ ,,set thyself aright (ease thyself) early ipis iB'inx iViy
inJTiVptP
min
same manner XJD^po
,,I
isnnx
,,enter early
,,thou
tookest
''BO
am
,,be
them again".
able"
is
||
;
;
In the
construed: XJ'XB x^
moK
not able to fulfill";
rvso xV ,,thou
art not able to say".
Circumstantial n^yatyi
K3^l
.
.
.
i
:
^D
xo^y
nnts mni ,,in
the
.
.
.
X'jy
xnx
evening a poor
X'JBn
,
man
came, while everyone was busy and there was none to hear him (= Hebr. VjDtP V x.1)" with the perf. in 5
the
sense
of
,,the girl died,
a
pluperf.
having
left
:
XTps
no will".
x^i 1 ||
xn'nn
HCJ^BJ
nj
= ,,nevertheless"
:
'xn ^13 imysi XB"p -jina ,,it is written in thy book, Cf. also nevertheless thou hast vexed me so much".
IX serves to introduce the
second alternative in ac
double question: xo^V n"6 xo^t ix ^pm Kin nm^> Vpm ''OJ ,,did he ordain it only for his generation, or
perhaps also for
all
the generations of the
world?"
94
70. Attributive Relative Sentences.
70.
a
"1, orig. a demonstrative, has been reduced relative particle. The precise specification of
tH, to
the
a
relation
means b
Attributive Relative Sentences.
TO.
is
expressed
in
the
clause
relative
by
of a personal pronoun.
This pronoun is usually dispensed with in the case even in nominal clauses ^""tspl "onsT "Dr
of the subject
:
,,days which are (at the same time) long and short". Nor is it always necessary to indicate the object contrast n^> xrya xpn the man whom I am seeking" XJno^ rpnVpff ,,I took the portion which and **? thou gavest me"; xjin Tuy xn^yo 'V'B yn ,,of the excellent things which R. Huna was wont to do".
mm
c
On
;
xm
,;
m
mm
the pronoun is indispensable and with prepositions xinx xinn place the name of which was Truth-
the other hand,
in the genitive relation
:
mat? xtDtnpn ,,a 'U xinn ,,a certain Gentile town"; xmu ,TD3J 'tf'BJ xno ,,a who had great wealth"; 7111 npo nn in no in^^DT which there is im^y -jjn teacher"; city ,,those over whom you are ruling". d The pronoun is usually wanting, when the antecedent is an expression denoting place or time: inx2 ID rv^T ,,in the place where there is no man"; xno xn^n ,,at the corner in which his inrvm x'p wife stood"; x^"jn XDV xinn ,,on the day on which she enters"; mtP nn'OT xor ,,from the day that Sarah died"; nV"V x^r Jt^ -|J n ^ ,>all the years So always after during which thou didst not go in". no^x VD ,,as often Name ^^ ^"y certain adverbs
mm
rw
mm
p
s
^ |
:
mm
as he entered the house of study".
Conjunctional Relative Sentences.
71.
I
The pronoun may be
second rpinzi
relative
found
occasionally
mm
VTI
I.T^X
certain saint with
,,a
in
ae
xTon xinn whom Elijah
to associate".
When 2.
mm
^yntPD
was wont
clause:
95
person,
a
sentence
relative
the
to
refers will
resumptive pronoun
the
1.
orf
be placed in
person; esp. is this true of the XJX ,,it is I who brought out"; Xin 1. person: rvp^sxt S >XIB> XB>SJ ! acted as (one who had taken) *?pBH IXDD if I had taken".
the
corresponding
Conjunctional Relative Sentences.
71.
71.
"I as a conjunction transforms a whole clause into a a noun; it may then serve as subj. or obj. or be found in the genitive relation or in dependence upon
a preposition.
Exx. of subjective sentences: I.T^ loi? m^> xrpJfr xraTio trn ,,is it acceptable to my lord that he become the head of the college?" pTVQT ]h that we must die!" pronominal
A
precede: m^DX x^n did not eat him".
xn
,,the
,,woe unto us antecedent may
'11
circumstance that they
Exx. of objective clauses: "irpB^jDm irpiox ,,youc xi:m XjyT yi^D you are wise"; imj XDn
say that ,,I
.
know
that the
The 1
pounds
is
most
...
is
of
.
here". the
prepositional
com- d
Awhile, as, when" which occurs only language: ^nxi p'DJ "ID ,,as he went away";
ID
in the older
nan p^n
man
important
.
ID ,,when
we were
1
"
1
small"; T Dip* "ID ,,when this one will arise"; ID ? XJp^so ID ,,when I bring you out". In the later language ID is replaced by ''D: 1
||
1
"2. Indirect Interrogative
96
rvB
-jT
x^
'3
hands"; maaV
Sentences.
thou
,,while
^
'Xtt
I
73. Condit. Sentences.
hadst not washed thy came to him"; Tix 3
,,when - ,,when a poor man comes". in front of an unfinished clause: X3,n X'jy
a
as
bear
(is)
=
unto
like
a
'D
is
found also
^3
mn
bear".
"Q
=
,,he
was
may
be
strengthened by a preceding ^; "OS ,,since". e Other combinations: 1 H,~Q Awhile, as"; 1 ^"itiDX ,,because"; T ny (nx) while, until"; T aa ^>y ?]X S ,,although"; T 3'n D , ; in order that, that"; 1 ^|?0 In some ,,before"; 1 "ira , ; after"; "t Dlt^o 7 ,because". T it alone thus cases, signifies ,,because", suffices;
,,in
order that". 72.
72.
Indirect Interrogative Sentences
are treated exactly as the direct ones. 73.
73.
a
signifies
^nnx a
-)^
new
the partic., JVX, or a nominal clause a condition conceived as real or realizable:
xjzrrp -p life),
UJ^^
")T"TD
^kh
Conditional Sentences.
with
'
m^"yj
much,
let
I
rmn ^
shall
,,if
thou wilt reform (begin my sister"; '3W ""N
give thee
let them steal of yours"; ,,if they steal, ^xn ^ID xjn^'n 'X ,,if I am esteemed thus
them cause Levi
xo^ xn^D n^ ywtn
,,if
to
there
go in"; IXD XD'X ^x is any one who has V^x xin ^XIB" 13 x
heard anything, let him say it" TIXI ,,if he is an Israelite, he will return"; "on -on "iDXp ,,if it is so, he means as follows". ;
b
When
the
condition
is
placed in the past, the ^x ,,if thou hast
n^n uipj mn nup: perf. married two, marry three". is
used:
s
s
'X
Conditional Sentences.
73.
97
is expressed by means of the pf. both in the c in ^xnx and the xh XPIBM ID'X apodosis: 'pruDD protasis nnV ,,if I had not come this moment, you would have endangered my son" XTID'K ^ ri'BD -jrvin xV ID'X xrwn I had not seen thee this moment, thou wouldst have ,if
Unreality
;
7
me
something forbidden to eat". Frequently we mn with the partic.: "ID 2TPX s x on:n "|^D mn ID xV ,,if my lord had given himself to study, would he not have become the head of the given
find in the apodosis
Note also: "pmtPB
college?"
mn
x^>
nx 'jonn
ix*?
'X
M
a j^mj m*? Git 45 ,,if it were not that thou art Nahmani, we should not have sent it back to you" (the
conditional particle is strengthened tasis is
by 1 and
the pro-
a nominal clause).
Sometimes the conditional particle is dispensed d with entirely: Diyt: XDytsi auj X2Ji inn ,,when you steal XTin wn after a thief, you taste thereof"; pD xi^xV ,,when the head of the ox is in the basket, go up to the roof".
x^pm
Literature.
1.
Introductions.
4 1908. in den Talmud, L. MSST, , MMiehiner, Introduction to the Talmud, Cincinnati 1894.
HermannLStrack Einleitung SSchechier, Art.
n
Talmud"
in Basting's Dictionary of the Bible
V
W
(1904), 5766. Backer et alii, Art. (1906),
Talmud"
in
Jewish Encyclopedia XII
137.
Margolis,
Gr. Bab. Talm.
7
Literature.
98
Dictionaries.
2.
MichaelSachs ,
Beitrage
Lexicographical Works. zur
Sprach-
u.
Alterthumsforschung,
185254.
B.
JosephPerles, Etymologische Studien znr Kunde der rabbinischen Sprache u. Alterthiimer, Breslau 1871.
Jacob Levy , Neuhebraisches und chaldaisches Worterbuch iiber die Talmudim und Midraschim, 4 volumes, L. 1876 1889. Alexander Kohut, Aruch Completum, Wien-New York 1878 1892. MJastrorv, Dictionary of the Targumim, the Talmud Babli and Yerushalmi and the Midrashic Literature, New York 1886 1903.
Samuel Krauss, Griechische und Lateinische Lehnworter im Talmud, Midrasch und Targum, B. 189899. GDalman, Arainiiisch-neuhebraisches Handworterbuch zu Targum,
Talmud
u.
Midrasch, Frkfrt. a.M. 1901.
WBacher, Die exegetische Terminologie der jiidischen Traditions^ literatur, II: Die Bibel- und Traditionsexegetische Terminologie der 3.
Amoraer, L. 1905.
Grammars and Grammatical
Treatises.
SDLuzzatto, Elementi grammaticali del Caldeo Biblico e del dialetto Talmudico Babilonese, Padua 1865. Gramrnatik der biblisch-chaldaischen Sprache und des Idioms des Talmud Grammar Babli. Deutsch von MSKruger, Breslau 1873. of the Bibl. Chaldaic Language and of the Idiom of the Talmud Babli. Translated by JGoldammer, New York 1876. IsRosenberg, D. aramaische Verbum im Babyl. Talmud, Marburg ||
||
1888.
Arthur Liebermann, Das Pronomen und das Adverbium des babylonisch-talmudischen Dialektes, B. 1895. CLcvias, Grammar of the Aramaic Idiom contained in the BabyXVI lonian Talmud, Cincinnati 1900 (= AJSL., XIII
[18971900]). 4. 1.
Other Linguistic Works.
CBrockelmann, Grundrifi der vergleichenden Grammatik der semitischen Sprachen,
I,
B. 1908.
Literature.
W Wright,
99
Lectures on the Comparative
Grammar
of the
Semitic Languages, Cambridge 1890. ThNoldeke, Beitrage zur semitischen Sprachwissenschaft, Straflburg 1904.
JBarth, Sprachwissenschaftliche Untersuchungen tischen
zum Semi-
L. 1907.
I,
-
Etymologische Studien, L. 1893. Die Nominalbildung in den semitischen Sprachen, 8 L. 1894. PdeLagarde, Ubersicht iiber die im Aramaischen, Arabischen und Hebraischen ubliche Bilduug der Nomina, Gottiugen 1889. Register und Nachtrage, 1891. -- Gesammelte Abhandlungen, L. 1866. - Armenische Studien, Gott. 1877. SFraenkel, Die aramaischen Fremdworter im Arabischen. Leiden 1886. -
2.
ImmLorv, Araniaische Pflanzennamen, L. 1881. Aramaische Fischnamen, ift: Orientalische Studien, Th. Noeldeke zum siebzigsten Geburtstage gewidmet, GieBen I (1906), 3.
1\1
Weimar 4.
549570.
Lidzbarski ,
Handbuch der nordsemitischen Epigraphik,
1898.
EKautzsch, Grammatik des Biblisch- Aramaischen, L. 1884. HLStrack, Grammatik des Biblisch -Aramaischen mit den nach Handschriften berichtigten Texten und einem Worterbuch,
4
L. 1905.
KMarti, KurzgefaBte Grammatik der
biblisch
-
aramaischen
Sprache, B. 1896.
HHPowell, The Supposed Hebraisms in the Grammar of the Biblical Aramaic, Berkeley 1907. GDalman, Grammatik des jiidisch-palastinischen Aramaisch, 2
L. 1905.
ThNdldeke, tiber den christlich-palastinischen Dialekt, 1868,
9.
ZDMG
443527.
2 KurzgefaBte syrische Grammatik, L. 1898. - Mandiiische Halle 1875. Grammatik, AJMaclean, Grammar of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac,
Cambridge 1895.
Formen und
1.
Satze.
Forms and Sentences. ^y
,poy
.^n
|
.
,
^y
XOD xju
,xmn
,non ,ppa A.
xsVo TKD ,xyix mix ;xrrr 3 ai x:x xnio .xVwa ia: xin
B.
rmi
,BWX ,W>M pay -nu
B.
XIID ,XJS3
."123 ||
4
T'tso T'w
n^n inxn
.
xom
,XD^B nn^
A.
xawn xinx ,xawm syix ;x^m ,x*n xtD^ .xnnxtramxas .XJIXX n ,xi3 ,NDT n^x A.
.xn-3O
,*nom XISD
,xoi?y ia B.
B.
||
in BTX"in
.t^J
;
||
no
.xn>3
,wx
in ,iDn ,101 A.
.x^j ,xnmy"i B.
.xna
t^a
a
xsi:
Tny ,im x?
,
A.
1
2
1 63ft.||
6
45a.
Taan
7 ||
Margo
1
i
s
,
xtstrip
4
^n'st
10a; 51a.|| B.b.58"HM.|| Ber6b.j| Ned54i>M. 10 Sab 104. 43d. M. 8 B. k. lia B. 8
3^
||
Chr. Bab. Talni.
||
||
1
14ft.
2*
Formen und
I.
B.
Ug
,3tD
Satze.
3lV 3U D^
A.
n xm 3 .
19-20
xrp33 xnxs
,xptp ,XD:
xn^n
xac
"iin
XVO
,xnan xnis ;
;
;
x^
x'^o |
5 /nx/jn B.||. Di xjx
22.
"io |
,'">
,^'"i
,p!3X 2 ,'msjy
pi.
,w ,^s; ,^ ,nx m.
,m^n
xmiso
3 pi. m.
/mn
/mVii
,"in_
,na ^on^ox
1
sg.
A.
xjib ,x^ix ,x:nx 1 /mnx 3 sg. m. psyix ,T
l''3."ja 2 sg.
f.
|
,XHJO ,xnnx ,xnnx 3 sg.
f
pi.
.
sg. B.
7 . ||
pi.
2 sg. m.
IHD^X , V"inx
,TI3 13
|
2 Sg.
f.
;T33
-]OV
TXIj?
,
,TV"13 ,T
,
2pl.m. 2
pi. f.
nnx
nnnx 1
5
ib.
HM.
43rf. 6 II
2 Ber 55 a M. Sanh 52. 7 Sab ||
II
3 sg. m.
,
8 ||
Ar 19JB.
152*.
4 ||
B. b.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
3 sg. >
rnaa
f. |
,
xnoa
,xn
rvx xian inan
.n
.^^(^ID^ wi T^^
tj^ns
MD
;\T r^.np 3pl.f. .n^ n x xnan "pam xiam ,n^ |
s
p^try
,xor na B.
,xn
3pLm.
ji.T^a
.nvs n^so ;xnnx
,sp na
j
las ;,-& A. ,XJK(
2<
jH^n^a
,xnt
n^ ,xns^
,xnain
7
;
xni?
.
19.
,man
,n^s: rnyia
ia^i
xnia
,xntr'p ,xia^
xjnn
,xna^ ,xnbi
,xn^x ,i3"ion xmyn
xnij?
xrvan
xpitra 3
y
xna^n
xpun xn^' 4
xaxn
.
xnjx
x-iao
/mn
xnt^ ;xnpy
.noxn
n^aa xnao
;xnja
|
B.
in^J
/^xit^^ nja
xnnax
?
3
ix 5 .
maxT
xia"
a A.
,xnmn
19.20^
,
,xnnex .xnnnx ^"its ,
A.
xnnax 1
Ar
B. m. 52a fflH.
19*
B.
20^. B.
2 ||
8
4
ib/.
||
Ber
6^.
||
B. b.
21.
Fonnen und
I.
xion
XDD ;xo?yi
,nom
Siitze.
jX'oen ^'o ,^n ,>yoi xonj p^ns ;nyt^i 5^3^ 3J i y3 xnin /^D xiuin 'nn3K /niUD ^nnx ,nia /np l sg. A. >?>o
xiinoi 'tw ;xn^ns
<)
;
:
xjnn3x
22.
l pi.
|
;
B.
1 sg.
||
l pi.
,inyi
.71^1 iinnnnx 3 'Krm'tp ,"nj:
pi.
m.
|
xnnna^
3 sg.
f.
|
inn^x ,ino'K ,ini3 2sg. m.
Tni3
xnn
3 sg.
x:x B. ?(f.)
(63a.)
9 (49).
nx
||
|
;inmw
irrnrax |
s.
.ID^SU
"JXD
iDTinnx ;i3"m'3'y ,120)^11^13 2
in.
3pl.m. s
injx
,
|
nnjx n:x ,nnty xjmx A.
s
,XT xnVtD ,*n xyix ,D^yVi
^n no ,xno
in
XDI^
p
||
xin ,Kin xyix3 ,xno ]^n ,inn xoy 2 poy i ?xt^7^ 13D in
.^
7
>ynnji innu
.V"i3ij
Txm
Kinn
.xin
,pn xits^ A.
n^xn xi^ in -pn ,xn^n in
m.
nni3 3sg.f.
.nx pi .px nn3 ^j^x .is^sia inx .in^j xin .irw xjx .xnjnD \nrx
n B.
pi.
KOI
S ;
ny
^D ^n ,xn^o
.xin nxnio
;
.Konn now inn KJ7
S ,
pirm
5 .
XJ3
,D'p1
/i
Suk 38 a
IB.
.xn
in
ny
'xn ,xnrvx xn
JM ,10
S
/n X A.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
v^p vim
.xp^m xrrnxi
|j
.rra
\*y\y
5*
prx B.
,xim
,KB
,XTpn
Km
xrm
,Kmp.
,^i
,xinB
,x~i:in
,Tpn ,xnB>3B> ,'nprp ,pn^ ,[K]mvn
xrrman
,KODIK
xm
xn-pny
xno'x xnnn ^XHBJ nano xnsn xa 7
xmyi xmy
ix xjoix ix xnjj ix 2
n^
.
xt:^xo
XIID
I^BK xion
'
.
,
,
x^2z s 7 x"i v.y
5 .
;
D"p ^ *^yn xynxo xnp
?
3 .
xyyn ^3
IK
xnau
xTtnD i^nyn
rpD^ xD^on^
xj^y
nna .xmjn
xVi
xmn
tn
xpmi l!
?
A. ms*?
's
m
xion in
nn
.IOT
^D
mon
;
ni
16.
713 xion
xsi
Job. N.
1(
||
||
||
||
||
||
'
.
.
||
||
!
=
=
Jishak bar Sanh 96 a. N. Johanan Nappaha; Bar N. 5 3 4 2 ib. 53 a Pes 113a MMj. gab 155 b Meg 7 8 Suk 52 a M. 45a. Erub 9a+. B RaM. B. k. 85a; " ib. 10^ M. io Ber 58b M. gab. 55a. (-.IP.SUI ArM). " Ber 6^ B. 13 ab 67^ M. 14 ib. 152 M. 1
'
II
||
II
||
||
6*
an
I.
Foi'men und Satze.
XJXDB XISD
xnau
,
xao 3
17.
x
B.
.xyTima "prnBi TI^D nx 2
xVa /XBP 'xnoa
.
xnpniz
xn^y A.
. ||
xr& p"i"t
xsin
5 .
xntr
ni ,xov la xpa n xrvaa [xjn^i 6 XDitr^ xnp 8i Db 'uitsiDDi ^^ ai xiT
na xann
xnp
^D
.
.
.
S
D
xiraa
nnnoo
xnty xati is.
20*. ,12^ ,w^a
A.
,
pan B.
nnon
IDX
,
j|
,
xain
/nnnx xnnx
,[x]jnnx [x]*rnD
,nxnn xyp^s ,xnn
1
5
Hul
GMM^
18 6 ||
a
Ber
||
Sota 3b.
7 ||
||
1>.
||
na
,
,
,
ib.
6*.
M
* Sab 145> Ar. xn^^3T Ar; x-n= ^= 9 Erub 3 a M. iaV>p Ar). 3
||
||
67&.
]|
(xnisr B
8 Ber 51 ^ IB (laia^aba M; 12 Taan 6^ Sanh 29 b. " Sab 66
v. Ar). 10
Meg
58i> IB.
,
||
Mr
Forms and Sentences.
I.
non
,nxnrn *rmrp ai
/xn
-12
,^xv
7*
,'xon ,'XDIB ,xniBo
,
,'
,i
xron
^
np
.'xmn^o ix xnnan ix ." 8 xrvQD ,xmin x'V^s xmpj* x^xn 'B3 xnun x
xssin
x^b
.
10<
xpoio xnaa xrvpjy 'xmn^ *nxa ,n^mix aax
;
xsin
na
.
om xh
DWD
,xt^n XJB
'nx
A.
25
V 3 >JTT3 WO ninn
mnx ,n^n 'iyo
,na^p
^y
,'DD(*)
,xov
nn ,xmn nna
pi.
2 pi. m.
3wa |
2 sg.
f.
,isxa ,Misjxa 3 sg. m. ,^nnnax ,iin^y ,lin^i ,Tir6 3 pi. m. rpni xno^o iy3 xyixn xma^o .xntyaty xsmn ,\-n^y
-jo
|
xnnan
.xa*3
xisw
*f?n
sg. B. 1
||
32
3 b M Sanh 14 (wiai K; Sab 66*> M. x Suk 56 b MM t Ar. 5 Meg 12*b GArM. e B. k. Taan 23 a B. 8 Sanh 105 a KM. Sab 152*. 10 ib.
Pes 51
")131 M). 7 92 b M.
Ar.
56 a F. ||
.
||
||
*
||
||
||
xai-'t
13]
Hag 9b
sic
G.
1.
12 ||
||
||
||
pro
so^fO,
Sab 152
(
XJ^^T 13,
'aiiTa;
cf
Ber
(54).
8*
Forincn und
I.
2 sg. m. ,-|rm>
|
,-pnii3
2 sg.
,-pV
iny
,13*3:13
f. |
,p: ,1^0
TiVnr
,in ,> ,p
,I>,T.)
,-pna
,-|PD
,-pi^y
,-j^y
,-inii3
,i33:i ,i3nii3 ,13J
Siitze.
,T^
,-jfcw
,T^V
3 3 ,n3 3 sg. f. ,in3 3 pi. m.
,n
'xny
|
,Ta ,1=
,*
,"PP
,is*
,133 2 pi.
,i3^>
l pi.
m. I
sg.
>T'
711:13
,
m.
|
,mra
,
3 pi.
f.
xjorm ^3^3 nA.
23. (52.)
,xivjyn
my
n^n /pesn
ia>y
r6n ,xn"nnx
pjtp
no *mn
'
x
no^n
,i3
1331
mtyy
133
ITt^
,xn:
"""ID
mtz'y 'JDn
ytpn
y
,no n^n
t^Ol
vy'3
i
"tni
v
,ysnxi Cysts' 13 ,n?ni
DV3 in B.
inx 1
1
ab
Sota 10 a M.
(xiiii-ia]
88** (m^a]
M>g).
x^n -nj 4
||
xoy
Ar
M!).
ifib
M.
8 ||
Ber 10 a H.;
I.
Forms and Sentences.
/-nn nna ,mant> in /im in ^3 ,n>T xtna ,rva xin r6 ,"pir6 ,1m ? xy-p nrn iinV xy-)3 nn ,xin3 jXacra 'twn in(')nirfc nan xron nj>^ nix nn ;inO)mr "inn ^j'nno ,xn"an T&nx ,^j vnn ,-jJa -nn ,a^n ^n injn ,^o n^n ^na /IXD n^n ,JB> n^nx ;in 1
yaixa jXn^
xyanx ,y
'mm
,xt3n
xi
nt^on^
/JOT xynB' ,xnnyotp
xn^
nyaix,
,8^00 ,mtpy
;
xnnox
nn
mn
no
/j
ntrna
/ID
/-um xnx^y noon ,noaix /tc^mx po Q /ni loaty ,102^1 non^ ,nooni toaix
,vya
/mnx
1331
/ID
xms ,x^ nxo ymx /^DBD nxo
/iDon
/oa
't?
-ID >JJT
A ,
no
nmyo
las /ID
in
xs^x
nxo
rtpon
;*mm
t^oni ^s^x
nn
n^n
nxo
n^i nxo /^DSD nxo
,no
jon
/DIB xs^x ,n^'0'o
;
xnmi
ionn /IJH ^x nyasr /ons 'st'x xn^ / no ina ,xmm nonna ,xmian nxo n^n /st'x nxo
,naj 'B^X
,xn"op yt^ n^n /xop 'xop ,xn"op ,xop xop nn ;xn ina rpjna /xina x^o ,xnnna ,nxj^on xo ;
>ii
/n^n nn ,xn^m xr&m ,xn nty ,xoin *3J
xnintr
nxo ^on
;
s
xtn xau .xn^iDiD notr xini ,xrmai no xnn 2 /HJJ xnsna xin n^ia npn x:s x^oo xnsnn .
nm
.nioi xn^cpp
Sanh
Meg
3
xap non 7
M.
3 ||
^ap
45rf.
nn .mnx }"vp
10*
I.
'mn xau
.r6n -it?y
Formen und
Satze.
.spy nn
ro
nyaix
-)
,x>
*py
nyaix
x-im j
nn ,noaix .no -in .no ^mn ,non nyi a^o
.no nn ,no
nxo .om vv^ix xn ixa >m HXD e imn xop XOT xnt^ nVw inp xi ,xo^n xntr n^D D^DH 2i xin xVi
,
p 'ss
,
.
s
nm 29
(56).
xnox xynnn xnox A.
,
xjx
max .XJTP
pnny x xny^ x\nn majn n^ix .n xin
wan xaino
x!?i^n
pis xninox
xmin may xvi f)x .nnam XJIDDX
'xn
nay
,nao ,^ai B. ,nay
.xn^
||
,
,may ,rmn innay
may
|
7
an'x ,-nao
1
5
B. b. 5
a Jeb 63
MM
2
a. ||
|
m
,
Ket 50 a B.
(x-i^Bm MJ.
6 ||
||
3 Sanh 7. Hul 7 JB.
4
Pes 89^ (in MJ.
7
Suk
||
||
8
MM^
H*
Forms and Sentences.
I.
^yu ,tsim ,(f.) aim ,pis: ,^sj ,nns , VMi 'nrpnya x^i ,xpT ^DX virjya x^ xjx xpT 3 ^x ^xt2> x^ xnx f fy*v x-nn .^SBH HHI /sun 4 xmin rpr psj /rnirp ^mV nnan n^ ip^n^iD -ft ,ann .
.
xno^p .xn^n
xy
.n^up x^tsp
^
?I
n!?D
in
.ID itjx
am 'ami
x^om
x^uin
IDXI
D
x^o
6
.2Ji
x^
xo^n
nVtJ'
xiin
3 *~ny^x *an "JDD vh
.
xtDin
?HD noyu
T^ no
(
tspjx ^ix
vnynx p^on
.xnp-'yo
.xa^a na naj
-jna
p^w n^
an 1
3atDi
^XD^I
.inyn n
X^^T xm^o
!
i^ya
xyixn
.
mow
."nn: xnss .xnx nn^ n^yis
."^npV x^pn
nm ,n
^xn,,
noxi x^pi
nox
nn^ n^yia nn
.DX 3o
nna xan: B.
9< .
nT
xnns xmai
pox
,nayn
1 6 10
67a.
ab 140 b. 6 ||
69.
Git 45a.
a ||
||
3
B. b. 33b.
Ber58a M.
,
||
8 ||
B. k. 29 b.
Ioma72b B.
* ||
9 ||
ab 29 b M. ab 116b B.
(57).
12*
Formen und
I-
Siitze.
ao Knty)o
.Kim xinx I^KIBBH Kan
1 .in()nna xnVtr Tayji pis :
ay^ .ann x
,xin
/an nayn xV
^
awn^ xbn
*?v!h
/TO
13
.xmsx
xma
a^n^j
-10
,xia ^oipoa 6 .
soft (59).
p I)
^a ,in
."n4
,p|itsn
xrvnaai
s
a x^n'iux
.Kan
i
.r
n^^sa xtn:
.xrn
>a:^
.
aip^ ,x:n n
n^xn
xD^a
pb
um
nnp^ x^a icnw? pwa iann x^
.*yo
mprn x^ .n^ nnarn
.xpo^y Tayj
.
4
pan ^r^ 3'y^ ^rn 6 ^ip^ xpT xpi^ no^? -jVitDj?
.
,^a A.
|
itsinm
,tDim ,aian
nox
xj^
mna,,
,w&h
-JKO
nrpn x^
WIOD
.xjV
,V"i
,BWB B.
,hipv ,"]is^ ,pap ,^op
po ,nns ,aip ,Vxtr ,^xty ,ui^j pis ,^B ,oia ,^tt ^iax ^i ,731^ ,^ij? ,ibx ,ieim ,WI^B /.ana ,iama ,na ?
|
s
|
|
inns ,UTPK ,i^rx ,1^1 ,iTay
psn
^
."i^pios s
,'mn
ntsp;
7
PIDD
;mn
xi
.
ny
Git 33" M.
Af
Men
!
2 ||
legendum?). 85* En. Ber 5*>
||
3
ArM
"is^n
xh nn^aja
xm mm
9 .
n^>n
.
.-)T
gab
^"Da
a^oji
s
B. m. 104 b
el
||
.
.xnisx a^n
.-pain x^i yii
an
1
8
7Jn x^
xinx xan
Kin JKiotsn
,1^7^ ,(f .) i^atD ,imn xDyui aiJJ xa:j ina
,io yts
Diyt2
ina x^*n po ,xnn^x
itsj
s
V an
HM ||
s
vid. ||
.Tms^
(fflnns^] 4
63*.
ib.
p es
/ana nV lu^y
HGk
^xi^y po
ainsn HM; an B Taan 9>iB.
|;
||
113a B.
ib. ||
M,.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
.:
nx
.Ttrx^
ipne
^t
n^ n*n
x^
nnn^
n
]v
arvaV
ann^o
13*
.-p#BJa .*HDB iT
ivy A. no
i('^ B.
soc
(GO).
xynx mix ix>
^
x^yi
^V"13 ^ A.
31 (58).
,i*DBn ,vtsm ,V"iop
nx
,100 ,iBa
,75: ? ^n:
|
S
(f.)
,ap
,'O)^
B.
,
7
rrny
TD ^
p*
xin ,3'()a n
:rx:n
.
nnana
?
^
yis ^xo ,xnpy
''XD
1 Ker H* ArM). ||
101 a OB.
s ||
4 M. 2 42a. 3 loma 29 B. k. 52 a H 6 g a b 13 a M; Pes 40 b MM r Sanh 89 b K. 7 Pes 10 v. bsn. Sota 22 a B. b. 98*. 9 A. z. 22* Ar
6a
.
||
||
||
5
||
||
||
||
14*
Formen und
I.
xrw nro xpsj xo
.
nay
m
x .xjntrin ^xi ,^ 2 nn [x]nn x^i [x]npy ,
'
.mDxp 8
xnn
mnn
nnxon xsnsx xisn .Nnvjy x^>ix xrjy
XB>D(>)IP
.xnnoBD n
x^yn
XIPX
^ixw
xnrvx
X^DD
.X3iy
Satze.
^x
?
nty
*Dva'i ?"p7Dy ^xoa nnanon x^* mox .
A "Tn'3
ny in
;,
7HS
np^tri
A
nn
n^ptr
^xoa
?w7oy
xm .p^nm xnm XTDBH ^nnx i^ xn\n^ ,-jn xoVn Pin^n^^n Pxann
/XJD
IXD nyn
yt
Pn'-nx xD\nV
,10
DID
yn
|
(f.)
nxi
?npVo
,1^
A.
yvw
Bm
,xn x^i xn B. .xpW3 Tits ||
rw
,
J
xip
.mn
xin
.,Tnnx3 ^IXT
3j
,xnn^ ^aa
im
no^ :
X
s
?"!
in^^i ,in^ns
|
|
(f.)
^ptr XJH ^301 nxi ,xn"i3n "H3
.
max
yist B"j'x i^3y .1^3^ x^i n^yix IX^DI B^J^K T3y Irrjn
?xm i^ ^ XT3D 1
B. b. 96b IB.
2 II
ib. 3^>
H*M.
3 II
leb 72^.
* II
B. b. 41 b
Forms and Sentences.
I.
..T3
T^B
!rp3
A
mm ^anx xh
ayts
pi.
|
n^urx
1
|
i^sx Dan
.p^p'oy ^xon xsn
xnt^n /V in^pnn x^ n^y^p^x Perf. I sg. A.
|
,nn>n'n(^)x ,n3o:n>x 3 sg. |
|
Inf.
Ppy^o
pi.
lynp^x 3 pi. f. ivoriB^ 3 p. f.
Impf.
^30
P
pnox ^o^nm
:in^
,x:paTx m.
>x:n hy
.ID^D i^sny px
**nn ,,
IXBHPB
"nx3
.
^nii2*n
^xx
3
A
xn
:6s'
15*
npyx npyn ;
|
Taynn f.
i.
s
x
3 sg.
f. |
imr
vy^>pD Pt. pi.
.xno mro
1
f.
3sg.m.
m.
,x?
*
xnny .xnayno xnnsn x^ns .n^ mnsi x^i "p"n*n ^y Van p-j^onts IH^ pi.
^t?rvx ^y^p^x^DntD^^x^ynnt^xPerf. 1 sg. B. inntDBx ,inntDB^x 2 pi. nnjn^x 2 sg. m.
,~pBnn(')x 3 sg.m.
|
|
3 sg.
f. |
yTn^x
^n^x
3 pi. m. xyiivx ,xant3sx ,xa^DJ^x lorrx Impf. 1 sg. 2 pi. m. |
|
oon^ 3pl.m.
,yin^x
xn^nx
3 sg. m.
,p)D3^ p^oon^ ,nayn^ non^n 3sg.f. ^BTI(')J ,non^ ,"on(^ IBB'X Imp. Sg. m. Inf. [1]10B'X pi. m.
|
,
,xaorx ,xy^:rx 3 pi. |
f.
mon
j
|
|
p^ro Pt. sg. m. .
1
sc.
x^x.
2 II
f.
Ket 19 M.
3 ||
61
32.
16*
I.
Formen und
Satzc.
pi. |
(f.)
X33'D3'O ,X3T1B(')0
jnp'Sm
s
|
(f.)
1
,X1B3'D
Sg.
pi. f.
2 sg.
,nm
n3DJ( )D
m.
pi.
m
norm
^3x /xr6 n^ xTpi xapa IBX .xnop
mn
'X1331
KT>3 SD
xn
pon^x
.mnx
/xn^a
not
xnyo^ 1x^5
.IHTXI
lo^n^x
xjm
aj|?
nxs
aip
nna .XDJ t^mno xny
tr^mna xov ?
DWO
^ 33.
Pf.
pi.
l
sg.
na A.
3 pi. m. 1in3p)3D ,1W?(*)ap 2 pi. m. 1B>B& m. Pt. act. sg. m. pDyV Impf. 3 pi. f pi. *D^(')n 2 pi. 1^"tPO ,111030 ,1*1330 ,V31pO ,1'iyXO xn iirppmo 2 pi. 1x3100 ,inao pass. pi. f. 1
.
|
|
|
|
.0*^3 ''XOIp
I^X
'3*313 n'T'tr X^l
."JOp
xnyo^ iinnox xswm xyixa *ann ^IUDX ^yon xm*3*y pay x^i 33 ^y PJX 2 pay xV *03 xoi* bs xm ,1
,*
.
,^ap 3
sg.
m.
f
11^3
ni**t^ ,n^*3p 2 sg.
|
'
1 pi.
1
?
\
|
1(*)"13'X
m.
O*
\
pia^OX
'3*13
Pf
|
,
'
D7B"X
* 1
,
.
1
sg. B. '
1'31X Impf.
1
Sg.
2 sg. m.
B. b.
Pes
I.
Forms and Sentences. 3 pi.
Pt. act. |
Tmi
|
pi.
3sg.f. ^'&>a Imp. sg.
m.
/-m: /ana ,mys /amp ,'&np Inf. IXVPB ,yatis pnss ,inno ,^>apD ,1'aia
f.
?
,nai 1 pi.
|
xji"!tt>a |
|
(f.)
f.
7^0 .
2 pi.
17*
,xraiD ,xjrmo
mys
pass. sg. m. irvfenw
pi.
>J^T
onp
f. |
|
,mpo
nirnty
,-j!?
m.
tamo
|
mno ,mpo ,pno ,ityso ,pat xh x^o
sg.
m. xnp^a ,ruai
l IIDIB pi. sg. ,njaiD 2 sg.
n-ms
,(f.)
pi.
onp
s
,sjpno sg. f. pi. m.
inma ,a p^pmo l pi.
f. |
NTS mpso 2 sg.
.n^oia
,
isnp .n>api
mao
& A n^iD nj^n^D^^ ? xa^py n^ia nj^n ^a vh no^n ,iipn no .xrnxa VTJT anpj ."jipn xV ''Jon ,-jipn lan ^naj an ."jnaji i^ an 2 i^s xmixa x ? .xnau nna H^BJ t^j^x f]n^ .XDD npyn x!?mx
^n
.
1
!
xsnm
/xip 'piDB
xj'SD .xin
XDya nn
n OIBB
'pxp .xjyatii xnpo^xo XJ^BJ Benson ^^JD ^D .xnna X ? ^an xsVoi .xjon nm y^ix ^anao ,
s
1
69 a.
Margolis,
2 ||
Suk 52
Mr
Chr. Bab. Talm.
3 ||
Nid 6^ M.
.xjan(i)p
:XD^a max
s
x
18* 34.
Formen und
I.
Sa'tze.
Impf. 3 pi. m. nnyx 3 pi. m. ntsnprvx Pf 3 sg. f A. .p&oy rra -ppDyrv xbno'x^Inf. iVano^ 3 pi. f .
.
.
|
npoy^x jflpoyrvx 2 3 sg.
f.
m.
'briox /nontax Pf.
|
sg. B.
1
,TTIB>X ,"prpx ^-p-nx ,iyus( )x 3 sg. m. 3 pi. 'xyu'x ; xut?p'x ; xjsnr s
np"x
|
sg.
|
m.
)n 2 sg.
|
1
*iyusj
pi.
aay^x m.
j
sg. i.
m.
Pt.sg.rn.
f.
^no(')x Imp.
|
f. j
2 sg.
f
.
m. |
|
|
1 pi.
p'janro
,'
Eni2S(
)i3
pi.
xjp^noo ,xjts"Dn^o
|
m.
>
)
/jmto
isprpD /OD3't3
1
iny^noo ^>
'xn
xrm
,nnnpn 3 sg. s
,in
nx
|
XB-jtt'o
|
m.
2 ||
|
p^natyx Pf.
,HMDX
l
pi.
A.
,ip^nx 3 pi. m.
\ivrfo ,^ipB ,lWDn Impf. 3 pi. m.
|
pno pass. pi. f
73f.
/ypnp
jip^sx ^ina^x
^aio ,IJDB ,PDBB pl.f. ^n^n^o ^D n^wix r6yn o^nn xnip
pnnnnx in HD
1
^XT
nv.mn 2 sg. m.
f.
PTTjn
nxt ,vnr^ xi
nniaa xax
Pt. act. pi. x-in
sg.
2 pi.
xV .oinnn
.10 iytis(
xnntDa
xV 35.
sg.
f.
sg. pi.
'Btppx sg.
|
ip^n ,^3pnn 3 sg.
|
Inf.
pyexx Impf. i sg nnyn()n 2 pi. m
.
|
|
.onsoo pan
B. b. 80 a Ar.
3 ||
11
rvp^sxt xin XJXT
B. m. 109^ H.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
Pf. 1 sg. B.
19*
.iomx
x^p
. j!
2 sg. m. ^nut^x l pi. ,THDX 3 sg. m. irprwx 2 pi.
,rmnx ,nonnx ,no'wx ,^DBX ,Tpsx
jp'osx
a*mx
3sg.f.
Impf
|
l
.
insx
sg.
^mx
,p'DX ,T.ax ,p^sx ,iaix
nnnx np^sx ,n^ix ,x*nnx
3 pi.
nsnx
,
?
,r
,inin ,nD5!?n 2 sg. m. n^n: ; n3^j ,p^nj l pi. ,"nn^ } "\irb yzw^ 3 sg. m. iDiin ,7mn 2 pi. "Bn 3 sg. f. m. ionp^ 3 pi. ,(f.) nnpx Imp. sg. s x isnnx m. "if. jio^tf pi. p^sx ,i aix 7'sx ; |
|
I
|
|
|
Pt. act. sg.
m. |
^nirnx ,'Dimx
lo pi.
ppsx
m.
,"iait3
sg.
f.
pi.
2 pi. pi.
*3m
xnmo
m. |
,xnDio sg.
IDX ^n
,
in^
|
pass. sg. m.
.^ipx x^ x^o /trnpx .n^
XD^H n s su xtson
"TI
xnx ^ nymx /BX
nna
f.
nnV XD^n
ST inzwx
xip
2 sg.
mpio ,n3ino ,nVsxD
|
13DX K^
.na
?iVJO
mt^x
mnx
An
x^?
? -jn^
np^sx xi
nn n^x nxjn
T^IXI
.Tina x
1
Sab
88i>
xnn^sx M.
nnnx
A. Z.
68i>
^
inn-'X
.nnyrvm anno ,
M.
|
2*
20*
I.
Formen und
TIDI xnsy
xnytr ^xn
Va ?
s
Satze.
xn ^13
^("onso rnao nnno oanx
3
36.
amn^i
oy D^iy
xo^a
nx
n^D
:
x^sitsn,,
*om3 ,X^D n^ n^xn :IDXI KO^
mean
x^otp 'Dp
iDXJ^)
IXD
?-jV
xosD xnsnn
/xi
m. A.
iBDin(')x Pf. 3 pi.
|
3sg.m. [npin^xPf. 2sg.m. B. .'3^3 '3>^3 psnin 3 pi. m. pin^j Impf 3 sg. m. XDDirvx 3 sg. f pw^x ||
.
.
|
|
pi.
m.
xi^in'o sg.
|
uino
f. |
S
.'ptn()xi
,p^p ,x:^p -6y ,ixp |
l^"y
2 pi.
-I
3 pi. m.
,-iu
pi.
|
p Vpnrx Pf
.
npi
|
|
,nn
1 pi.
itpe.
Pf.
\
|
f.
yfyyb Impf. 3 pi. f .
13^. pass.
sg.
sg. A.
,n^y ,nVt 3 sg.
m.
||
n ?xn(^)D 2 t
|
n"n ,n^y
Pt. act. pi.
V^V
f.
1 pi.
3DD xjx
,
m.
Pt. sg.
pi.
m.
lirvn 2 pi.
|
Pt. act. pi. in. -6"y Pf. 3 pi. m. Pa. Pt. act. pl.m. l^nx Pf. 3 pl.m. Af.|| isspn^K Pf. 3 pl.m. Itpa. ||
V^VB
2sg.m. liffnpp ,^xy
,trn
,^>y
3 pi. m.
1 7
pi.
nn 3
xtyp^x^n "xn ,n ,^nPf. 1 sg. B. n^n ,nso in^sn 2 pi. sg. m. ;
|
|
nppT ,npi ,x?y xtrp ,x^n xVi 3 sg. f 2 sg. m. inO)J 1 pi. ^yxlmpf. 3 sg. i
Nu
f.
,B)i3
24.
|
Imp. sg. a ||
De
8 15 .
|
;
hw\ nun 3 m. 2 ,^iy^ ,^y'J sg. pi. m. m. iiw^ ,nu^ ,iu^ ,isp\3 3 pi. m. ]
^s^
n^ ,27 ,ix
.
7
;
|
|
1
||
|
|
|
3 ||
Ex
67
4 .
||
Ber 38 a M.
1
sg.
|
Forms and Sentences.
I.
Pt. act. sg.
/ins
m.
21*
,lp^ Inf. 1x7 pi. m. |
,
m.
pi.
f.
sg.
n"y 2 sg.
2 pi.
y
pi.
I sg.
pass. sg. m.
x
pi.
|
1
|
Pt. act.
m
pass. sg.
xjjrpx
I)
Pt. act. 1 sg. Pt. sg.
f. |
p^pn
^y Pf. 2 sg. m. Pa. ,*?"? 3 sg. m. ^"yn Impf 2 sg. m. !?iy 3 pi. vh"V Inf. "y Imp. sg. m. l^y^J ,tf>?4 3 pi. 1 pi. pi. m. IS^HD sg. m. I
.
|
|
|
Pf. 3 sg.
Pf 3 .
yix 3
|
sg.
f. |
m.
Inf.
px /jux .
|
Inf. itpe.
itpa.
f.
sg.
pi.
TjiriD
||
m. Palp.
||
f.
utsno Pt. act. sg. m.
3 sg. m. Itpalp.) Pf?2 sg. m. Af.
W?30)^ ,^?nt&^ Impf.
1 pi.
Impf.
f.
.
,
h4v
imn
|
d.
Pt. l sg.
NJp7"nO)D
pi.
3 sg. f. 3 sg. m.
Pa.
xyyi ,xn?7
m.
|
n^px
||
^px Imp.
^pD D^no ,^no ,1^0
|
^pl? 3 sg. m.
Pt. act. sg.
;
m.
"inx |
pass.sg.m. nyiD ,n^D 2 sg. uao pl.m. xipo ,yin x Pf 3 sg. m. ittaf. wa()o pi. m. x'j:i(') sg. f. VnnD Pt. sg. m. yin^ Impf. 3 sg. m. sg. f. ,mx xjB7nx .x^nn ^n^O): rvm ,xij: torn XSD |
|
|
s
.
|
^)x
|
n^a n^xi ,n
/xnm
nm
^x
(.pno^i .na^a na^ni
,-jnn
'3
xiTp 1
quitur
Pes HSb ).
M
;
p^sj
xV ,n>yiDx
,'3sa
ppiD isnnx
pn
,i!?iy
.xjx
x^vm y7>x
isnnx
.
2 (1.
A.
z.
C6 b JB (sic
1.
pro >6pia; se-
22*
Formen und
I-
Siitze.
'3TI
xjnx mix
1
ix'?
?",Tp
xpn rpsu .3tD XO' 1
38.
3
pi.
m.
|
nn^o ,np 3 sg. f pm /pDp Pf 1 pi. men ,mpn 3 sg. f mo^ Impf 3 sg. m. .
I
3 pi. m.
||
1
sg. Pa.
<
[
HDD ,nnDlnf.
|
wnx Pf
||
1J(1)WB Pt. pass. pi. f
[n]at>ni
A. ,iDp
.
|
|
vn(^o Pt. act. pi. m.
Pf.
.
|
.
. |
.
3 pi. m. Itpe. u^y 3 pi. m.
.nox
wan
|
Ittaf.
]My
pi. f. \ pi.
xjmx ,xj^nix
>
i]ntyy3||'!in7 ix 2 pi.
inn xV
=
niD*
x^Dn xjx
Pf.
i pi.
nn P]<JS x^n xnon inn x^i ,X^DX nmtDon ae iiano ats m^ no o^tr .in jtt'E ,on ,u 3 sg. m. nop Pf. 2 sg. m. B. yo XIVB 3 m. ,mp pi. jnop 3 sg. f. DWJ l pi. mo* ip^x ,mp'x Impf. l sg. .^^DID
""ii
Af.
.[XJ]JH^ [x]nn r
3'tsD
,n*o ,Dp 3 pi. f.
m
|
2
pi.
m. |
|
I
|
?
|
xtrs
I
IITJ ,IH^ ,in^ ,ip'i? ,mp7 3 pi. m. ip^n ,oipn 3 sg.
3 sg. m. f.
|
sg.
f. |
B^B Imp. sg. in. o ,ITO Inf.
ion^ wl? ,wii? ,un
|
|
pi.
x^ d. ^xp ,D^xp ,n^XD ,p^xn Pt. XHJ ,xi^n sg. f. pi. m.
m. |
act. sg.
Dip
m.
|
2 sg. i^a^l? |
d.
2
pi.
1
(f.)
m. in^n^u 2 3 sg. m. Itpe. =Ittaf.
,07 pass. .
1
Taan 24 b
JB.
sg.
8 ||
|
Sab 156* IBM (sed
pi.
|
(f.)
pl.m.
1.
|
xpn sg.f
.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
Impf. 3 sg. m.
act.
'yvo
sg.m.
Pf
.
Inf.
Itpalp. sg. Af.
1
1 pi.
vy
Inf.
Q"px
|
Imp.sg.m. u(')n^ Xy"DQ Sg. f. pi. m. m. (f .) pass. sg. |
|
sg. f
|
f.
1"VJ ,Q"pJ
|
|
Sg m.
'Vio^
Pf. 3 sg.
|
3 sg. m.
,*P:PX |
f.
|
x 3
Pt. act.
|
.
|
pi.
3 sg.
wrvj
3 pi. m. . f -nn()a ,07:10 Ft. sg. m. S 3 sg. m. B": Pf. 1 sg. Pa.
,1*13
|
|
xmrvx
|
|
m.
pi.
1" Impf. 1 sg. 3 pi. m. 1V^
i"so Pt.
inn(>)x 3 pi. msn^ 3 pi. f.
|
,'nun'K Inf.
23*
||
|
070
. |
Palp.
||
wyo
|
w\y*
sg. m.
Pf.
1
|
D"pn Impf. 3
'Vt^BO pass.
m.
pi.
sg.
sg. itpa.
D"px
f. |
DJOJD sg. m. Pa. xyiyn(>)x |
xuts^o Pt. act. sg.
d.
||
[D]7ix ,THX 3 sg. m. nD^nx 2 sg. m. ,3inx /oipix Inf. n'xx Imp. HJJ ,071^ 3 sg. m. 1
Impf.
sg.
I
|
|
pi.
m. |
,mio ,pmo ^nio ,a*no Pt. act. XJ0710 l sg. i^opio 1 pi. n:o pass. m. ittaf. XHJD sg. f
2 sg. anin^x Pf 3 sg.
.rpnyi
m
sg.
sg.
.
||
m
.H^DJ
|
.HD^XI pn psj
.XJH
^tsn
m.
^no
|
|
|
.
||
|
mo
m.
,XJH na
.H^J^D nainn nV op *]"ian,, ^xnn ^rxi IITX nnn< ny .i^xn 07^ xpnn 'D ^DTI ? n^y ?^Bp^i 7^ XP>SDD xntfn Ixpo^y /xinx 07^ icipn xV xtynts
x^ ,"iny(n)^x,,
;itp l
,"n^D
? 1
m^n !no nrj ,m in^ no .m^ ID
xinm nnnxt
,on
xjn
xmn
xp>ny
.pis(i) ID-ID
?D' i n D^DI ^uny n4 x^^s xn^x /xp xipx xjn
")D()ro
.n^xoa
?
.
.
.
x? 1
1
Taan
25
G.
24*
Forraen und Satze.
T.
ja
n7
.xan xapa
>3 pans
\xn ,KBH xapa /BID xjynn xnay xTpsna rioxt xrpjn .n^ ixs^ "ry,, xsnB(i) n V :iojn ? x^x ^?y nxV'y ixo *] 273*,, ;"nxnn vh nsnn ,27^^ nx^y XD^T trin-'j ,"nnn nxs ny^n p xo^p xn .xpn ^03
07
37^
xanp
s
5
? X1H
1
?Tio
^p no^p "Dm >XJ I D
13'nn
in
,XDDIX XTIS
x
,n()o
.XIBBH n^tra 718
noxp
.xn ? 5
inim
lox nan
^min V^DI 'Ws ^n^ .mnxn 71x1 nro in .nroi 'nx
*NB
11
vr x 1
l
.xaiyon n^y IDHO naniop iiy^x mnoi n^i3 ?n7 xip in^Dpio ^xoa xmycn xip 39.
1 pi.
,xj'ya
2 pi.
n^n |
,[n]*ja ,*n^n
/rvja Pf.
?a*mo xp
1
sg. A.
,p^
"p'Vn ,iJin ,iJya ,irnx ,xj 3 pi. m. ,mn ,nnn ,n:a ,n(x)nx 3 sg. f. ,(f.) pntyn 2 pi. V'ln^n ; i"^5i(^)n Impf. 2 sg. f. i3a' 3 pi. m. X,T ,\T ^in 1 ,nn^ ,nDa> 3 sg. m. |
m^
X^D
|
|
|
2 pi. ixnx ,po ,V^D ,iv.3 Pt. act. pi. m. (f.) x^ *p*V^ 1iy A xjx m. pa ,i^ ,v^o pass. pi. xrvmx ^y ^DIDIX^ x^x /n^nx *nffon xn^mx xnn xyixa i^n win ns /n^nx |
|
||
|
p
xj'jn
x'Vi
,pnr
^ai
IDXT xn^ xn^x IK'DX
/mn^ tm
Forms and Sentences.
I.
xs
xsipn
V
xrvmx
nts>oi
M VOT
25*
xnnnoiso
,rvnx
pyix
nt'nsrx
"?yo
IBS xrvjfe in jojfe -px rpnnrx xn nonp xov in
rv -pirn
p
I
^rvxi
xtmo
mm
p
xn^o
^no
ma
,-pnnrx
yotrxi
vV '^
V"tavt o
xor
"prv^n
.ivfe -py
.nnom
iin"
D^ pnx 12 ^n^
xVi ,iinxi .pnxi ximy nay ,-u*o 'in inxn XTT .in: n4n pn pn: n:p yisp ,nu ^ xn ? ion nn /jp xn ? n'n no rpn xn X^T ; rrn /x^ n^nVwi x^ xin ,xj"?n7^ nxt ts>jx nn ?>jp no i^ny inno iiym fen ^xmn nnn ips x'^t
;
;
s
s
p
1
xno ^p^px ^i sn ty ;^DX
,njsDn ny
?xj"nn
ix
.-jist?
,i*np
/xin ,>xV: ,^xyn ,"yn /xnx 2 sg. m. 3 sg. m.
pn ,1m |
/xnx
s
Impf
1
nt?
/ns
|
,nn ,nn ,iyn 3 .
,iyn
f.
pi.
xnnimy
sg. B.
1
,-jnK ,]"ir\ 1 pi.
tn^yn ,in\ix 2 pi. m.
3 sg.
Pf.
,
|
n^nx 2 sg.f.
rvVp
|
,
,
m.
1""^ ^XHB' ,]"" ?1 xnx 3 pi. f s n^ ,H^: /yn^j l pi. 2sg.m. p^ ,^p^ 3 sg. m. nnn 2 pi. m.
sg. m.
.
|
|
|
s.
3
f. |
M: ,xo^ /nj /n^
^)^ (f.)
/m pi.
m.
,iynV 3 pi.
/yn Imp. sg. m. s xn /xin sg. f. j
|
m. |
/j >n>n ,xnn
(m.) ^xin
,(f.)
inx
Inf. |
sg. f .
"n |
/jxtf
/m
/J(x): /:n
pl.m.
,oa
x^ |
Pt. act. sg.
m.
ji
26*
Formen und
I-
pi.
inx ,n(K)
f. |
,ia
Siitze.
,nn ,nn
,i!?
,1
pi.
pass. sg. m.
|
nMi ,nn ,mn
(f.) f.
,KBtD Sg.
n
|
"I
,VH^
f.
pi.
|
.nnp xV
xsn
,nnso ,rvin
,Hff ,'XD ,'B>0
n
>! ,
im jho ^n
in I^BK
nmn
'onn x^i
K^.
"n^>o
i^n
?
x'?
xVnsn /l
^jo \
m.
xV ,xn "j^ pj^ xVi no 2
.
mo
!nw*o
n
""nDX
:xo^n ^i .XOD XJ100 /'XDJpO P]^J ? , XO'n <31 7
rsjin
w iv
n^
,'JD
pi.
.TaiK ,vai
?XID^X ^np^ xin no ^KI ,Kjmo mn ^KTK xh nwr xVn n .rpjnoV x^n ,n^n^oV x^n .n^noyV DD .op: ^(x)o^n nnpBJ npa^?
2 sg.
HH^
,wtD ,^n
,KtDn ^n^mtD
nn
,nm
? MPI
x
nt^n
*)^j,,
:
;
pB^
/onn X^5
XIID^XO XJ100
3 xo^ x^i xoi^ xnn .p^s^ xV xojpo 713 i^n^n x^ xV ''xop nnn X^T iw>& xmoon .pm mn 7*10 .
mon ny I^BKI .^snm x^on ^o^ ,xn{yo ,
xo^j ixo
')V
<33
xnon np nxo
np
xnn
1
^"yi
Sanh 29
S3\
8 ||
ib.
31 '3 "Q
K|?
nnxiis
.xpjins ^n^V in'x ,xn"i:pxT
"pnp .XOHJ ,T3
.n^nj
xnip
n^ n^T
xnono nna ,xn
trn
1
.n ^
17^ n nns n
M.
49 a
.in
pis
M
2 ||
ib.
(KBi^
106
=
1
^o
Dip
/"mx sm .-jnino ^oi
013 nns (ix^x]
anb
K).
cf.
nt^i
xi^x
."D^ nnsi Tes-geon; pro
po
I.
io
xan xna:
Forms and Sentences.
/x-rn
,B>SJ
ibx
xitra
fi D^mn
/"ax
m om
an
xpni
:
XOT!
X^>
,TJ?y
!
D"
THDB
.y&p xn .*"Dian ^y msixi ^xin*,, 'a w:i irvanjinx .x:n /xip r^
^
xsin nnn /at nn^ ,V jon IXQI
79 .'V
:xpm ui
1
in ?
"IDS
mon DTWI o-'jsa ymx xiono
p on,
mi "yanx
."n[-p]"nm -pa
pis
!?13nP 'JBB*,,
.S31D
-jxo
1
/jnp
in
^n
.tra
,nn
,*"m&lX^
27*
noxi) my^x
!*TinD^ "jnty
D^nty*,,
'Jnp
;
r
^npn XDH
onn
s -pnnx na ^x .xnj^n nxi vpj ,xnD xm^x x^ya *na^n .^i^nn x^ n^p xpwa ,MH /in .xjnoxi x^i x^ixi xnn^> n ? n ;r6no *mn xae 1
up x nn pai
mn
>xj
x^
pn ,pn up onn .nmxa X^DID
nan
f
pan xniunn n^ nn pan ^n na ix^ ^xi ;paiD xams nn ,xin x^ .X')ayn -jian ? ;
msu
xin
1
xnn
xpwa xn^a: uwj
.n^ ^yn^ X^T xinxa :x'n x^i X'JDI ,x:x nai xna:i xjx xjn3 n>Vy X^DI x^n xn^o .n^p x^p xb^n .nrnx XHB'I ^ma^ts x^ptr .n^nyix 1x^1 nV ;,
b
/omaxi 1
Ex
.xnn A mi
nnts
40 35
"
ib.
. ||
24 18
3 . ||
miay^i xnua^o ia ,X^DX Pes 113*1^ (aiw:] Ar).
28*
Formen and
I-
Satze.
an XJXDB ?x^n x^ia x^n jwxo xVn XJTD 13^ rvya XD ? rvsa (xp)
xh ^xyiDO
,
?
S
xyix
rvn
'^T
.XJ^T
a
x^>
X^TI ,nxp ,nxp XJTIB ,n^nx
^
xi^on
x^?
nwi
XTS .XDI .max
x^p /in ,x^ n^^o van ;x'^n xi^on.n^ys
^m
itpe.
I
V2n^(>)x
Pt. pi.
|
aio
pn
Pf.
1
3 sg.
.
sg. B.
"I^JTX
|
pi.
^JS^n
m. A. Impf. 2
pi.
^
m.
|
3sg.m.
3pl.m.
|
/x^>x Impf.
Pf 3
3pl.f.
U&
f.
pn
."poo i>yan rpjnn(')x 2 sg. m. /xoin^x 3 sg. f. ||
jUD^x ,na^x 3 pi. (f .) ^sno^n 2 sg.
|
,ion
V'^t^x
l
pi.
|
|
/anno Pt. l
sg.
x
m.
2 pi.
.xain
UB^ 3 pi.
Inf.
/yano ,iyano pl.m.
sg.
2 sg.
xiyi xn>
.in^ x^ya^x
|
p^ps
1 pi.
.xi^p
xun ,^311 pai ?n^ xans ^xn ^^7^ .xt^n xj>y xt$>n pan nox ,Wa naa>p X^T XS^D <
.np^x
xV
:
;
.xnpo x^n xnuxD J
a.
Itpa.
Impf.
rjt^ ,xj^ti 1 pi. *n^s Pf. nxox Inf. Pt. act. pi. m. |
DD
pl.f.
Pf. 3 sg.
'^o
|
|
S
JH
2 sg. m.
^ |
f.
^xna ,"^s Pf
|
.
l
A.
sg.
m^
3 sg. m.
]V-M pass. pi. f. x^jjo Pt. pass. sg. f. sg. B.
Itpa.
^D xiyi xn'
1
ntrs
||
.
||
Forms and Sentences.
I.
ino 3
pi.
xi
|
^nrvj 2 sg. m. 3 sg. f. |
|
"1DX
Pt. act.
1 pi. 1 pi.
|
x^x
|
jX'yntB^x
d.
f.
|
'XDn(')x Pf.
1
|
|
|
|
|
K'JtPB pi.
rx
'on(')x,
nann Impf. 2
,^W
,J7*fi
|
x^yo ||
1
sg.
i^0)n 2 pi. nrn hi , S DD Imp. sg. m. |
WD
1 Sg.
sg. Itpa.
sg.f.
.3
'DnV 3 sg. m.
3 pi.
f.
JO^XB jXJ^B
xrv^yo xruyu
|
3 sg. m.
sg. m. l^i pi. m.
|
3 sg. m.
,^sx ,^o(')x Impf.
X^DDD sg.
|
I
|
|
m.
pi.
w ,^n
f.
vwx pi. ^nn^ fiw 3 1
,"i!?a Inf.
|
O
,'xno 3 sg.
29*
sg. s
^yn0) m.
m. IDS
|
pass. sg. m. d.
n"DDB 2 sg.
Sg.
f.
,
|
s-i'x
p^ys /DD^X
iyn^)x
3 pi.
m. ^ynB'x Imp. *nn^ >nn xnvj x? iy .xip^yo i^tyna xn-mna [njxcnx n^ 'SJD^ .x^0)n2 xjpn x^> .nxoixn xjpn x^ .n^op .xjx -jrm "in /m ui .^nji ID v\v .'Vs^i mt^y "its!? .xin ^ nxi ,xnn ^XJB^ xjx
x^x
'no
X>J:'D sg. f .
Pt. sg.
m my
||
|
|
I
.xin
xo^yn xn^^
nuxn
n
xmn xns^x xn^?n XJX(1) ,HH^>
.xjmni 3H
XIDB^I
nono
na^>
/Vyo xpmy
^
xyixn HID -nyx ui nna xnB'n ?*run 12 iainan nna ,Kpwn rvnra wp^ B^I 'yn^Di IXQI) ? ^yne^D
vnK
mn
12 12 n2i
nna ,(nno
nx^nx 3 sg.f. l^rvx ,pnnxPf. 1 pi. A. DQ Pt. act. pi. m. ^x^n^x ,vot3x Imp. pi. m. /XJHX Pf. i sg. B. v " ^x'nD pi. f. 3 n^n^x m. /inx ,^nx ,ntrx sg. ,n^nx ,n'Bt3X 2 sg. m. 3 pi. m. x^n^x /xtrvx 3 sg. f. nix |
3 pi.
|
|
||
|
|
|
,
Af.
ittaf,
30*
I.
TP? ,Ti"f
3 sg.
f.
/inx
\JB>X ,
|
s ,
irvx |
Siitze.
^n"x /inx Impf. 1 sg. inx TP: ,in"? 3 pi. m. ^rvn m. xn^x sg. f. ^xia^x /n"x
3 sg. m.
|
|
Jix Imp. sg. m.
,"i::ix Inf.
,"i?xx
Formen und
pi.
|
|
|
|
/:no /^po ,7111 npB Pt. act. sg. m. "nix ,"inx ,"irvx XTIO jX^oio ,x^ao sg. f. mo / pi. m. |
|
[
Pf. 3 sg. m. '
xn?oix
Ittaf. ||
x^?
,1^010 ,1J^O |
x? wit in iy
nno
1^0
"iinn^x Inf.
||
nnnn Impf.
.nrsirixa 21
.n^sjV xnain B^J^K
n
1 pi.
2 pi. m.
12
*n"ts
X? s
x^s x^ ,N3,"m x^pn lo^in Perf 3 pi. m. A.
.xtsnoi xsipa ^'yn xVi
40.
*n^o
Pt. pass. sg.
Impf. 3 sg. m. |
||
Taypo
1(')DB>0
|
Pt. act. sg.
XJJO^HO ,3BViB
1
,t3t3-i^x 'tDitsioO)x
m.
|
m.
.
||
3 sg. m.
mj-on
2 sg.
I
|
|
JO>n Perf. 1 sg. B.
"naa ,nnyty ,^1212 m.
Inf.
"jrwino 1 'amnff'N Perf. 3 sg. m. pnintr^x
sg.
|
"JOMO pass. sg.
.[x]itDm(^)D sg. 41.
s
f. |
TWO
|
Pt. sg.
^nuyiiontyx ,nl^ax Perf.
\mrnx Inf. |
3 pi.
rvamp'
it.
m. pi.
A.
Tiro^yto 3
|
|
1
pi.
i^^tspj ,^j^tDp^x Impf.
nay^oo x^ nn KMD!? xV Muan^T pi ,nn mn x^i ,v ern 1t2>in" V n '^ nn>3 x V"i oipm 3\n D .m^ap x'? xn^n *n^ ,IOT nn^> nnx s
:ao x^i
S
1
xio wit? xVi ixo ;xio XJXT xno S ,Dnn^ JVIDO D
1
A.
z. 48*>.
-
xio w>2bi ixo :xio tm'^n n^tr,, .rai^nn xV .ID^J^O xryn r 1
tyn ? 1
.
Forms and Sentences.
I.
|TinJ
1
,-jnnnp
1
,-pnD ,Tnyns
rvrvrotrx
nnrox
31* Perf.
1
sg. B.
,
,[n]mx
,
,
pi.
2 sg.
i
,nn~nx ,pn
,-jtspj
,
3 sg. m.
2 pi.
pmx ,rppox
,
,ininp 3 sg. f
.
DX |
,inys ,172^ 3
,mmux mopix
pi.
|
,
,
Imp erf.
manu, sg. m. Imp. r
I
3 pi.
32*
I-
Formen und
mmx ,rrnnx pnix Inf.
pi.
|
Siitze.
,
rppnt?
^pox
|
monpx ,nnnx
sg.
,niDB^n
|
f. |
mpsx
Part. s
inj I
yn
xn x:x
.^lyV
x^i
x:n xDin nyntr
713 .x^->na ^nnx xVnx 2
HDD "jV
-on
xi ,n^pnn xiu
n
?WD in^nVptr nnn
.xisyV "lO^n 1 .n^y^o nnoi X-QJ
?iD:^pix XJ^B
IDX xn^o xn
mpos ,nup
S ,
^io
mn
x^i
xnny.
^
.
UPP xp ^DT x^ ,X^D rpa ip^o xpi xn ^>y xin^ .^ inn* .X^H x^i XJH xV ,mVttp TOT ^n ? m^y xn Vyi .xtrns a n^on* ^n^ mpsx xp xi^x xVi,
,
^n
5
6 .
K3*n^
*B^3
nm ^mx
nnpix jXn^i
nm
s
B^n'
xoyti
*op nn
.
^xn Voa nm^ xnnn xn ^
/Jip ^yn^D^
.
1^0 p^sn. jryDB'Ji xVnsn 'xn .XDD^ H^D^J xrmyD n^ n^xt IXD ,ntynB yn^ x^t
.xm xn^D nV yop
xV"t itrs^x
xVn
nx
,i
I.
Forms and Sentences.
33* 3 pi. A.
.V
K,,.::T?
ranpn [xn]^s ra [sn]>jVs -p* xnnxi ,xin *axn p* iwrpo i^s rp
rf?
y^ax
x^>
'33
no
isD2
.
Perf. B.
.'
pi.
V 103 ;V no
pnpx
3 3
s. f
3 sg. m.
mrpjn 2
pi.
\
.
pi.
,^"w^ Imperf. .
Imp. nrn: ||
Inf.
nvnx
i ||
pi.
^n |
)o jin
Part. Xpl ?
/mn
i
i
mom
7
npnD [x]npa
rvxoi
jnyiix
nnnp XSD1X Margolis,
Chr. Bab. Talin.
,
H 3
".
34*
II.
Zusammenhangende
A.
Lesestiicke.
Kim o
DTI
II.
Zusammenhangende
ft< .
nK
^D
vh
Lesestiicke.
Connected Texts. A.. 1.
Ungenane Aussprache.
Inaccurate Pronunciation.
Erub 53t>B.
2.
Liebenswiirdigkeit, die za spat kommt.
Kindness Coming too late. Sab na raj ,Kn<3 Kinn3 XS^D
63 b M.
i^pty ; ^4mn K^,, sn^t no xnttn nn^u K^t^, :nV mt3K :
inrnx
3.
UbermaBige Trauer. b .
nn ,xJin 3*n n^nns^s nim KnTn*3 r\^y K^S xp mm ,I; a
xi
1. a
M. k. 27 b M r
Excessive Mourning.
nyst^ nV
rhw
."nnsra
M.
b |
RaM.
||
2. a cf. IB-
b |
ffl. ||
3. a
;
M.
b |
B.
c |
IBM.
Connected Texts. A.
II.
A
Bin frommer Laie.
4.
xnnp,,
Suk 44 b
M^
'mi mop xjo^xp mn ria'x tax n> nox .mo^> *na"iy xna:i xinn
:
*ja b<jxnxi
,xnnp iox
Pious Layman. a
'ana "ny^x
11
34*
;
'
"? -p-ix
mn
."-j
xnn
J
5.
Die Gattin des R. Akiba.
xa^ tm mn
xp
np
jXjn^n
,X^^XD
xpi
^
b
pj
xmis
m
mox
^ i
xnx
a ,
nn
.
."a
n^ lax
un,,
->h
." c rpnMx
oyn^o
.
3i
op xnxi op a
,vw no
*ytyn
no 'mn
a
ffl.
m
xirpy
ntrnpn^x
mix
^OTX ,inx xrx
\\r
x^py
Akiba's Spouse. Ned 50 *
n^
n^nin
^30 ^nxjn
.n^DD^j
/?.
n
'in
xn"Jinx
a<
mn
in n^ ioxp"i n^n^a 7^ ^on x^n ,xtn n^xs :n^ mox
mnx
p
yotr
:
'
'JB'
*mn mn
'io
.
x inn
."
nyanxi
4. a f
B.
g |
wri
BM.
||
M.
5.
b |
M
M. (sed
c |
n
p
^ n R a M. pro
-13)
d
xnx M.
i
En.
> |
M.
|
e I
M
En.
3*
mg x
ffl.
36*
Zusammenhangende
II.
nxi,,
A.
Lesestiicke.
ION
:xynn xinn
nap x^n
mox
nnx
xp
Alexander nnd die Amazonen.
6.
Alexander and the Amazons.
:pn^
x^,,
,
."A xin
in
yutp
itsx
n
.
fc
Tarn 32 F.
,nx
7051 ^H^
non
h
:v6
in"x,,
"IDX
nox
."m'^up h
XTIDBX
,
xami
x ? xVx,, :n^ nax "Pxnrrn /nxi p^s: ID "?XDH^ n^nxi nVpa'T ,-jnnx3 XDHJ -j^ ny ,x^^ n^n DITTJOD^X xjx, xtinot xnnx *nsy r nn .xm ^DX xp xj"yo xinnx 1
:
;
m xnn inn
minon ^nna k :noxi XD^X /'nxp ^py p^D xj^yo 'xn xptr .n^sxn xiui x^ ny ,nVi3 '^TX rnoxn XD^X .
p r 12 10 b IB 131^ d
g
.
FM.
M wbiap
mg
^xb
mg
||6.
o |
1BF.
F inb^n
|
^sj
.
,in^>
laud lect:
m g. hfflM
Kp F.
|
1 |
=M
M
M xn^an B.
F. 1 |
F.
ffl |
X3 t |
xmi
M.
II.
."xaa
Connected Texts. B.
."ia
1
;py pi xnns^
Dpnx "^
ixia>
xtsen
"lytpn m,,
:n^>
."TB ^ un wa^n a^mo xjx ,x2Vn ,nnnn n^n Kami XSDD n^iD ? ,T^pn xnx ,x-tn nox "?^xn ^XD,, iam
mn
n
:x^p XBI
'V inns,,
nn ? IBX
37*
;
1
xVi
xp
/xisy W>p ^iVp^
"?xin
B.
A
Bin reifer Knabe.
1.
^
a
Tin
now
Ripe Boy.
A
Bin stronger Lehrer.
ION nox
/sap
mm
".^Kai
-
:nm
XD
-
Hul 107^ M.
Strict Teadter.
xiotr
IK'TIBI,,
ffl.
pn an
"P^rma
'inx xai
2.
Ber 48 a
n^nD^x XIDBH nnx nox "?n"aap
in 1 '?
x ? ^XDX,, :,T^ IDX x ?,, n^ iox "? xj^o "In^no 1
1
:
o
a
fflM. |
cf
M ifcpttj Pa.
Jb 26 6 1. a
r |
_j_
m->e3(i) fflM.
P 8 H8 20 Pr 27 80
|
.
M.
b I
Hal-ged.
c |
Tes-geon.
||
2.
IB.
.
|
1
. 1
P
-f niss p,
38*
Zusammenhangende
II.
Ein grausamer Vater.
'3.
mox
A
Lesestiicke.
B.
Cruel Father.
.21
mn
Erub 22
XJHD in xnx 21
Ein gleichgiltiger Vater. An Indifferent Father. gab 151 bM.
'4.
mn
x^i
,
[n]psx
5.
Eine grausaume Schwiegermutter. Sab 26 M.
A Cruel Mother-in-law.
max ,xn^ X^JD mm xnon xvin mox /xnx D .xutrp^x xVix ".XDDISXT 1
:
n,,
\,
rh
:
n?
S
xiu na nsj^x ,xnsrx x^n'x x^x 6.
Ein Mifiyerstandnis.
A
Misunderstanding.
Pes 42 a
Mr
xVx BM^n x xoVy ^
D>02
f
.
inxi in^nsn
.
An Enigmatic
Ein ratselhaftes Testament. B. b. 58
Will.
F.
xirnn /xna in xisyi xn s an,, in "IOXT xmn ^XD
ArM.
3.
4. a
ffl. ||
5. a
ffi.
b |
||
lasnip RaM, iaTip B, ia*iip M, ^o"ip En. ffl in^SI MMj. 7. a mTTlSO F.
6. a
||
Connected Texts. B.
II.
Ein
fleifiiger
Gelehrter.
Erub
An
Industrious Scholar.
65affl.
an mma
*& xnnn ins xntrn
!).
K
:in
?,
nox
7b
Ib.
n^V
ION
,w6
A
'xao
Conscientious Judge.
8*M.
am
n^p^ xns
n^ IDS ".wn^
"(V
J^DS,,
mm
n^a o^^
Ein Weiser, aber kein Rabbi. B.
xn^o
s^i
aO. Ein gewissenhafter Bichter.
:
Obliging Master.
:)DV aiV "2s n
n ny,,
mn
.
An
max
"?xrrnE>
Sanh 10 b B.
.
ai
ml?
IDN
:,-6
Ein znTorkommender Lehrer.
r\x WH,,
39*
^4
nyarstyw n^ IDS :
^o^e^ *w^ no Rabbi.
in.
.mn .xa^3
x^,,
xnaw n^ xp
x^i
,n^DDDD^ s
.
xn ^13 ID
^xioty,
",'xnn
:
n^ nox
a'nix
".XDD
".xj^3
!?
- -
".
nyusD xp mn /cn^xi lyux^ x^?,, n^ nox .xn'ro
:ma
:
a^nDi
.V
,
,*iwxin DTXT XIS^D
40*
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
II-
B.
Das Eigentnm des Mchsten. The Property of one's Fellow -man. B. m. 24 a H. 12.
XTDH *rm ID
".nnam KJIDDX
rpnsa
IS.
Dn
soils!
Pes
no
nichl toten. 25*>
(= loma
'14.
n^ nnpx
may
,s jy YIK s
:
;r!?
imn &:o ^
".mn
15.
man den Deinen
Gib, dafi
nt3^^ sp oV'o,,
inn,,
mo :
jH?
".^J3^ loip^n
b 3^nD
nox
".noi
xpB' sp ^
ab 151 b
m
^ w :innmV s^n x
a
xi
:
x^in
ffl.
rh IOK
^n o IDX
n^?
,snsn ".in
from Death.
ab ISG 11
,
n^
pnu
t
n^^yn a^n'K
.s^irn
,s"iss
||
|
?
IB.
D"in
<)
H*: nit- He. 13. a MM^ b fflRaMHanM: b De 15 10 d c fflloma. 1111 Mj. 14. a M. M^oma xnbin Kami IB En mend. b En. 12. a
MAr?
1
dem Tode.
Wohltatigkeit erloset aus
^sn?^ n
mn
gebe.
give to thy Children,
Charity delivereth
15. a
Sanh 74).
82^;
*!
Give that they
mn
rch
N
|
||
|
I
'|
. |
Connected Texts. B.
II.
"?may
:max n? IDX
41*
TID xp xnx max :n^ ,xaax xip ^jy x^jsa,, xjx xj^oxp rmyoon XD^I ^xmiyoa xoVy b msD,, :nh lox ". n^n^j n^nam ,4 nami 'xo,,
.nina x^rn ^nxi
mm
t?y
xVx
*]jn
Idem.
ixp
nm
^TX xina
x^i
pne /nx
.16.
Ib.
/an'
.
Tin
:^xio^
^xn,, a
Dp
,r
ts^ax nl?
xa
xnxi
.'mj ^mna nan p^osn x^n na r\J? nox xnsn P^DID mn KOV ^D,, :n^ iox "?may mn X^T IJ>D in x^x mn xn^xn .p^Dxi xjx,,
:
irh XJ'BX
mn
c
?]^DDDp
.
c ,
*
mn nnna
.'nosy
'17.
Cover thy Head.
Bedecke dein Haupt.
'xib nV nox pns in 1
-]na,,
:
max mn
xV
."^tsm
s
M. 25b
|
d Ar. OB.
||
e |
17. a
pr
.
M.
xm
11 b |
pm an
.
y
xp a^n b
Ib.
11
in xor
.n
moxp
>xnx
t
. ||
16. a M.
nxtn
ffi
b |
En.
En
lilob
c
ffl. |
En.
d |
En
42* '18.
II.
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
8<J b
Die Zerstreuung Israels. Israel's Dispersion. Pes
px
:nxnw miir
7,
SB" D'tznn
HOD xn
"pxi
a
/onxa
:
IDT
D^
:0
nai
Werdet ihr wie wir. ^e je
nn xoyV I.TO
a ,
.m!?3K
^3
wb
niDxp TS x^i
xn
no^o,,
//^c
x
.
nTD IDT-D VD nnan ny "jinny
*
ra p^on
M
IDX
'3"& XJ'D xinn rpV
n&>ty ^3,
."'TO
.
B.
xp x
nsa*
nox
:n
Sanh 39 a
wwto us.
JB.
:Dimn *yh 107 n^ nox x ;"r6 :iox nox ."inns nm :n
13^3
xinn n ."xin
,20.
Der Esel des Messias.
JTXT
."
The Messiah's Ass.
Xp13 X'DID
"ll^X
,T
" ac ?xjia T,n ixD a 21. Hente,
wenn
ilir
iiyo^
;
TIX
rvx
if?
To-day, if ye hearken. 98* K.
gehorcht. Ib.
p
Ib.
'mi inx>
p
n^nDtrx ^
y
"i
yi,T
'n
xnn^sx '0" n
18. a 53(1)15
i
KM.
Reg
11
16 .
||
19. a
MEn.
||
20. a Ar.
|
b a -ina
II.
Connected Texts. B.
43*
,
<& i
"*m
-lax.
nox
:rp
^2
."^m
DTP, in^xi
T
inn noxi ,nn
xnx DX
22. Weder freien noch sich freien lasscii. They neither marry, nor are given in Marriage. B.
b.
J8 a F.
m .X22X 'Xpl DH12X H2y "Hy Xpl jHia'T HSJD2 ^JXJ,, :H^ 10X "? D.TI2X T2yp >XD
63. Das Wissen der Toten.
XUD
a
/23ty
a
21.
Ps 95 7
.
n 22.
.
Knowledge of the Dead.
tD^on
xp
mm
Ib.
XIPUBX xinn
a
n s JpH2 .TDSO ,njno a rpjpH2 n'osn ,xnx inn
xy2 ,2x.xnx
xnx
TTrc
7,
superscr. xnia F
.
.
superset.
M.
||
23. *
B.
|
c |
b ni
K. IMI H. |
F
44*
II.
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
Ber 18t>M.
Idem.
24.
B.
a mj3TBBnx ra a a:i >w Tpsx xnxn ny isn^ ^m .xTps xVi b xrp3Ti ntps: m ,*mo xtzm x-nrs c >mnD,, :mV max "?x3*n "m,, :r6 s
*3
.
mm
xmu
^wxh ^
"nt&n
'D^NI
;
^i
w!?p
Idem.
25.
i^s
Ber 18^ M.
m
onn
;
nTa
s>nxT xn^Vs nn xn^Vsn
Tin
npso
maw
^siotrT
nm nuxi
np xp
.mo xaits
c
xax na
xax,,
max xax
."xax in xax
:rpV TIDX
12 xax xj^ya,,
:
inV
iox
."xan
nx
3mx
."xyp-n xna^n^V p^o,, :m^ nann xoyts xo,, :mV "iox /xiax S
^
larva Va, yo xV jH'nyn^
j
d n i ntj' i!
DSX
<
?n
i
,max xnx /am 'amx rvnx ^y^ :n^ nox "?naa xnyu xo,, f na^m,, :mV IDX "? na"n xn i nn j; :ppV iox .mV^yi xnoxa e
."prixi
e
xaa
-
,r\"ir\
s
7,
na
xaita
,xyix 24. a
ninsf STUIX
n
ixa superscr. d r^ntuibmti ffl. s iss'vai
B.
b |
e |
IB.
t> |
superscr.
superscr.;
^sa xp
c |
n^^inax
nim
ninna JB.
niiYn B.
Ar. f I
||
+
c |
25. a
*KI
na^nx
prm
ffl. |
IB. |
II.
26.
Was
Connected Texts. B.
(xott tut,
Whatever the Lord doeth, x-ion
lam
1st
wohlgetan.
for the Best. Ber 60 b M.
xV:nnn nnna mn ,xmixa ^ixp mn xa^py jX^^a naD^ xya ^[xn^a] xinn^ XUD D
x^>
X^DXI
xnx xnx
;xnana nai ps:
>3i
.XDBM
.xrst^ix
n^
^nB'^ n"3D xp^t xnx ,x^uin^ n^Dxi x*?yn xnx .xn^ a n ai^ xo 1 ^ xnx ."yzh x:om
:iox
7.
das is
45*
<>
Heilige den Sabbat.
Keep
the Sabbath Holy. Sab 119 a
JB.
mn utr -ipio rpr n^ nox .xmu H^DDJ inrjm ^x ."inV V3 '3 a
xinn
:'*r63
ma pt
b ,
n>DDJ in^iD^
xpn n^nisx ,xi3D nay xpn
]n
ai
mn
:n^ nsxi)
:
HD
mats
.n^D3 nnmx
iox ,xao xinn
Truth-town.
Wahrheitsstadt.
28.
IXD,,
nns
yjs
Sanh. 97 a M.
am paiD
'
xinn
xV
xinx xinn ^yp^x ^,, nmana n^xts mn X^T ,[in]mana anno xan^ mn nn xor ."J3 nn ^ nm ,in^*D xnn^x :[no]x .xtrnx xstu xnaat? x^nx ,n^n xs^n xpi :
wx
,,
ma
26. a
ffl
En.
II
27.
M.
I
b Ar.
II
28. a
rell.
46* ;
b 'ja
II.
Zusammenhangende
"/SDH nn^,
la'at?
,-6
B.
Lesestiicke.
nox ;xyix nnx
:nl?
ix
1
?
x ,[n]^pV 'twx inx S :
,
x
V IIDX
*na
nt^yo nin XJDID ina ;
29. Wie man sich als Grast benimmt. The Etiquette of a Guest. Pes 86 * M r
nna
nox rch la
iinx -
nn
"?'xjin an,
.xjx *
n^a
x-irn XDD
:irh "IDX
/xmsx
m nn
7
nnx IDX
^3,,, :in^
30.
A
Wise
minx
"?-JDX
Eine kluge Fran und eine torichte Frau. Sanh 109 b 110" K.
Woman and a Foolish Woman.
p xi
ID s :n^ IDX
;
mox -IDX
0*712
myn
."('o^np XHDH n^n^ptrx
Vs
."if?
mnoi xaa
." b
'a,
xps:
:
a>nDn)
,
XJ^SD XJXT
.!?y
,'am IB En.
||
29. * IBM.
||
80.
IBM.
16 3
.
c
En.
II.
a
x'nx
^x
mn imx
un
ay
47*
Tay
?ntj>
*WD* "w
;*o^na
in
Connected Texts. B.
mnx
:
'trsj
nnna
rnon, ,*inj3
xnm
D^J
JHDDH,
n* /njoinn
31.
^irnn wm nTa n^>wi,
."^na^no
k
M
bs
"in
yu xmn
n
nn n
,xav in
b
n* /
intrx
The Men of Sodom.
n^x-
nt
ipty^ ,n
]ix
(ordo qui in B).
xinn
nox ."nn
^
A< ;
Die Manner von Sodom.
Sanh 109
in^ian IVD,,
."ray xpn xin
niyi
nn:a
a<
.^ar
ono nn
;XDtr
>yij
^pw) n^
a :
;
xnn
ipty^
n
n^xi
XJH
n^xi
c
in
P]ID
;
xnn
xn
PJX
/ov nn
."nn
xin xjx
:
;,
n
iox
;
in
>nx
sm
D ^nx 'pt? ,in aotr ix ^in nty
mm
'Di
mm
"l-
in d
'(inx
e
KC.
|
niton IBM b
En
Ar.
I
superscr.
(ut Biblia). c
K.
f |
k |
M.
g |
KC.
nil^n En
b |
mg.
(ut Biblia)
J |
||
Pr 14 1
J
. |
sic;
31. a superscr.
j
48*
'I-
B.
Lesestiicke.
Zusammenhangende
d
nn ^"n
mmj
nan
:n? nox
,,
nox ,nnam xiom
xrrix?' f .
c
,-p^
p>osn
nox
-p^mj maynrr ,T^TJ nan c ,, :rp? .
C
"nnnpn ny
an,, :n> h a s n^ h xaixx
nyaix
nyanx
nnan nmx?
BDI
,
nayn XJQ^ sns xnn xinn /m x^on h a >n j ,*oaia ."mi nyatx an :,TV nox .nnnV xjx,, nn^ nax ;
n-n
<
<)
?,
x^on an ,*p nx h,, :,T^ ntsx an nyanx n^ ^M,, :n^ IDX ,xrn ^p ? xnx .an
11
."mi
x^>
."nay !
1
.
mnB
mayn x^jom ,XDT i'? ^ptrn ,mi xnx ^mns onnV '&"irpx omax xux n^ an
"
omax *n^,,
nay -ny^x :
vii?
iox
.n>V
"!
,n^xo
nm mn
nn n^n
omax M*
d
addit.
:
=
rell; e
|
jn
n
p
1
nay nn a m "i^ m? mn ,i
mm
,x?i?n
niaiu
duo
MC,
XB^t K.
* |
-}-
nomina
I
in
"ipujap
*ip\!J5X
g xnnxb pi Msuperscr. i h FK. M*K*; ni1B McKc. |
Me fPSHB-J Kmg. M*KF; nilB MC. k XB En K xnii&^is mg.
mm
.n^ v a ' s 1T xapya xmiyo *i> a^n^ ?w ,x?i?n
I
m
xj^jj
nay *ny?x
TB1 j
^i:
JJ Dip,,
.
-pomi ,X^JDDX ^nx
11
S
x ? ,mty nn'DT xor nn ^D n^ ^an' ,x3y in? ^ino mn a a ^a n^ HDIDD nn x? xnsni ,n i!?y ,TBB> a^nDi .nnn ?*pty nm tn ^>D inx
."xmsx
,xi:n
'nns
xmsx
|
M.
1 |
rell;
n^
M.
Connected Texts. B.
II.
49*
ny ,an iris
xtstn
xrrnyo nv6y a*rv
nay
.
.eimi irpnrki inlna
xrv:n
xnn
mioyi ono npyi
Sanb. 95 ^ M.
Sennacherib.
32. Sanherib.
A
xipD X^D^X :in3x xnx ./m^tyn lyna " n^ xinn ora, :n^ nox ,xao xia^D n^ ^on^x ,x >XD ,vu*ntopi in^ja^ inj'n i n 'xn A anyDT miD b xin xnns xinna ^DJ xna: xinn :,T^ IDX "?ir6 it^sx ^x aina
:
t
hi*
nna
d
xn^a
."^n^xi
max
xinr6
.
/nson
:xss ai IDX)
nx
ipin
DJI,
xii:
t
32. a Is 7 20 . 8
TK1
h
K.
|
Ar. V>
^iBttJi
bK.
|
1 |
I
d
cmg.
superset.
+ n^V,
|
i |
ns
JBF iiinT En.
B En. eras.
e |
i |
-JITO
K.
niioi^
quod postea deletum.
q |
I
Gen 18 20 ffflEnK.
.
r\*b
|
*iB\u
Ar.
Margolis,
Chr. Bab. Talm.
k
rell.
4
=
En
|j
I
K K
H- Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke.
50*
,nn ^tx
xinn
B.
;XJsiuD mV m [n]mttn xai .'[l]op 'rma -p" ^npo ,r6soi
^x
1
33. Eleazar,
^
^
Sohn des R. Simeon.
Eleaaar Son of R. Simeon.
B. m. 83 b
84 b F.
b xnrra
IDX '('.nnena iDtroa 6 ^y fjtsn* 'jy :n^ IOK ."xin io^an xj^in ,IIDJX xn :n s
7,
^y :Tayn
,xin
np,,
'ox jXD^o
:'
s
^
yai
!
p
!v
-iy
y^s
."*vsip iDy IDID nnx
K.
=.HMvid
5 *
I
||
+
|
t |
n^b
'
!
rell.
.nwsn
josa
Ps 104 20 "ipins
npatt3(p)i
g rell. |
1 1
1
p
1
ma
c
En.
im B En HM. M.
1
pin' ,, :nmp
M Ar
33. a
B
.
nx nD no ny
an ,nayt
,n^nynb
F.
mn
sjsn xp
.VMXI
nnx n xinn
*
n^a
nis
. |
,ny H
'inx
naianiB
d Ps. 10 9
.
B En. e
. |
a xin
|
13U573^
nbp^(p) xa^^T (V'x H) i daiapi F. n"niiasl> F. |
rell.
|
Connected Texts.
II.
B.
51
ng .xn^B ny^noo xp mn x^i n m mxo now xp ,ns7^ nipox .< wsj "?x :"6 yT /ai,, [n]o* .nyoxo xpi rp rrjn ."oms^an ora nDiixon myj :rptfsjx
,
non XOD pnrptpx nni
"jnw 032 ^ntsaio
^DID*?
s
!
nai HOD nnx ." A DDn
xnn^o x^ /an i^sxi
.n>nyn
xin
myipi ,X^^ xn-im vtr
ny^x
'12
n^ xnay XDV
.a*ai XEH
Vai
mm
'
/ym
too) ixx <|!
?
s
TOD
'n
"nx^;7
/ym
:*IOK
nayi /pJix in? IDX
^n^
n^h
,
"!n s ?y
'xnx
/xm
a
^n^xi
"poo
'Jiso
mn
pnioo imo nvja nn^n, in^DJx np
xp
.
.'
text,
P
= H.
masor.
|
H.
|
|
n Pr 21
.
q 8
lectt.
H
r |
id. i
ma IB
''
:n^ mox ,inn"an n^nyoir in xinn .nw xi iiV npsn n*npa "I^xnx
a /l, 7
b
non!?
=
HM; art. > B En. ("m FC); confusae sunt duae _ ?ni&a xb ^as xnin ^a)
23
.
|
|
_|_ i^ F* t _[_ ^2
paio ipiTio n^a n^x 13 M ipi"l1HJ H Fmg; ipillD]
=
M
En;
F?
F.
F.
b
pr
31
u
.
ipsf"ii^ * inscr.
H
ipiiiiis^B En. z in^a* F.
y |
|
urell. |
>
rell.
H. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke.
52* e
i"nn<
d
.sty-no
xoy n^
psji
xp nn
c
B.
na*K xsr xinn
.irunntD/^Kon in inn mn
? A xou f
."imjn nnx
rn
mpj xnn ,u6
oxi
DD
jonsi
IDT xo^x x^nt^x x ? riiyoty "a
m
xj"_yD rpin nn xoi XJIID xpt
mn 1
inx nn a na'
x"?p
\nn A,,
.xynx
mix
ix^ ^ni"
inn x xtD>ty x *yri
nnx
u
p ^
,
nnaa^
xnis^n xov ^yo nn xoi
HM.
d |
j
|
HM
cf
.
e |
in^R
Ra; n5U3^
-jnaii
as En.
F -pnnni
HM
H
^xn^a F.
w quaedam
t |
H
r
." A<>1?sx
11
M in^x rell. rell.
f |
n^i-F;
i |
n^
|
F.
|
in
1
'
nmx F. g nlssii F. |
^xrH.
kin ie FH.
|
B EnM
En. P rT>n-F. q -j-x^^n s B En xa^isi xnib^va FC. n^^na F. u prm iinn rell. * 1. inV
^ini
??i\> V'x Fmg.
nn xov
."*mnp^
nnx XTIB*,,
xi jDS^'a
,mn
'n
:[m]BKi
mn
n1^
>3i
anx
"'X-rF.
ID
mm
iiyotr
B"
ty^x A,,
X^SJ^D xp
:pm nox
xn
n^n -noo
101
nnx /JI^B
!
mo
,inuj
nv
xrv^yri
moo
,n'jn S XDI
^x
:nnox
;
XHDH xVo ,nny
."m?
xpsj
nnx /JI^B
^i
.XDT
'
:
1
T>2in
mm, n^nn
im
ffi
|
|
r
|
|
hie omissa videntur.
|
]
x xo^bttJ F.
|
II.
Connected Texts. B.
pm ipo
x z /ipoxi
.mam xmya^ nnns
34.
.'""pax
*rrnnxT
wai
p
^xx
53*
,nn
um
aax
xj:>y c
,-ps
nns A
,
Die Bedentung des R. Hijja. The Greatness of R. Hiyya. 85 b H.
Ib.
nn
m
:X"n
n^ IDX
S
D
."^IS^SD rh x:x
rv^i xno'?
xi^noi /train nt^ona 71^
nna unxi /nn nna npx ,xj~nm 35.
Idem.
in xzpnn ai
nn x^sa
^
ny,
:in^
Ib. <
^ynti' 'x
ixn^nn 31 nox
mm pa-i
naj in^x naty
mn "pr6wa,
:^ IDXI
j
x^n
mo xnm
y L
35.
nv.
b
>toxan
nn
inx
."na
z |
n^saiD F.
I
b
= naain
FM AT
-us SB in
H.
H- ZusammenhaDgende Lesestiicke.
54*
36.
Idem.
/an
in XDT-
B.
F.
Ib.
"Kra'non
nw
mn ,xnx
d
pi jXJWDi
--
mn
?
in
nox .mun 'ois v^^ nvnoi nrnx
aTpnx
n
.injmtii 37.
;xnx
mv
soi
"!mn nnn
xmcn
*3
in^n ^y ;xan ^
Wisdom of R. Banna'a.
Die Weisheit des R. Banna'a. The B. b. 58 H.
max xp
in^o
inx
x3
nno iin
?
xpi ,mopix
37.
ffl
3
s
^nV
yT xV
.
b |
a dde
*ia.
-ma F. g map En F lann H. f
|
?
c
*>
|
>
H.
xsirsoi
rell
h |
,n^op ,^ mn
n^nV mpos
|
F.
|
d rell
."X-Q
p^sm ^xmn^ x"a:i in d mty3n ,n?nx ,-innm nnx
|
H.
1
n^tyo^ mut^s
F.
36. a
el. Jib?
;
inn^m xyotn xia^ xinn Pxmo^xa xnn^x in xyvjs x ? ."in x^x maj
xjiao
max
1
mm
my
^a
rvx
H
xsba
d
rell.
Kra^n
n^bssi F.
|
Fvid.
iiattji
i |
Fsuperscr.
n^ap H.
c |
rell
Connected Texts. B.
II.
U.T Xp X"UX X?! X2D ? rnpsx,, nox
;X>
nn
>XD ,'jn
moxp
.in^
:
Xp 'OT X?
13.T
,*
1
55*
."moxp xpim,, :ir6 -inx ps: ."y-p xanx aTpV ^xn ^a o^rn " npnon V ^> :xVnxn sans a^nDn 1
npnoT
mm
i""f
fl
xjx
"IBX
:
,
mn xm
5
"|3
pnm
^?D
:
'DH inns
niJ3ty
"."i"^
"n
'xTinn xno 012,, N ^ ^r"12 1 10
xm
DT xjx xniD
,xion nrptrxi Rnoo^ xtDom ? rri? ^tsp Dm ^D t^nn ,on xjx ^yio t^na, :an mna x^x ^xninn xno ma,, :nnD h "/ion xjx IXIDX h non x:x trnn ,m xjx IXIDX
?n
^
p
^
;
38. Die Bekehrang des Res Lakis. The Conversion of Resh Lakish. B. m.
n xnx c .
,KJTP3
xa
no x
84 a F.
nin
nnnax n^x ,12 nmn %, :n n s DV e xya "[nu mn
xnnx
mn
f
tn xor
.nan xnaj
nwi
nonm ^aom ^"Dn A ^m H,
FM
no-lab 38.
F.
sed
cf.
B |
|
* F<=.
e |
H
*
infra.
En nia^b H. 'rm&o 'i^aiK M
^
|
JB
=
:
naxpi
F x^in
M
iin HEn.
|
1
f |
>
F.
g |
."iV
rpjivxi n^npx
1 rell x^nxn H mg. son ^nn^x -iao H.
joss F.
iox
l.
j
xinxm 1>
tr F. |
H. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B.
56*
ION
:rr-i?
np ann
?*!?
.*on33
rvjnx 'KB,, :n^-i&x
."in* rip
SJD nnn* "n n^nvn Vn H,, :n^ max
n
.
m ra
nox
ms nymxi
xmn
ts
-jntry
nVntti
T ,
.nnnnx pnv "i nytssD xp p'niy^x 'i ^n^ ?n^nyn
^po
mn
XJ^DX
,xnyot^
7ns nymxi in^V n^ xjpnsD x
xy^DDT x jn, :mox nxi yip xp ^x mn "?x^Dxp n>nyn p)n ny "?nx XDVI xt^7^ in ?nx s
;
iy:n
?
Der Tod dcs Babba b. Nahmaui. The Death of Rabba b. Nahmant. Ib. 86 a 39.
ran H I.
b ,
ffl
xDm nmn
En
nini5
iiiab? n.
H >F.
"in
i |
o |
B |
Je 49 11 FC.
t |
.
|
P
i-nb
||
n^
i |
iinsa^i?
1.
,
m
F.
ma
|
i |
F.
H ma F. n in-
|
H rn^rr^i F. q HM ii-F^d. u B En H jtnsO-M stnnsatts F. F. |
|
HM ipi^ifi B En ip^S F. H -JSK F. z ms^a F. 39. a |
^
xon
M niKBO^a F.
mnis-F;
F.
^ |
JB
En
xsna ai
M
xVniai F. b
rell. |
|
superscr.
* H.
II.
,nnrax
sn
non
x
xn.T naa
Connected Texts. B.
nw
xatn xpnDns
ryn xsnxBi f
nn
xr>t>sn
KD,,
,XDD
/orvxi 'Dn
x
6 d ,x:ryn xsnx!? p"iy
xpnons
e
^>ix
,
n:iBH
mm
m^pt^x /rra n^^V h inx .nmnx
:
yTD,, :nox
,,
xrvm
XIIVD:I
nn
n^ nox n^ iam XDH^ Minn,,
Tnyj ^
,nnrax
XDr6 nv^n* ^DD
,*n*oj?D
maa xrx
"XTI.TS
."xmo
57*
,irpo
;
nay
XDH
in'j
nox
:in^>
n>^>
."xin
nnn
."n^sisns
n^ xrya xpn
ix
.psj ,xn^x pis ,KD3 .n^y a^n s xp mn' xp DXI ;XOB ,p^ ~\yvh Jnonip mna ex :xy>p-n :xin -jna empn* iox ?>xo ^pso pint: ,mnaV rnip ,
7*
nm
12
IDXT
na nan
,'joro
mn x^ ,nnna ir^ff xnx xVp yot^ .n^on^D n^is p^ntr mn a
xp
h^
.n 1 ^
;xin XD^OT
,p^ntr'x
nns^i "nnts ISUCP
xpnons
^om
,nao xin
na nan
on: in nai, :."axn xt^nx xpn^s
nm nsm nnsoi fc
nn
jinDB'x
.a'a
mn XDM
i^x
.pxVit:
:xyp"n xpn's
^>D,
in"?
psj
,yn
nn
n^ nay
.RTOW nyutpi i^or nyntr nnso nn xor xinn r .^DiVa^ DDivaV "o^*,
c
m
,
:
nj3 X,T
xypio xpms
e codd. inter se omnino differunt. d HM. IT'S. h xnx F. i i-mn F. i inn F. t F. aii F, sed prm moiii, quod deletum est. a rell
prm
K H.
xpi
xr6m v o<|
.xrn^^
psj
x^>
|
|
|
|
|
|
mi^s |
o
H
in^> F.
1
P
H
s6in F.
I
q rell -o-F.
f
cf.
|
1 |
H.
rell.
|
58*
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B.
II.
am
ino X^DJX
'
nan mtwM
m,,
m
.xsyi
dem
40. Stiicke aus
nox
:m
ixo^yn
PP
TO
r
?
Frommen".
,,Kapitel der
Stories front the ^Chapter of the Saints".
Taan
a)
:
:
xno
nViD
1
?
a
M^
21
20*>
XDS 12 D1S1?
n i!?
X2"l
H I ? 1DX
."x:in m Tay mm IDI ,X3rm xpinua ^x ;n^> ino mn jXy^yi ,
b
mm
mm mn ,xnsn TID mn
nns
^>
xn^o 'inoxn XD^XI) .^n^i ^lyV 71x1 e m^ ^m xnn XTID d m^ v^ "34 nin
"IDX
fe,
:iox
1
7
,"MM.
mn
b) Ib.
-.noxT
xn^o
,xaits
in
'
xV
a
r
H. IB
b
||
40 a.
a
En rib De 15 4
nb JB En. Mj.
.
|
mn
DDX,
pnv
e
xpm
* |
-(-
b |
m
myoty
n(l)liTi id.
niTi isnibl mg.
la^nix Mj.
d
c ||
,xnsn ^ID xp nn MjC.
40b.
exspectaveris
d |
M^
a rell
iba IB En.
Q^ipai M,.
II.
Connected Texts. B.
mntw
n vrwotp* /im^upJi irp^y irwo "tm ji.-u'pat?,, :ypx n^ iox
m
^>
<3,
m
^ .pnr mn no vh
h t^BJ3
."xnyt?
-"
D^px xjx
^i
1^0 ,xs^x xnxi ty ". ,onai no a^n^x >x,, :n^
?n
fen
pin pm m aim nna
u
pxn
aipo
nox ,xs^x xnx
M.
c) Ib.
mm
:nnan e ^ na
xn,,
."*ny
m> IBX
xin xjx ,nro yoB>,, :iox
59*
a: ts"x
xin XJBM
aim mV np .^nmuV n D^, A
:
iox
mn
:
,
nm
.nnnn
mm
tt
^D^n noi^D^n i^pt? xmn ^n iop .
no fe
,11
Da-
,
xp
xnx Tim
nox
/nmt:^ n
DJ,
:iox
omaxn xisyo
,xin
.xnn xinn
IUDX
.niiDi
maits
IDX iru^tapi
De
15".
||
40c.
En.
112
ix MJ* En.
a IXTDXI
.xisy
,XD^O op
B
ir^^BBiBb mend.
b |
M,.
c Is |
41 2
.
xinno
itsox
60*
II.
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B.
xra'noo XD^& mV
x&r ^yoo xmi?
mm
22 a M.
21b
d) Ib.
s
nx
b
xoi'
XJBIX xsx
,xnntp
xrm mnyn xt^n
xnxn nnaiy ^XD
."XJDIX
'.msrn XDT
xnxn naiya
xnan n^ mn ,xn^
Tay mn n^ mm mm .TO Vsno'V x^?n ^>n ^ ,rh wzhb mn ,PP!? n^xi :oiD^ ^xinxo xmy^in xnan mn s .FI^DD^D x^i ,V^x nx ,p^sji ^>y ,mV n^t
nu
"pn
x:m
:n^ iox
^iptr,,
a
intf
,n>V IK'BX ." a -jtysj
xnn XJDM a
xn^
n^xn a
X^T
mn
pmo
'xia^
inj^Dix ^n^n^V
:,T?
xp
,i
i!?ix
/n
nox
^xnyno inrnnox
xpn
22aM r
e) Ib.
xnx
,BB^>
m xpwa
^xp
mn nxnn xpnn IDX x ?,, :m >DI' mn x
xpiB' 'XTO XD^X IXD ;; :,T^
xnx
a ,
>Dmx
'uin
40d.
r
c ffl. 1
.n
1
."t^j'x
||
40e.
ni M.
xmis
II.
lax
.mna
b
Connected Texts. B.
.rva^ xnx x^i
^nx
c
XJ-IDXI ,xjx
nil
3
x:p-m,,
xmn
XJB' >xo,, "
x ? ,innp
'3
.
"?-pT2iy *8o,,
imir6 nwi
XJ^OT ^BJ XJIDD d
xn^x
;
noj^
".'x^n xjntyn, :in'^
1^0 ,8m^w nroV "nh xoyu *80,,
1
n^ xip
IDX
1
.n
<)
:,T!?
N^B" K>^3i
""> 1S
>xoin x xnn XJOM
xnom
61*
iyii
,
iyn
xroxT /
xyj^n xn^o
mrt
/^nnx nn
inx
f
rhy ^nxn xo^y
nna ^03
^x
.n
33 ^03 ^n,, :.T^
nox
p^nnao ,n'nyn xn^yn
f)
23
Ib.
Mi.
i3n p*s nn^ nx ait^a n^yon Ttr, A m xipo h A xp mn in 8or ?xoVnD n^ &yiw itrs^x, :iox 8ann nao,, iox ,8ann yts^ xpn xna: xinn xm ,xmix3 :
n^ni
)!?
xts^s
;
-pyu
x
xp ,x
xm
xpi xin^ b
+
d
En nsos^ab
126 1
.
irr^x
M.
b iVnia
c |
op
wpi^ist JB xpiist En; an leg. est * M. e Ar. g ^n M. mend. t
MM En
c ,
|
i^irna M.
|
c rell.
|
||
40f. a
Ps
62*
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
II.
"?xann wr nna in,, - -
n
IDX
]xn ny-p,, :PP
"? nx IXDI,,
- -"
,an,,
*wn, :iox
mV nox xinm
D *^yon *wm nna,, :i."6 i&x IBX ."n>n^x nna in ,nn^ nna,, e nuon xpt paiV inryotp ,xtyno ^h ^ix f a ^^y mn ,^yon "IJHD xnyt:^ in? inV IDX .j?nso mn ,pm^ in^ xwip fe :in^?
.
^m w
."xin xjx,, ix
:
."xao
"?DD
nox
."xin xjx,,
m
d xinnD
.xann
max
."xaxn
'x&^ns VJB> Tyatp
B.
mm
:
,'om ya .n^ ^yao nD xip> ma wnj h nai xian ix, :^xjx noxn uvi
xl?
,n
:
xnn
.mn
xjD'i
Mr
23
g) Ib.
Jim nna ^a pmp^n xax nn ,x"itso^ xo^
^jytsn
^n pan
a
x ? jn^n^a^ 1
xm
^>nx
;
xpsj in
1
?
n^
,
ma ^B
IDX x^i ,xnsn a,T ;7ul? xnsn xjyT,,
rinnmV
,om
^yaj
,xn^i xna
i.T'x
n^>
xi^xV op
e |
^i
X5X M,. f 40g. M^. En.
_|_ xiji
r Mr
||
e |
-jb
I
B
b |
.mnax imx
,a^n>x
."xnsn iox /mn
IDIID n^n^x,, XIIDI
inx
p'^oj Dip pnl?
."xiuo TXI xin -jna xjjy
En.
.xitsn xn^oi
mm
mnat ;xpsn p^si xp ,xnx xp a xa^s 07^0 xp mn x\jsa /sx inV naox xmix X^ID .n^snD nnx n^o^Ji ,,msnD nnx ^s
8
rell. |
M^;
tr
p^o onp ;xmt xna mans M^ ord
M
^ |
* x
c |
joi M.
ffl
d |
En.
Connected Texts. B.
II.
nan
n>a:
x^e>
mpon inn'
:n> nox
"P'"nff,, 1
nox
:i,-6
,,
63* inx
"?"pan
."xnuo *nvoi
1
xyao ?
->onn
h
xnuon iw,, :n^> nox ."*,Tp^n xax*? DDHX -pan xn^onn ^o *an 10 ]h xo>j xVx ,xnxn xin I naox xV jiD ? xn^ n^ p^n* a xoyu ^xo 1^? TJX ,, -1^
1
nnx n^^Ji ,nn n^snax
^x
ID XIT xoyu
no D"D x> xn-nx
xp xmix
^ xayu
innm
ion
"?n^xoo D"D x^o 10
X^ID,,
ID xtsa
>xo,,
:ia
p'inx
x ?,
nox rxroxi
x?
S
,xt^nn
1
a ,
xoyts
xns~)
xoyu
".^
^xo,,
mn
xty'SJ
".'
->xo,,
x^y
,TX
1
i^
1
xtoo
xp x ?
".*nanx xpsj xoyts >xo,, trxn <jy "jnx xVty*,, - -
"?mmx ii isna,
".xj-'in
"/xnsn
x^, ;
A Djn
xoyts
in^pna
naiu'
1
pmn
inn
x^nno xjjy p^ov onp xoya xo,, ma xnrvxn DII^O,, "?ion inn^an x'o'p a nm ^Jin^a v n ?; ?' OJ s ) m ".nn^jn naipoi
mm
'*
mncn h) Ib.
nxsv
na
Vip
on
x^x
IIM irx h 'niv anyV nnt^ anyo
atpa
.
Vaa*
DI
k |
an nox
nnin
D^iyn Va,
r
pann ap in ^
>
|
1.
iVia
i M rcb g in-'a M r rell. M,. i En M an En. Kin quod sequitur deletum est.
rell.
>M
25Mr ran nx
24>
|
|
|
!
|
1
'
|
m
> M.
64*
II-
Zusammenhangende
B.
Lesestiicke.
xiuna xmwpx XHBH inrvm xVvn
xnat?
run
mn
x>nn r6
.
c
xrvx .-mo
xnsn
,
^ d xanm rinnm xyn
".n^o f
xp
n
:
^ya,,
DJ
innxn
:
XJH)
max
ya T^n^i .xnmn x-nnsn
^xin
h im'xi*
^>y
n
om
-;V
nD^ra
e
,
om
.niVp^i
/yiD
xyn
n^m
x-nnsx
".m^pty^i
^m in?
i)
25 a G.
Ib.
mtsx :n :
IDX
xnt^an XTID
".*
x:n)
HJDD i^jty ny nsVim np^n nn^
TIX
nox ,Mypn?pfc ;^n ^m^D^ ,PDBD xp
d iin
x^s ?
xan
xp,, :n^V
xnn ^D ,x^
*xi
xan xnm xin
^D x^nx
5
".xripn
max
:,T
"
:xjn) 40h. a d M. |
40i. h
= En |
r.(i)ini
M
-j^^iin
B MM
t
:i
max
xp
d
>
I^OT M.
t> |
M^. f nin^inn EnM. ni G. I
x^^i^ M.
M
lt
i>
.ffi
|
x^in M,. ffl En. IBIQ^ En IKTS^X G. |
f |
|
rell.
|
s
|
mg.
ti^n^x |
8 G^id
M
IX
EnM. EnM.
Connected Texts. B.
II.
nox mxxr
xon
p
n*an nx
vn
vnmp
65*
x:\:n *an rrrptf n^zin
m,
:
k) Ib.
p>m mn ms p x'^i ,n>n^ xnx
a
x^>y n^
.NaitD
nvmi
nox xnx
*w
,n*a
^
pyn-'x
pm
;
inx
.ppnisxo
xnn
:in^
\mitrt
n ix
^Dinai
xnytr
ni
B'^BJ
,xDDtsx --DtroT nna lon IXD^VT n^nn, :mop noxi
nox
'?in^ n^n^j
41.
Pmipx
mm
xn ^12 nam
wnn, /inn mayoi
11
"ji
ina
^
m
/xrya xp e
itrs-'x
?I^D'XI
'Jtr
n: ,na Der Untergan^ des jndischen Staates.
The Fall of
the
mx
Git
Jewish State.
55^57 *
M.
pnv ^i ?
ntrx,
a
n n3T ^xo
:
b ffl EnM nin 1BK3D Mj. 40k. a xpin'n G. x p^csn G. d GC. n bitii 41. a p r G. 1^5( )x EnMMj. EnMM! ||
^n 7xl
^".
b |
I
|
|
||
|
pBG-Ti En Ar.
Margolis,
Chr. Bub. Talin.
5
66*
Zusaminenhangende Lesestucke.
II.
B.
/D7B>TP ann xxap 121 xxopx, ,xmiyD nay xxop 12 rraai V^yai xnx .xxDp in m? n"X ?ix ."xxop ^ n 7^ya xna:i xinn HDD,, rp? nox ,a'rv xinm NO xiaj "?NDH :7"x n^ya *7'xin,, ,xirt ^01 i^'x ".xj^nB'i XJ^DXI i ".xV,,
rporm
xia:
xinm
iiax
:rvyti7"
w
s
mm
:
S
1
ina
VID^X
^rx
mo xnan
."x,, :?"* a ino x!?i ai ,n
d
,(*vya
vpn
/(
a :n
1
n^anp ? pai iiao
noxi)
.NBIB
nnsi
ix^>
DID ^ID,
,nDX'*,,
p mat
'i
in^
'"i
"
nao nannn o^pax
an< iim
s
ro^ipax
p
nnat
n^ni
,i3^a^n
in^
'i
^ inunuy* :pnr T'x
".
'x
:"im j
nx nsit^ irn^a
xnx ,*mto^xij e xn^,xnx' D .107 xnx ,*D'&n mnn yaix^ f D^n^a ^sj snx nx Tinji, i^'x ".ipios ^ pios,, :xpi:^ y'x
:
)
;
onxa
''nDpj
Vai 'onxa, "jn
'aiin'?
^yai jH^n^a 't
n^^o
/jtr
wwo mn
PSJI
<
*ya
l
,I":PX 7ixi piy
Mxia: xinna
nT
nisal
n?n n?y is xnx ,DU"DBDX? in^^y nmir .1^x0 xab pi iinw p iionpj :n^ny f xn?n injn na nn x:x, :iox in ... j|
BEn xn^in Ar. g
h
.K^xity* ^y Ta xpu xinm) h onxa xin 712 xB'nip, n&x (.
Ez 25
'*.
h
>fflEn.
d |
i
-jri^na Ar. XS^^T IBEn.
e |
En
iiu: M.
f |
BEn.
j
j
'
Connected Texts.
II.
:nox nm mn mn^px
B.
67*
;'xr'oi xntyona, :iox nm xnon an) irfaao *a'rt x^ya n^nn xa^nx xnon ai noxn ; a'o na injn ina Tin .xrw xnm intpy "jro \rf? f mn .(^ST ,
IDD
^a :
||
."inma xo ?^ 1
^
n^ayji pis^,, iiJan ir6
nox
."innna xaip n^ayji pis^j,, rinrx inV nox ,naox inn^ inji^jp iop ."xn^>D xy^noo x^,, pan /xin xm^ny oin^a na xm o .XJSD x ,^xnx ."XTOD ^ r>"Hj mox
mm
:
o^nn
||
:
:
max
:rpV
max
."xzrx xnptyw ,x^h [xjnnvn,,
tox xnx
.
i
:noxn
Vyaix a^n^x 1
(/n
|
i
i
."ui
pns
'in
;'xiaxo 'inno
mn ^ I
*
k
?
ntsn
:
."^n^x ^n,, :m!?
XBW
:mox
nnoi /.xyisa
xa<xi)
[xn^rn ,XD^ n^ iox xnx .pnm
.pnrx ^ixtx
piB'x, A
pi n^y np
ai
."XD^X
,XJXDB n^ a*rvx
xms
ruuym
mn fyyvf?
p
p
pnr nsin, r^xat .*nnoi ,pns 'anno n^ax *nnanj
mn /TO ^ax mn
*a
ino ^^o
n^
,[ni]njna
^
xn^yna
v^
in^o /na
mn
J .
[n]psx ,ntrsj xn^j .xpwa n^nnty XSDDI xann ia^ty rnxina DDDD, m a^nDn '?^ 'yao ^XD^ *xn,/ ijrvp pin n^nnx ia D^IIH ^vna trn xipo xax /'ui :,nnox
/
wm
:
i
II ii
i
rc'h iox xnx n^ n^tr .mn ^x:n p ."'xa^^ xyjsa xn :!? x "?xjsaa xo^yV n^ in^opi an innay no^x ny,,
:
:
;,
7/
iV'x ."xnms *n^sn nnniB'S'x jpis^x
-ny^x De
2S 56
>ai
i . I
+
n
p
ipoyi ,p^ mxi xno
DJDJ A
fi^mr^
^nn^xnjpn
./an nay
ainn^ xbn
H?
n
."xn^oo !?^p x^nn "
fflEn. |
EZ
7 19 .
5*
Zusammenhangende Lesestucke.
68*
II.
:irh
IBK ,rpsmaV
IBB
iy3 ,xnn
.^inx IXB ytsnm UTI ,-tnx
-o
".* inns "/'ism pi,
iya
:icix ,Dnn xt2& 13
nn
B.
:
nzi^rpo,, :!?"K
^ nnp /XJX
n^ D^rn XIDO^ xV 1
rrm
p
^nn
n^xi 8
/?
-ppm
nun
t^an ^ty
"? A ppn"t ^ntrn
np)
,nx
:
-i^x*,,
:*?"*
nunn nx -jnaw rn
nnx D^DH 3^0 n^ iJ^pt^i xnn^z ns xnx ,um nin
>xDm u^n
".xtrna jsinixV [x]y3
v
nm,
:
3Ti:n
urnx x^ ^XDX /xn ^13 innaum
js
11
^
in*,,
3"y /sn
*nnxai,,
rV'x
".
".pm Dnyimnx o^osn 3^0,
,
:13D xini
.'XJOM
.
.
|
|
|
.
,^?x
xn
BEn. o Is 10 34 P Me. q Je 30 21 run aian ^nn '3\a ^jipan n^a fflEn. n Pr 15 80 v ib. 17 22 44 8B .
,107 n^
, ;
unV n^ i^oon xnnoxi
np) 1
Is
IJD^XI
;!
.
|
|
JBEn pi&n M.
II.
xmiox --
.'x^in
Connected Texts.
1
x?
nrptpx sop xor rvm ly ,xno7i x^o
xnns n^xm
*DJ
?XM
69*
B.
,
w< iam
xV 'xn *^D
pm m^
^xo
m^
i"
jXpoiB^m x^o inoV ,nxsi
ino^>
xnns nn
'3
.'X2o nts ann
^
730 xnbi x:nn / v^uinD mi ns,
,rr?ujirn xViJJin in^Dp
KHJW
^
mm Kom
*i^nj?
mn
TIDX inx
in xov
.injtno
;i
,i
mn .in^y xnx ".^xrnn* nunwi n^nV 107 n^pty .inn in
r
inn
-in
nnoon x ? 1
,-jop
xn^j ^x
nm
-p
^ID xo'fyi
!
[n]nn
unnji D\I^X nnx x ?,-!,
xom
5
in xinn^ noxi ?'an IDX *oj in) X .umxas3 xsn .n^DiD^ mtDBff ,xJ7ii xnx ^xonn n'a*^ ^y :
in
:iox
'xn
inrpn^x ity
7^1x1
,XD^J
jinvi
^ a^mnxi Vwx ,i7irx
xnx nn /^ nn xp [x]in>, IDX .x^o pirns ,XD^O nts^ ^py ->s"D 'DT?^ ^s^x nxo :
na
T?tipi
nn x^i ,r^m ^T?n XD^
mn ^ Tin
'ai
JMJ Tim
,in^y ^IBJ
mn
.n^
xnx
TV3S M; est
,xmT?'V NrrVrn
Mnn
ann pso^n
,xn^nn ^n
,1071 nTTD ns^np
+
-jnai
in
xpt^x,
xnpir ,xnx ^n ov .xjjj in ? nnyi in ? in
1
,
1
i^yi xnx isp .pso^n xpB' 1 mo,, =107^ n'V nox
"/xnn
alt lectio. |
p
^ Ps 60
12 .
70*
II.
42.
Zusammenhangende
Wonder
Wundererz&hlungen.
x ?: n^ XDT "? n^nann
w
:
THPIJ
^
nxo n
mm
,xayi:n
^i? run ,BID
.
xH
stories.
lyntrx
*DIB
1
-
74 b H.
B. b. 73
HXD n^n vbb vhi yz
B.
Lesestiicke.
:
xan
^
xa^ya
:
nnar n xn
:
"/,% DXJ
mm
xp ^xnno
nnx
xtn XJOT
nn
^xno
nai IDX
n3
?'in
XDIS
n^m
man im) 'man ina* u rpjmo 'a /DIS xn^>
mm
nnaoi 42. e
Je
5
M
pamrt u
|
saanm
g
1.
. |
|
h n-naa H.
i |
= Ar
cf
RSbM,
k< 's
rell.
superscr. u
H.
.
|
ffl
|
+ X'a'x^i,
JJITI
En
qPs
107
sed
del.
a:i*n 26 .
|
M
aiini-i Ar.
r nsottj
|
En.
s |
BEnM.
xsa:
=M.
* |
HC
P s
= M. |
|
II.
v
xnpinpx
xvn ^
Connected Texts.
nn^
>in
? w nn noa
B.
71
:run in na
nan
x^njnn
xnpxi) jojm-n xnpx y ny^>a x xjMnV P^DI xspB>s xnx ,ny^a xj^n xnx xss an nax) /in noD NJ^XT m^n *in xn .xj^x 7
wm
ix!? ^x :^KIB (/JBM x^ onn xnrsoa x:^ix xp mn xnn XJOT n:n na na nan noxi
na
:
n^x n^ x^yn
,n'Dixa xrts
c
mn
pnnn ^
miia
n^
xinn^?
nxD
xnm
n"?n
nay
.^ino n,jn^
n;:a^ nip n^Dnis in^
NP
xn^soa xj^ix xp mn xnn
XJD^I :,njn na na nan noxi
,-i^nxi
.xnnrn
.xnt^o
xjtr'^
^an^
d nnpi ,naa ^y xn"?n a^nn xmiD xinnV
n^y
yw
xnm
P7^?oi ,xin xn^^an pnao f yatso mn ,1^ xanpo xrirso mnn ixV .1^ xnrsoa xj^ix xp mn xnn x:oi njn na na nan nsxi xs 1 ^ v n^m v n^n xniDn xs s e
jXmin
an
n>a:
."j^sxi
1
?
:
^
X^DD x^ nnsx xoVm) h on
ipip 1
x ?! ,xtfns
xn'a
rvxn
xon
,xin
*3
'nty
h
:nox
:noxn
sxVna imx
.^x^st^a pxi
an
/on
xnx
/ons x r-^x an nox
XD^XI
xjn^u xinn
.JnV
(,'irtp
,xnrsoa XJ'PMX xp
x'a
xsn,,
c
k
xnms
:^ nnoxi x^p na
mm
psj
.
|
|
|
|
sic
omn.
"
J
|
u" H.
|
|
|
>
|
l
mnn
= =
w j^m JBM. Ar. IBM ("xnHxinn En, HEn). b xt- H. a ni^iiui id. nisbm MAr. z ininixi BEn. - H. ' a Ksnii BEnM. K M. rell nna H. pi. M. k snics En. n^^ H. cniris rell. cf. fflEnM ao-vr H. I
h
n
njn na na nan noxi
:
S
I
I
V
X D xD^n xjnao
^v^^Jn
xj->ya
y
XJDI
n^ionp ny xt37
in^ya v
mn xnn
nn
|
72*
B.
Lesestiicke.
Zusammenhangende
II.
"?xyix :
^x
an nox)
.
H
(.'n&y
:aTDn ,mn *H
rn,
rt* xinn
xnan&a xj^ix xp mn xnn XJDI n:n in "in rm IDXI ,in^owo in^sna "nn:n MUK -prb :
xtsin ^nxt T^JI
^
p^in i3>wa .xsij ^ X^T
'2
:in^>
n^x,,
xnm
7
xotsx
nox
xi xin
^
"
xp mn xnn XJDT njn in in nan :IDX >xn, ,xisy3 nmo mnn xy^ts xinn pna xisy n^ pan /^s xnsi-6 ^i :ix n^ pan "/ons x^on ,, :
mm
;
."*nan
^ x^i
mm
nn
inj*
xnn
,nna
197^1
,1
a*an
xuin J?pm
TLTJ
pnnn
".mi?
:**?
hi,,
:
".*J^D nn*
'xnx "f?
mn
D
i^ ^nx
nao
n.in
,^
:TIDX ,Kt^nno iD^i? ,li? nsio*,
ma
^TD^pty ID^D nn ^noo -pom
^ix
.
Pm^D xax
nnnn ^xmi
r
0*6
'yaiD in
.
mn
,*
r
*?* .XDD-'D
njn in ^D ,mon xnx
.mn *^aon nn*n nyntf XO^H :nao XJX ^ ^ix,
n
prm xn
r rell
^a
H
rell.
= nna. |
Ps 50".
|
P 'jiri^pTiio
H.
q |
?pam)
M
p.^p H.
Connected Texts.
II.
xinn 8
'ins
]
73*
inx in
la
TPX .xioipn stain ,TJ' B mxrni ,mnBnx maiai ".xano nyotsn XB
xaa:
,xioyn .prvxi
a
.mp-i ^yia
B.
^x
:
mm
p>sj
xyia
;
^ .^^xna pi :an noxi ,*nn^pa nt^a^D DJH^ "i
s,*
xmno
in!?
".xyix iy xypn u P)noi xa\n ,ia *inx in,, .mwa nnnaxi 'xnW v nn ?ptr ,xnp w nnnatpx x^i on* XO^H,, :nox ".xan xa^x 'V lax ,xntrn a ino^ ny itwx,, !
.
:
IK
xp
mn xnn
xjan r'ynt^D pnr 3i x"ma xinn S
nna yrp&M
mn xnn
:
,xnj*BD3 xj^ix
nn n^
a
XJOT
mm
n^x
;*
p^ix mn xnn
xrirn ,*nj'BD*a
Tim d ,
mam
,*nvViioi
'XIIBX ia
"in^xV
x^p na xpsj
p
xj'jn
'.n^mi
XJDT
:
o^ax* na pano
n^m
c .
xVm
^na
xp^
^yn^o injr
mm
n^ot^n
xm
UTI innnm xn^tsip nna
m
xn^uip x>nn^ xman xro nV .n^ttpeV xya
,p^o
ia^m[']ay xo,
:
moxi
mxn ,xon
na
u XB~ H. 4 cf Ar nomine Qi-inx D^IBD. fi^sai Ar. * M ri^nH. * imna xnbpir fflM nr^pu: En nTiVpuj H. z IBAr^" i-oia M rell. fflMAr niip H n^ioix En cf RSbM. 3
=
|
v
|
|
|
|
>'
|
i"i5B b e
|
En
xiu^nai 1. K^Trn.
Ared. pr.pv
i"i3D
c
rell. |
s'Uisffl
^-,30
Gers*.
a I
x^^^isAr rai-oM.
pipm d
|
rell.
niin^xb M.
|
74*
B.
Zusaramenhangende Lesestiicke.
II.
xp mn xnn XJDI :>yntj>& nxnjvi mi.T ^n rpm ,xj'jn n^ Tim sxau *px f xinn^> xnm xnrsozi xnx .xn^so ? nj;V:j xpi xj^n xnxi ,nV TPXI xnx .xon^ x*o iD-'snn^x ,n^epi
m
;
1
itn
n xpi
.n^nxi
.mst h n^pt^ xpi nra ,1n .n^o Tim ^nss
nnmnx
,,Ti^y
^^V xn^soa
1
i:-"
.
xp
mn xnn
XJOT
:
13 XJIH
in j
^
,
xinn xnx inn
xsptrs
,n^t3pi
.
.
,ms
n'psj
.nnsi n
^ynt^x
nmn^x ,xn7^ xjnns .xowx pro mm ,'xnx xjmn xjtr^ .XJ^UT 'n^ p^n^x .nt^m n^p ? [']xnx -3 .nou 'irT?B xp mn ".mn xonm noui ,mn nnoo 1
S
43.
Halachische Stiicke. a)
Halakic Texts.
3M.
Ber 2 a
-xnpx XJH
nn b
;t
i
:rn:n
/'
/nnx D nnxi
anya
cents'
inm KHDO f
>nn
M.
H
|
g 'ai a
inb M.
,3inVo d x pr superscr.
||
M. 43 a.
h |
a
MEn
De
67
n^b- H. b
. |
Ge
I
i I
5
c
. |
i^is^s
rell.
mm i
|
mg
ordo verborum MC.
Connected Texts. B.
II.
,n5p
f
75*
["jnonna hi^vf? VOJM a^nani? nya>o ^rvj ^'D'aaian nxxo* ?*nonra ^Dxp
e .
'MI-ID
n>xs
(fD'aadh nxx yts>p rpmix asx xn^o ixrn .D'aDun nxx nytyo /"jnonna h ^3.x -
,1^
inxi
Vi
moi
n xm, x;jn-p ,Mn^> xnsyo x ? ^rnSs woty nx^ J'onertpn ID h^vf? inasyo ,nnnn n xm, ^xm 'XODI .nonnn VIDX 1
:
||
I,
xin
inxi
x
iyni ,in> y^Dtf
io
,
>XDI ,xin 'intsi, ^xoi
m
x?^
tm
nx>2
mx
,xin
nmn
12
^xn xinyon
on
n >xn \nw X2i, n nx'n XD'^H ix, 'XDV ino,
nxu
,nro you' /D^DDH nxx ny
/xor :i D^nDn^ VDJDJ nyt^o, ny^D Pi^iya y&ff nx inij? 'noxo, /rniyon lino IUB^ noiytr nytr nyi n^on ins
into,
ViaxV
c
na,!
jy,
nyw
.Kin
||
in
nnp^> v^ nno 'noxD, ya ins ^axV VDJDJ onx 'jaty nytro VXDI D'nantp nyo nnoix o^oam ; TKO ^at nan
nnp
:
e
sup ras.
*
mg.
|
|
Me iisnai M*.
s
h |
^5ix MC
-JI^DIX M*.
|
7 k tr superscr. J Le 22 Ar; lectio Ar.hia laudatur in mg; nostra est Rasiana lectio ab interpretation Rasiana abscedunt 1
.
|
|
;
Tosafot
M
q. v.
siasjoi sic
i |
M*.
voc. instr. M<\
|
|
p JB rr^>
M.
o i^^ <
M".
sic vocal, instruct. |
j
%
r5"
1
H.
76* rrxi
'tpy
r
nxx iy ,i3iV
.Q'aaan
^V ^NI
I'Nff 'B
D"xn
umxi,
'DDT ,XBB' ix
S
i^>
*rpm, 'intrn mVyo, xD^n ^i
1
?
arm "I&B^ n^^n
ul?
*'mna
^mya NTiy^ in
xin
,inDnna
"p'Di
:
nxx i]} int?n ni x^& u ^ arm ,i&ti>B ut? nV^n 3'iyx
B.
Lesestiicke.
Zusammenhangende
:
IDIXI
?
HMI, yotp xn
mx
'J3,*
"jna,!
^jy,
,-jnin
my3
ovn
x
xin
xnwv
?xin
in
f
n^3iy3 yi^
m
^jy,i
"1,12,1
piy^x
nnp
m
. ||
nnpl?
nm
,mn3t^
'xnx '31 ;n?D3 ins ?iax? DJDJ
DIX
'J3B> nytm rioix (xnx '3i in "J,ID,I <'jy, ,-jnyi xnytp ,xm ix^ x^x xnyB' yt^in' 'jy,i xi3noo :pns' 13 pm 31 lox ? A inixD irv'j'D 'n xj'jn '31 oipiD ''jy,i ,"|nyi xp^o 'xi ,imxo ''jy,i
<.3or6 I'ojaj '31
:
!
fe
,
1M DT 1iy3D D'JHD X^.ll HUH' !TXO '3iV mm' '3i :
'31 V^X, n'^?
ixp
:
10 1OX
TSB^
D
f :
/i'V3itt
TXO
'31
'311
"
Ne
>
4
M
n'33
15
r
. |
text,
y^B'op
>
text mas. 10 mas.; cf v.
s |
v |
ib.
'xo3 16
t |
II
."XST
mi
l^ni text. mas. (cf Norzi).
seq ^13523.
|
w Mc; r^sx M*
^id.
|
'
Connected Texts. B.
II.
77
rnirp
pa
:
TXD
ISN'T ,'DV ^aiD n^ 120
.i^y
noy^ I^BK
,xxv mi DJDJ
'xi
nn ^21
piy^x
j^aie
>2ii
m
,1'y
oi
!
n
ix^
ny^s
/in
^21
nn Pes 102
b)
104H
1>
1
n ins nrn^ ^nir
pW
:1t3X H21T
X2x n
.
2112 ;
1
DV
-n
inxi
na
.
:iox
5.173
'12
pvu
:
nx
.X21D XnDMT ^h y^^x nTin>
s2i
tn^x
nyao
Tins
.njp* :10X X21 12 XJIH 21
xm,, :n
c
pni) D^ot^a :'DIX ^Vn n'21 ;n
:
21
A
'121
no Vy
:nnna xai
n,,
x^ntr
j^ioa
^XOB' n^2B>
inxi
^
!"(nVi2m
n^ian ^yi ,n^>nn2 xintr ,0^0^2,1 ^yi nxon ^>y D s oa'2 -D inxi :'DIX ^Vn n^2i
D'oa
oyn 43b.
a
mg.
b fflM nb |
M^
c |
fflM
x^sni
Mr
|
d IBM.
78*
II-
xop XDDX xan inn ,xan >at> xnn xjDna xn ?i^ noV,, n ,KmVj t?n >a SD irvo ^>
^m
wi <
xax in apy 3-1 nox .xn:nan XDDXI p^in >a,, :n^> nox
y^x
:n^>
wna an
'ToVn ^XJJH mi
:a*n
:n^
ian,
an ION
:
B.
Lesestiicke.
Zusammenhangende
an,,
:
in^ 'ox %I
ID ?
.^n^^j lan, icn^
:
n 1 ^ ntsx
^x an
nn
XDD DX "jna ID^N /tyx am nna xnx an x ai ;snDiaT NDSKI Np NDDX -pna xien 10
xan nna xnx
ai
."XJN -J^D'D XJX,, :1DN lO^DS an ."ain ToV
ID
DV
tti
x^?
ipy
xm
/I
onn
op /^nax ? xao 1
,rvyDtp
xm no
an
||
r\h
"?
'ox
A<
nao
K^I,,
inmon
xm
:n^
p
f
-,x^n xVi .".i3p^ :an
g'D ||
.x^nB'DD ,Tnyn ipy
,,
"?Tay mn
'ox
niso
?^xn ^12
T
h xnyn ."n^ay rrtrsn
'OK
nns
;a-n
"?
n^nan^
1
npiax,'
no ?,, :n^ nox 1
n,^
'
:xan
.'IDT
A
D^
^in^ trip v^ ^naon,' :^xio^ 'ox min* ao xn ^ xjx :n^ nox A "x'trjn nmn 'n *?v nnisn^ nine* x^ :K*yin 'n 'ox my^x 'n 'oxi no xm,, :n^> nox .Vyatr ^y p]'or x^ ^^oi ^ h :n^ 'ox "!nox yat^ x^i nox T>
n x\n
1
11
1
.
;,
superscr.
i |
xnsiK M.
II.
Connected Texts. B.
x>n ntrnn
J .
nno'nn
-iDX'cy
"pyo
-pis
nr."fc
^nt^
lo
aits
DV,*
^naon*
irpj^a
H
p^onm
r^np^j t^np -pa ^laon,
rump
^a,
nnn^ns
10^^ ya /nno^nn^ s
"pvs,
:
'OXT IXOT
;
or namp^ nn^ ntrnp v 3 R.
c)
:
^n
-poo nnrpns vvo* :no
inx
79*
iiao
'nnnn
,ma
3 a ML.
h. 2
nytprn ontyya 1
yj^
ID^J
ny
:
njt^ i^ ^jits "px
IVD ,-nxn nytrm ontrya noytr i^o,
xn
'.mty iV
awn V s ;l D jn nans x ? '
pmn
uoj
om
,na
:
10 -)x
nn^y "tnx
,-jD^a
on
,0
nni
1
ni ?
ma
am
pan un nnVy ,ID^^ nnx
ioy^ -jo
;nw ^
nnxa x^x noy x ? DXI .inx
!
XU^D .nnx
^
mo
vnnn inx
niDyi
nxa
no
:i
/7
n
n in 1<>rinn
ID ,*nMa
x ? nna^
vnnn inx noyi Tixa no,
1
xn^'
XDTH
ino
inx noyi 43 c. a
or
?
n IVD
aie
:ia
ixu^s
IDX '
^a no
nnx
Zusammenhangende Leaestucke.
ins
ino
pnox
B.
!
b
,nw
*]iD
vnnn ins noyi 11x3 no,
nxo
ions o
ino jSin
rr^ wts
^30*
p 'ox
i-prrp 'i
mxo d
sin
onso
.'!?x"i' ^ AI .
DJO
nx^s* no onso onso nxs^i
onso s
inn in
pnx
-jnan
:
p
s^?
,'Y'D
nx^
^J3 i,
1
h 3^n3i
inxs n^onn trinn on so inxn trnn -IB>V
ni npi
BHBO
^s
.xin ntfn ix
"j^xn
n
1
?
^
^XD
,onso
,onso
:XBB
nnn no
,onso
3h
:
.onso
nx
k
irrDn
run
jin^o
n'nDi ,Y'D
nnx, nsx ,pnxt n^sj :
no* '3jn
np^n
b e i
prm ffl
'iitt
ST'Bia
mg.
k |
De
^x nnnx
'i
=
.
I
i
1*. |
Nu
onn nwi
xnt^n
c *3n M^uperscr. f IBM. t mg
MM
/moxn
av ny 1^0
mm ,
ntryo
^i
nj
21 1
IOXT
I
|
Reg
|
ib.
.
/iinx yu
6 1.
Nu 20 29
d |
33 38
^ myn
superset. h De 1 3
= i
.
. |
|
IBM.
Ne
I
1 .
.
|
I
II.
Connected Texts. B.
.xm ;Yiy xin ,IIPPD xin noi ,ini3^>B DB> ^>y
,x?x
,1
xin :x:xn
/|y
i^in^o
n^o^ nonty
,i2"io2^
*|yj3,
81
.lOlt* '"liy,
^irvo, ?lDtf
noi ,ini3^o our ^y
"jyjs,
D^X
/ptron opin t^nn nnxn pyn n^yj ^ina ontyya Mtt>n n^Ly .xin
nwn
n^V npi io\n
njtr
trxi ix^>
I^XT VVso ,Jnw
n^
n>^ npi
pxo Vxitf^ ^2 nxs^ !n^ y3o rt n'wn n ?^l^X XD^XI ?2X XD^XT ? TIOH DXT
X xVx
;
i
12
21
iox
V'n2tr2
xo^xi
^JB,
nDB'x
xop
||
x^>
.2 s nD
u
2
no ,xop
''Jtr,
mn xnn
j^ji
:'
^Jtf,^
xin:
nxin2 ;'pnx
by^i,
:
5'imsn nnx, :'oixi
;^B"trn
unm,
vocalis in cod. fflM
-aon M,.
Margolis,
\n^i,
:'
:'
<> |
t |
50^21x2
dnn II
IBM.
Chr
Chr. Bab. Talm.
3 2.
Ex 40 17 M,.
P
.
|
|
|
Nu
10".
r |
6
Ex
19'. |
82*
II.
Zusammenhangende
ins mi ,tDOB>o irs ^3Di-is :nnn nuVnVo lyjojo nyn ns runt?
m
,T,T ID ,
:
b "IOBTI,
-jV
^
^aons
B.
37* M.
Git 36*
d)
Lesestiicke.
min3
IDU imi
ipn
-pn ['ID
,^>vi vpnrw airotp no 'py
myi
.^aons vpnn
p
onann
,"1:1
a
oy "\ah ny
,m
;n is
SOB>O sn"-ns"ioi
'TO
pn
,*mn nns i3"io 3inDn mti^oty ^nu^ '"motf ntsot^n T3i mi D^SDD ntsoB^ nnsi ,ypTp nt^ots^ ypTp tiotyo nnst!' 1013 /
7
~.
nns
||
pm
,D>SDD BOB>O nns ypip tsotro nns ^s^ n y i 3B' ? IDT ,t30trn^i p3i i^pm D^SDD ."?3Di"is vpnm noy ,m ns m nnSiVo nyn
nsi
^s
;i
!
;
S3T
d stsoe'o
,n>y'3B>
ij'pm ||
.sin
ipsntr i"jo
'"ncpyn fe
1
iprr*'
S3*
s'?
sn^nsoi
3^
^>si
nosi
'31
sV IPS
:
"3s
.''ipDn e
"iosjty ?ipsn sim itriDi /n^un Snpo ^13^ VD Din^ a^pim insn iiy^s i^>m nt^s ni^mn n^?s, sDno ios no 01* f< ui nnsn npsii iu p no ^>D p^3 ns v^mo nns no ,no ^>D oyn ns *.IST :in"? x^ya'x m^ sobn is ,vpm sin nni^ ,V3ons ^^n vpnn ? vpm ? n^o sps: ^so ?) ,mos >s n^its3^ sn ,vpn so^y mV ,nios 's s^s 51^^30 DS s^s n^3n T'a nm ^03^ VID^ in nosn ,yotr sn (?^so A< i"jo3i no^n: 1
:
^D,
:
:
;
||
1
;
,
;
rx
43d. *
Jos 19 M
.
b
ffl. |
De
15 9
. |
c ib.
d
*. |
e
ffl. |
Ezr 10 8
.
|j
Connected Texts. B.
II.
.'xynnn ion
Jnro^Bj XJH K "n *BK
"IT
XJH
'33 IN NIIDT
83* '23 IN x^>x
>3ixt?3 ,-ppn
x:n
'3
i:o
xn x
xn
J^xpi
nnx
rp^spix
9'n'PDpix,
ix ,i nnji
:
?xin
'XT t?"n
o 31 nox
?nxip X3i iox
.
u inn
mj
n:
.
13003
H3HXD
ms
:xnon 31 'ox
nx XDIIS
prm
n^a
ji'n
:
wa
^"121
isi
p^aoai rraana laa^n ^iia a" i Ca l". k Jd5 81 Le 26 18 .
i
.
|
",''1
n^a
^De
15
ni
'pit
xbxinan
ffl.
h |
8 .
Addenda. p p p p En.
24*,
1.
9.
25*,
1.
12.
29*,
1.
32*
1.
5 ||
J
Ber x
,
1
15, 23.
14ff.
Ar.
6t>
Taan 24 a pr pars Ar, J
Sanh 93* Ar.
Kid
Ar. 6 ||
81 2
||
M (bi JB).
Kid 58
2 ||
alt
sic
(nx5^>B M).
Mr
M (^6t superscr). ||
leb 58* M.
H.
6*
||
Aramaisches Worterverzeichnis. Aramaic Glossary. 313X
3X (13c) n. m. pro
s. f.
sf. 1
f
p.
f XJ13X,
3
;
Tirm
rfiw^.
1
;
father;
p.
XSHH
my
a-138
grandVorfah-
8-1138
tV138:
s.
m.
m. | nTJI.JX; Pt.
c. sf.
act.
XJH^X, 83138; pass. * T :T :r-T i
"1^3.8:
'
'
mieten, /re. '
m3nx
s.
:
Pt. p.
m.
verloren gehen, &e
Pt.inno:
Pa., Inf. c. sf. 3 p.
1 s.
;-
:
Itpe.,
|
sich
ver-
:
mieten, hire oneself out. Af., Pf.3s.rn. -m'X; Inf.c. \
(61);
Itpe.,
sf. 3. s.
Pf. 2
ren, fathers, ancestors.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
XDJX n.m. Sumpf, swamp. XJJX n. m. (f.) Becken, basin. 13X vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. t1?138,
p
Vater,
s
:rr
d. 811,138; sf.
mein Grofivater,
1,1 Jl
id. 1
[1J3K ? :
Af., vernichten, destroy. Imp. s. m. "DiX: verlieren, |
lose.
n.m. Staub,
[8j?38]
.
:
I
n.m. Stadttor,
city gate.
;
Vater, father;
/05/.
33J. (ass.)
s.
2 p. l3Vm38: 3 p. " -ITT -:"
1
v.
8^38
m. f-I^X, PR38 8138 v. D13 f N'7138, H138 p. a. xni^x - v. laa. T ;
(200),
1,138 1 s.
;
(etiam
2s.m. &f. ^38; 2 p.
1=138;
113138
3
1 s.)
sf.
;
X3X
d.
sf.
3
"13i!S:
s. f.
311318
;
vermieten,
Pt. act. rent. \
13lnp: vermietet werden, be rented. 8138 n. m. Lohn, hire, reward.
Ittaf., Pt.
||
XlJXn. m.: C.13X: Dach, TT T /
roof.
85* XP13X ~TX
n nx
(=
'
on:
n.f. Brief, letter.
4e
4Ar)
[X-HX]
n.m.;
XJX
(et
er
-;
gen, he went on capturing 'nxi
(thieves);
p.
f.
n.
4;')
^1X
er
Xj?
ging fortwahrend, he kept
Wollflocken, flakes of wool.
xnx
mn T
xp'r
T
fuhr fort, (Diebe) zu fan-
v. 'ny. 4
i^DH
^1X1 T
:
==
walking.
;
'
3
sfl
2
2
m.
s.
m.
^x:
xVnx
^X.
Ohiy ear.
junges,
IX conj. : oder, or. iX . iX entweder - oder, either - or.
gazelle.
c. sf.
s.
.
31X.
xnx
X^X
n/m.;
.
m. Wald,
n.
forest.
H1X:
p.
Schiir-
Brand, kindling wood,
holz,
nx (13c) n. m. sf. 1 f t 'HX, tnx; p. -TlX (20a), sf. 3s.f. xnnx: Bruder, broxnnx n. f. sf. 1 s. ther. .
;
;
||
:
n.m.;
p.
MIX:
Gans,
p. xmnx, r TT -: r*
sf.
'.IJKXns
1.
:
^X:
IT
: '
act.
^D:
3 p. irusng
\
Pa., Pt.
;
v.
s.
s.
m.
^>TX, T '
2
s.
1 8.
^., XjVlX T :r T
m. P7TX
,
f.
W'VlX:
1.
;
^:
;'
sister.
adj., d.
xin, 52&):
in\ in'^D ein
\
... X*rn \
eine-und die anthe one - and the
die ,
other. |
xnty'3 "in Sonntag,
Sunday, finn nn-^V. dop-
H] 1
3 p. I^P|; Imp. f.
?>T,
dere
-;
eiu, einzeln, einzig,
,
-ir
4o) vb. Pe., Pf. 1
Vx;
eins
'
(constructio
one, single.
XIT ni
xi>.
^>m C^m); 3 f. tn"?tx, x ^^.? P- t^l, V^X; Impf. 1 s.
f.
m. 'HTinx T T
3s.m. amnx: -T r
^inx.] nn (6a) X"rn
s.
jeder, every one.
id.
xnnix
!' ( XI
f.
Pt. act.
driicken, press.
Inf. c. sf.
ix,
3 p.
c. sf.
YmXD
'
-i
Schwester, vb. Pe., Inf.
of a
young
Tinx f Tinx, - T - ; 2 T -;'
firebrand. [XJIK]
m. Gazellen-
n.
the
pelt,
double. \\
zusam " ,?1
(XJ'4>1X): v T :rr / '
men, together. | lin ? besonders, separately; sf. 2 s. m.
n??X
TjninV T
1.
Pt.
,
p.
du
allein,
&y thyself,
gehen,
2. fortsetzen,
go
einander, ^ac/i o/Aer.
ins
86* sf. 1 s.
praep.,
(ib.)
innna; 1
wins: bei, mit, nrQ conj. wahrend,
||
f.
toward.
Richtung auf, ID -in, "IDHH, f. 2
inx 3
-.
K
m.
11.
i-
c. sf.
IT*?.
act.
s.
m.
/
c.
c. sf.
3
sf.
3
f.
s.
m.
nnn s
m. n
(4)
n.
Hiifte,
conj. .
m.,
.
.
Schen-
KJtDtt^T
would
d.
xna-'X
die Furcht
Gottes, fear of God.
adv. ja, yes. [*r.x, ix] adv.: x:o
"px
wenn doch, that.
s. f.
#A^/{. ''X
(73). wenn, ob - oder, whether -
|
only,
(f.)
if
iD^X
or.
m.
p.
'
(240)
part., sf. i p. i^rvx;
2 p. toJ.rvx; 3
kel,
"X
n.
'i^X: Baum, tree. T-|T trx n. f. Furcht, fear. T r
n<, n^x
nx.
v.
X
XjW"(186)
woher? whence?
hinter, behind.
S
IBX.
:
||
XD15X
II
v.
:
s!
(we) pray, now. v. rvx. -II iD^x v. 'x.
s. f.
p/m. >J.nnx, fl Xirnnx: ein anderer, anTT T ninx praep., sf. 1 s. o^/?r.
v.
f.
pers.,
er, sie, Ae, */ie.
:
(etyro.?) adv. nun, doch,
(18&);
xnnx
-
\"j^X
zuriickhalten, de-
ninxV; 3
,
the other.
(86, e) pron.
m.
adj., ||'*onnx T
:
dem., f. der andere ;
v H-
s.
Pt.
Inf.
nnlnxV;
jener
:
that,
Pf. 3
"ins vb. Pa., Imp. p.
lay.
one,
that
T.
v.
^TX
TjnX: lachen, laugh. V. fin.
;
bei-
and
both.
pass.
vb. Pe.,
nnnx
this
des,
schlieBen,
Itpe.,
|
"infix
s.
X-inX: T
f.
close.
"FIX
||
no in
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
s.
und jenes,
H^XI dieses
prap. in der
Hfp
dem. ^;x
.
2 a.m. tjnna; 2 p. l^i 3 s. m. n'nna; 3 p. m.
is,
f.
xn^x;
'nJ.n^X:
m.
s.
es gibt,
are (62).
|
XD\y T 1
if
pirvKJ
m. in:n;x,
p.
there id.
s.m. tvriivV, nrv ?, f. nrpV, XD v es gibt p. m. injn v ; . .
87* nicht, there not (ib.).
OX
is
K n?
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
3
sf.
VlDX,
3
s. f.
t!
i^OX,
p.
HI^DX
2 p.
y^X;
1 s.
sf.
'V?,
s.
nrft3; 3
s. f.
Impf.
;
"h^Tl,
sf.
s. f.
es kiimmert ihn
um,
es geht ihn an, he has con-
cern for; Pt. act. s. f. HD3K sie drangt, s^e wr^^.
SDDN T T
n.
m.
Sattel, saddle.
'.
1
1rU^?3'F[ (pro in: ?");
3p.m.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
are
not,
DN
(etym. ?) adv. noch,
j/e/.
v. IK.
m.
3
sf.
c.
s.
f.
m. ^bx, t?*)
VW3'J;
?X
p. ^->3x
[Mm?M]
Imp.
s.
Inf.
Vs/efc; Pt. act. p.
|
;
m.
1 S. X:^DX, 2 S. tV^38; T r T IT ?'DX: essen, H?2X: pass. r >
:
'
:
:
-.
verzehren X^lj? slander.
c.
sf.
c.
pass. r 3 s. m. rB73lK; 3 s. sf. 3 p. m. inj?DiX5 \
2
feiK;
^IDixV; Pt.act.
^3O:
1 s. c. sf.
speiseu,
S /m?. XJ U ||
(?)
n?DX
Schlammfresser,wwd-eater.||
^D'O
OX
n^x
n.
(pers. ?)
n.
m.,
(9a)
d.
adj.,
XDDX,
p.
diese,
^. x
.
s.
m. nn;Vx
/^
:
to7.
dem.
pron.
9/) P ron
(
JiD3S
p.
dem.
-
p. jene,
(gr.) n.
a.
m. Diagonale,
diagonal.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3
s.
S
m.
s.
c. sf.
m. riD^N iiberwaltigen, :
overcome.
D^K:
\\
D^K
adj., p.
stark, strong. Pf.
vb. Pe.,
Impf.
V,
p.
schwarz, black. n. m. Fremder, X'JDDX (gr.) ~ ~ ^^ T
1
t|?^.
^,
Pt. act.
1
p.
1 s.
*)Vvi;
Inf.
^VnaV;
p.
U'fe:
lernen, deduzieren, /earn, derive. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. \
c.
s.
m.
act. s.
m.
sf.
2
'
stranger.
Kol-
:
these.
3p."f. [DDX]
3
sf.
f.,
Fettschwanz,
m. Speise, food.
n.
xniVs
p.
f.,
s.
s.f.
Impf. Inf.
Af., Pf. 1
I
n.
ben, club.
consume. 10)^.
eat,
Itpe., Pt. pi. m.
\
- .1 ^3Ftt3, . .
,
3* verleumden,
'3
m.
'
:
IT '
m. Gott, God.
n.
Pt.
!)Bh c. sf.
(4/) s. m.
;
2
?]D5;
s.
pass.
unterrichten,
p. "iTsVx,
xx
Pt. pass. r
-
n.iH.,p.n3DK:
:
xniJO'n
n.
trustworthy.
,
f.
Treue, faith.
x:x n. m. Handwerker. AderT T
store.
>
,
ION (4) vb. Pe., Impf.
3
s.
m.
'*niBN: Taucher,
**tt1tWK ")3 id.
artisan, cupper.
lasser,
10X diver.
I&TI.O,
(XJ:D~): glauv T - '
:
benswiirdig
n. m., p.
3 p. m.
sf.
ben, believe; pt. pass, glau-
v.
Magazin,
m.
s.
c.
p.
X3DMO T -
1 s.
xinx.
3
sf.
1
iniJtrn;
tausend, thousand. v.
c.
Impf.
*
n. m.,
B^X
3 p.
f.
instruct.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
s.
sf.
n.OK,
nniox (nnn.Dx) i p. p.OK 3 s! c. sf. 3 s. f PHBK 3
s. f.
;
.
5
r
;
xnnx (136) n.f., s.f.3s.m. nnox p. d. xnnx: Magd,
sf.
x,
3s.f.
;
maid.
\\
xn-inttX:
Magd-
V.
2p.m. 3s.
dienst, servitude. |?ID3.
IrtriO^
.XDX n. f., sf. Is. DX; 2 s. f. 3sx Mut'"Ifp. xnnax T T
>?
:
;
XD^,
"*"")'.'.,
IT
Imp.
;
Pt. act.
;
3 p. m.
sf.
m. XDX,
s.
f.
m. 10X,
s.
ter, mother. 2
DX. Xn&X s.
m.
n.
nnox;
1. Elle, cubit.
,
xnnsx:
p. 2.
3
sf.
f.
virile. 3
DBx
.
-
IT '
:
xnDx
n. f.,
c.
nax_,
x-'HTi
frame of a
chance.
.
,
vb. Haf., Pf. 1
s.
s.
m.
':o;n
\
r
IT '
2
s.
:
XOTI^XI:
= oder
XD^^X wenn T Ittnx s.
;
Itpe., Pf. 3
Impf. 3 f. 11.
,
s.
XIDXnO: m.
or. \
etwa, if per-
r
Pt. ;
that.
you say
\
DDX [xntSX] n. f. sf. 3 nn&X: Volk, people.
-.
nt>x: saIT
T "lO'X: ich sage,
I say,
if
mill.
-
in (V) v '' !
und wenn du sagst, and
r;-: xnsx; T:-' das Gestell der Miihle, the i
|
pnox; <
2 r p.
gen,*ay. dafi,
x^m T:- nx,
4
'
:
membrum
i p. r
(x:'x); V T IT'
max:
,
d.
f.
s.
m.
1nn pass.
;
||
89* 1.
Dolmetscher, interpreter;
Amora.
2.
n.
fxnsx:
d.
pi.
lamb.
T naX'^D conj. so as often
oft als,
as. if.]
\
X^X
conj.
||
^3
praep. gegen
xniBX
towards.
bin,
||
n.
f.,
TrtBX 2 s.m. ?]TnBX
3
s.
m. nniBX
;
Nase, Stirn,
:
nose, forehead. pr. pers. 1 s. ich,
irux
t}UX, 3 p. m!
;
(86) pron.
VUX 3
pers. f.
p.
/
sie,
TiUnK
;
s. m. mnx Pt. s. m. mno
t:mx
1
tP'IlX,
(86) pron.
1
pers.
pron. dem.
(9#)
man
jene,
pi.
-
;
p.
die andern, those, the others.
n. m., p.
some one.
;
wir, we.
BOX
:
''Bf'JX
Mensch, man ; 2.jemand,
.
B>J T
FirUHB: seufzen, s^/i.
s.
JX,
mand,
they.
mx vb.Itpe., Pf. 3
T];1S
fore.
sf. 1 s.
nisi.
XJX (86)
2
BJX3, ^BX^; 1 p. 3 S. tXJBJX_3j 2s.m.T]BX3; T m. TTiB JK3 OiBX_3) 3 p. m.
;
wenn,
Inf.
t
;
rBXadv.wann?w&?n. nX"TV_: wie lange? how long?
["IN:
1 s.
sf.
m.,
Lamm,
species. t'BJX3,'BX3praep.,
nt^'J
p. r
vh:
t^JX
none. \
'JS
'ty'JX -T v:
Mensch,
:
:
(individual).
nie-
13, 13
ty'JX
\
,^'J
'3
das Haus meiner, ihrer
:
Eltern, the home her parents. 1JX, PiX
(86)
of my,
pron. pers. 2
s.
du, thou.
n. f., s.c.tnnx: (86) jungere Form fur, txnn:x,xnnx T T common form for XJHJX. sf. 2 s. m. ^]nnX; 3 s. m. DJX vb. Pe., Inf. DJ'O, sf. 3 s. f. tnnrux, nnnx; p. n$,
p_X
:
:
'
:
the
1
HD^D ? gen
*pN
.
Pt. pass.
D^N
notziichtigen
,
rape.
DjRS
;
\
:
:
,
Itpe., Pf. 3
zwin-
force, s.
m.
['SXj n. du., c. 'SX
s.
sf.
2 p. m.
Frau, woman,
?U,
"Jinx,
WX
13^
:
wife.
(86) pron.
2 p.m. ihr, yow.
pass. ;
sf.
m. T]BN; 3 s. m. PT2X: Gesicht, countenance; Art, 2
tx'tt/J,
f
"iDX: XDXvb.Pa.,Inf. nXDN, ~ T T -' " Pt. act. p. m. V.BO, iDO '
'
5
1 s.
XJ'DD: heilen,
sai 8
90* Itpa., Pf. 1
'Dnx
s.
3
;
s.
m.
'DPK, s. f. +nX>pnX; Impf. X'DX 3 s. m. 'BPV: pass. ' T IT II
:
m.
n.
xmDX: TT
p. d.
,
:
1DX
physician.
xniDN
Heilmittel
,
:
cure
,
bidden, sin.
m. Nordwind, north-
n.
Sjnps
anything for-
wind. n. m.,
3
m.
s.
1 p.
sf.
mo :
n^N: [D^nDS
XHD
""a,
p.
c.
IT
3
s.
SDJns
:
m.
Pe.,
3
act.
p. 1
Inf.
SS
m. 1rWD;o!?;
p.
"Jj^BX IT
1
^, Pt.
backen,
:
..
,
Nasenloch
:
vb.
"sf. sf.
vb.
adj.]
s f.
siech werden, fall sick.
'3: id.
our head-side. n.,
ao&evr)?
denom., Pf. 3
uns zu Haupten, by SBS
n^NN
PPDX
,
,
Heilung, medica-
Polster, cushion. sf.
binding
,
obligation.\\xyDX n.m.Verbot Verbotenes Siinde, prohibition,
ment.
nDX]
SIDSn.m.Ent-
\\
sagungsgeliibde
d.
n. f.,
\\
p. a. IIDX
;
Arzt,
IT
forbidden.
,
nostril.
bake.
SHBX T - -
n.
srviss_
v.
m. Palast, mansion.
:
.
X?l3pDX
(gr.) n.
Fingerschnippwith the
chen, snapping thumb.
xnpDX
(gr.) n.
Segelstange,
sail-yard.
IDS 3
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.
f.
InjniDS p. r s.
;
JDS v. ^?BS vb. Af., Pt. act. 2
s. f. c. sf.
nrnox,
3
Pt.'act.
IDS
m.
p.
(IDS),
IT
:
|
Itpe.,
"It^'BX
xyiux
rr '
Impf.
1
s.
1DPS; 3 s. m. IDH^, f. nonn verboten werden, be :
:
=
V. v.
yns.
v. itsp.
(gr.) n. m., p. H;V|PX.
Scbliissel, key. beschworen, verbieten, bind, imprison, bind by spell, XlpX (gr.) n. Burg,
forbid.
n^BKB
hebr.' Dc
nos' 1 s. S:iDS; " pass. T xnyoi?x f. STDS: binden, fesseln, [XT^pX] :
s.
dunkel machen, darken. KDD1BX n. m.
:
citadel.
xnpn px (4e) n.f.Frosch/r^. X21 X (4e) n. f. Boot, boat. :
x,
ny 3ix r
v.
91
xnx T -
:
n. m.,
'nx: tx*nx, T- :-':-
p.
xrnx
n.
"irTJX
;
m_x
f.,
c.
p.
iniX
i p.
sf.
;
Weg, Genix
:
habit,
woimheit, way, xinx Sitte, custom.
ZtfX
beilaufig, by the way.
nrpx
n.
[xnYiX
m.],
i
p.
s.
m. Tsnx,
p.
m. tiiDynx;
p.
xn^iXrErde,
\
Reisender, Gast, traveller,
1-
pX ..
2 p. m.
;
1.
..
2
nnx:
to"p'n
s.
m.
Pt. act.
;
lang sein, be p. 'Dn.X:
lang, long.
proper.
adj. T)l
||
schicklich,
vb. denom.
Pt. act.
Pe.,
make
rtXD"!X n.
IFW1X
n.
^pix,
XJinX:
1 s.
passend machen, ten,
n.
zuberei-
f.
Witwe, widow.
c.
n^tnx
Witwenschaft
,
"
'
n.
f.
p.
IT
wall.
Wand, 2
sf.
m.
s.
^PBt^'X Herberge, lodging. :
\\
3s. rmrstt>x: "T
sf.
:
r
:
:
.
Wirt, host, landlord.
X^X
n.
f.
Feuer,
It^XP; Imp.
fire.
"ItyX:
m.
s.
glauben,
believe.
nx v. n:x. xnx vb. Pe., n^nx,
;
s.
^n^nx; ^nx: x^nx, T - -
'
:
f.
'3 p. s.
'
-:
t^nw,
m. XP,
^n^D;
'nx, T' inxT ' ;
f.
3
s.
s. f.
p. m. r
'
1 p.
ixnx; Impf.
in>: (in^V) f.
'Pi; p.
inx, in; Inf. xn>o,
m.
"i'Tpnx,
inx; 2
p.
tnnx, T
Imp.
Pf. 1
i p. t-jrnx,
Tix;
TP} |j
widowhood. f.,
:
qn'B';x
t-jinx,
m. Heide, pagan.
c.
vWx:
i s.
sf.
f.,
(pers.),
-:
prepare.
fit,
m.
<
m.
s.
machen, 1B>X vb. Pa., Impf. 2
TlXadj.,
T]nx
s.
Itt/X: vergieBen, shed.
X]^ty'X
2
-pX.
Ttf* vb. Pe., Pt. act.
xjDrs^'x, TT r /
lang
2.
prolong; long.\\
:
,
:
TIXO: r i
3 s.m.
sf.
vb. Af., Impf. 2
^]Tin
jnx (4^) vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. yinx f. sich X^-inx
IT
stall.
Krippe,
Land, earth, land. 2
xnnr'x T
wayfarer.
nx conj. well, because. xnx n. m. Lowe, lion. [xnx] n.m.,
sf.
f.,
ereignen, occur.
TITiX:
p.
n.
-ix
jy/ix- 2
Zeder, cedar.
sf.
Pt. act.
2
;
m. s.
s. m.-
x^nx; p. m. t-jrx, * '-T' T IF XJ'nx kommen, T IT I
1 s.
:
92* come.
Af., Pf. 1 et
(TPX,
sic
s. f.
1
p.tiJYPK; 2
sf.
3
sf.
infra),
3 p. m. irurvx
3
anTPx,
VVX
s.
;
m.
s.
3 s.m.
s.
f.
s.
m.
tvry.K, irvx
3p .m.
sf.
3
sf.
x'fvx, T
nrvrrx, (ins)' \ T/)
3
annK);
(HTIX,
awx,r' arnx, -
-
:
:
IT'
3 p. m. t-pjv^K, irtprrx; Impf. 1 s. W*; 3 p. irPJ, sf. 3
s.
s. f . t
m. aw:,' 3
Imp. s.m. TPX_,
hjorvx,
f.
3
sf.
s.
xnirvV
sf.
3
s. f.
Pt.
rpiirx, s'p.mJroyiiyx; act. s.
m. TPO, -
inx
3
s.
m. as,
las , p.
f.
:
;
p.
s. f.
VIS
um, durch,
^ ,
1 p.
"J3
m. 123
a3,
p.
an,
in,
;
;
m.
fiir,
in, into, for, by,
^5X3
1X3 XT3 n. .
p.
s.
iri3 praep.,
m.
^"in.3;
3
f.
sf.
2
s.
m. ainSK
s.
;
s. f.
:
:
:
i
rr
\
m/Xina T
d., p.
p.
f.
:
,T
f.
:
xmro
d.
TTIT
:
d.
'
KTPina " T - rr ;
:
:
der
:
letz-
IT
tere, letzte, the latter, last.
T
"inn? '
conj.
nn'px -
nachdem,
(= inx
- -. hv) auf der Stelle, sofort, on
after.
}\
.
:
V
schlecht, bose, das Dbel, bad, evil, the evil. f. Bosheit, malice. adv. bose, angrily.
n.
X33
n.
m.
(et f.?),
c.
33: \
n>3 Grube, :
pit.
adj.,
1 p.
Ort,
:
aina, rn.nax; 3 p. m. linnnix, lirina nach, IT -' XI n 2 after. adj. hinter, 3
door.
nx'pSS adj., p.
s
sf.
;/
nnx
f.
Tor, Tiir, gate, 33X: an der Tiir, at the
v. JT|JX. f.,
3
door.
with, through. 'BJ.K3,
v. irux. n. m.,/ c. "inx -.
the spot, forthwith.
f.
'
:
3 praep., sf. 1 s. 2 s. m. !](')3
;
XITX; p.m. m. aiTlK;
Inf. "'irvx (v.lns),
ein-
schliefien, herleiten, bring,
in:nvvx; 3 s. m. vvx, sf. 2 s. m. ?pr nx, 3 s. m. a_'n'K
"irixTix,
JOTVB: bringen,
1 s.
include, derive.
3 p. m.
s. f.
m.
p.
p. d.
lonier,
^33:
Babylonian.
Baby-
93*
lana dem
ma
= bidubr
arab.
vb. Pe.
xrv"T3:
heiter,
THaJ
;
p.
f.
\
c. sf. 1 s.
Xnm
||
n. m.,
Lustigmacher,
:
denom. Af.
3
sf.
s.
m.
s.
m.
cleft, rent.
||
X^i3
n. m.,
Ritze, Offnung,
:
pi. 'V.T.aO?.a.)
n. f.: id.
sn]2
\
vb. Pe., Inf. p]ao
Inf.
,
N113
den Segenspruch
am Sabbatausgang the
at
benediction
p-13 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.
c. sf.
rwpna pupna i.
;
3
3. p.
s.
m.
v.
S^Ht.
v.
vn.
vb. Pe.,
sagen,
the outgoing of the sabbath.
:
streuen,
tlpT2; m. toJR^ax
m. BJJTOOV
1IVpH3:
;
;
nt23 vb. Af., Pf. 3
2
113 vb.Pa.,
;
s.
:
s.
m.
c. sf.
m. TjnuaX: versichern, n. m.,
^D3: Fun-
p.
ken, spark. vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.
Pa., Pf. 3 p. m.
2 p.
s. c. sf.
Pt. pass. p.
"Q12D zerstreuen, V. nnx.
s.
tinter-
examine.
Pf. 1
m. iajrrna
s.
1
assure.
Pt. pass. 2 pi.
priifen, try,
3
Inf. c. sf.
Pt. act.
NJt^'na: suchen, search.
Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 2 p.
suchen,
c.
scatter.
*?1T2K!?:
m.
2
Impf.
Inf.
spalten, cleave.
pn
v. V.
recite
S13 vb. Pa., ;
junger
:
:
merry-maker. vb.
XJ^SiS n.
"TaR
VPSia
yown^ pumpkin. m. Lampe, /a/wp.
Kiirbis,
PPin^: verachten, m^w/^. l^rrno make cheer, Via vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. yn
pass.
Tll'ia
KJ'Sria n. m., p.
:
Itpa., Impf. 3 p. m.
|
:
m.
s.
s.
cheerful.
Pt. act. i p.
erheitern, laugh.
6c/t.
Pt. pass.
,
Pa., Impf. 2
irnnn
mit
,
Me
Riicken, wzVA
f.
scatter.
nna
Ptt^a; Impf. s. m. a|lVtsa; s.
m. ?6lt^$
Vtsiao,
f p. m.'
c. sf.
3
s. f.
sf.
3
Inf. c. sf.
3
1
s.
c.
Pt. act.
vte,
s.
m.
1 P.
'
vb. Pe.,
xnn3: T -:IT afraid.
sich
Pt. act.
s.
furchten,
f.
be
I^Vtsap
:
ungiiltig
make
miifiig machen, machen, make idle,
void. \
Itpa., Imp. 3
SOS
94* tsa: pass
m.
p.
m.
n.
MtiBig-
j^tD3:
idler.
ganger, vb.
Pe.,
stampfen,
vivarium.
n.
(lat.)
3
Kn#:3 T r
:
m.
^
m.
s.
p. m. r
X'33: T T
3p.m.
^rilO'.;
1133'; Pt. act.
x^n.
v. XJPT.
v. XVI.
vierte
^3
'3 v. BOS. sf.
1
p.
3 ^ zwitxJJ'2; p.m.irPJ'3: .- ,. T - ..?
3D "p3 zwischen dem Guten und schen, between. Vfly?
Figur
impression.
,
vb. Itpalp., Impf. 3
the s
evil. ||
J;:n
good
^3
adv. dazwischen, between.
W
*3 V.
3
be confused.
^3
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
s.
m. nyV 3, 3
3
s.
3
s. f.
V'3 n.
^3
p.'t^*a,
f.,
^3:
m.
s. f.
n. m., c. '3
sf. ;
2
s.
m.
:
s. f.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
n s J3,
Pe., Pf. 3
ten,
s.
m. H3; 3p.m.
Inf. ri3p;
pass the 'zi
,
vb. denom.
J"P3 ||
iibernach-
night.
praep.
zwischen,
f.
3
'J3; IT
:
s. f.
'
s. c. sf.
s.
m.
s.
MJJ3; 3 :
Infin.
|
m. y^SX,
s.
xyT V.3X, X^Va
Impf. 1
his wife.
m.
s.
ny.V 3;
^
2 p. m. TfrViS: Haus, ^<^^e. inn^a'l seine Frau, sf.
f.
s.
p.
7
'
^rvS;
s.
ny_^3 ; pass. p. m. 'V swallow. verschlingen ,
2
'n3:' 3 s.m. arP3: t]n^: p. J^ .... T " "IT '
c. sf.
ny.Vs;
Pt. act.
;
3
sf.
c.
yVs,
XJ3
egg.
Ei,
tn$?3
Itpe., Pf. 3
v.
m.
s.
^3?3^: vermischt werden,
:
Bosen, between the
133; T 7
Xjl'73 (etym. ?) n. m. eingra-
:
and
'33,
'33, - T 7
weinen, weep.
H33
in.
^P3 praepos.,
1'3,
s.
:
<s v.
XJP?
Impf. 3
f.
'3 V. 1H. '3 v.
'3 zwei zu-
sammen, ein Paar, a pair. X33 vb. P6., Pf. 2 s.m. n'33; 1
kick. lIPS
nn
between,
l|
p.
,
pass.
t'ri'ps, c. sf.
3
tn:3 T
j '5
3 s.m. ITJ3X c. sf.
n;J3t3^ Pt. act. s
:
,
'n3JJ3tD^;
s.
3 p!
m.
;
;
f.
'J3,
Is.KJ'JS: c.sf.3s.m.nJ3; T IT '33 n. m. build. bauen, Baumeister, builder. X^J3 '
:
\\
n.
m. Gebaude, building.
IT
x-o
DD3
3
vb. Itpa., Infin. 1
95* adj. wenig, lacking; sq.
s
less than.
D3p: sicli ('a ?); Pt.p.m. "]D weniger als, drunk. become n. m., xnp3 n. Np3 berauschen, 'T T T' :rr Q'D3 adj. siifi, sweet. #7ia.
Miicke,
f.
\
yinps
n. p. Polster,
(pers.)
Teppiche, covers, rugs. vb. Pe., ^3 T l p.
Pf.
1
s.
*y_3;
txrys, t^va,
vb.
Kp3
Imp. s. y.3: untersuchen, examine.
pp3. S|?3 n. m., p.
1V.3;
pitcher.
2 p. m. 'rr'ys; 3 p. iys; Impf. ip. 73:'; S
13 (13ft),
inf.
iynV;
Imp.
s.
iys
;
xy^o,
m.
x;y3; P
n
y.2
;
Pt. act.
m.'t^y_a
.
i s.
x^ys
2 p. "prvya
pass.
;
1 s.
2
t^ya,
f
s.
rpys,
m.
s.
s. f.
73
:
s.
;
f.
!)T3
\33
2' 8.
;
:
f.
n*i3
son.
his
y.ax,
K;y3; Impf.
n3;
3
s. f.
yap
Pt.
s. m.'
m. S]P!3; 3
p.
m.
i
tyantJ; pass.
||
n. m., \
s.
c.
s.
m.
S.
n. m., p.
t^niya:
n.
2
nnna;
s.
p. a.
c.
f.
s.
1 s. c. sf.
erschaffen,
113S;
p.
rvQrip: pass.
f.,
p.
Pf. 3
vb. Itpe.,
Xn3S,
3
xnn3:
||
Pt.
[xnns]
Geschopf,
creature.
Fackel, torcA. entfernen, remove.
s. f.
rT"l3X: \
Feind,
enemy.
c.
xnn3,
\
nja, d.xn:3; ^:3 ; i p. vnj3 :
create.
.bgBi-.
iy3 vb. Pa., imp.
sein Enkel,
t^-ia, tn-ia;^
s.
1
m. ipa^n
5
is.
^
Pe., Impf.
:
H-13 sf.
Tochter, daughter.
question.
tya Herr, X33T ^ya, sf. 2
iya. [siiys]
1
sf.
n. (f), sf. 1 p.
K;ya
sf.
^({nn),
s.
^3: Frage, master.
^3(11)0,
^3;
"13
s. f.
;
f
grandson.
m.
ioyap;
2's.m.
s! f.
;
sf.
X13;
2 p.m.iD^3; 3 s. n"j2; 3 p. m. iTJ2: Sohn,
s.
f.
d.
13;
p. t'pjs, *ja, c.
\
2
c.
Krug,
*]9a:
tna, ti3, na;
!]-J3
fragen, bitten, notig haben, ask, require. Itpe., Pf. 3
1
Pe.,
p.
nya
:
2S13 vb. Pe., Pt. werden stark
,
act.
n.3:
become
strong.
Itpe., Pf. 3
\
nsK. soVy ... T ^ 7
.
s.
f.
nns ...
n"?..
er
genas, he became well. Af., Imp. s. m. **O3'K
1.
m. Hagel, Eis,
n.
hail,
nnn.
(iin3) (pers.)
m. Ziegenbock,
he-
gewalttatiger Mensch, rebel, outlaw.
Impf. 3
"p3 vb. Pe., 3*133, TfiaV
3
.
~\3 adj., d.
;
Pt. pass, sp.3
2
sf.
m.
p.
t*W3l3, T T 3 T]"l3
'
;
s.
draufien,
:
s.
s.
iP3 n.
p.
vb. Pa., Imp.
1 s.
kochen, seethe.
m.
c.
sf.
1
IDnn ?; 3 p. m. c. sf. 2s.m. Inf. D113 Pt. act. tnDTJ? IT IT :
:
:
'
'
IJ^IDO:
;
t^3
Pt. act. 2
1
*^):
T |T'
| n.
erheben,
s.
;
f.
co/-
furwahr,
of a
but,
m. Fleisch, meat, flesh. >!
s. f.
?ts(3
:
m.Bergraute, wildrue.
irs n.
segnen, eine
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.
3:pV
D"13,
\
1
sf.
c.
d.
Ben,<
1 s. TJ-13X,
s.
f.
aufierer, external.
:
truth.
'
\
X1V13, p.
aber,
:
s.
d.
m.
m.
3
;
f.
p.
3
p.
adj., s.
auBer, except. 1
t-mria: IT
Impf.
1
ns
external, field, peel.
;
m.
InJFDTQ; '
;
pro;
Inf.
JO3
auBenstehend, AuBenseite, on the outside,
m.
s.
sed usitatius Pa., Pf.
3
vortreff-
freies Feld,
[X:in3j(etym.?)n.m.,p.vrin3:
:
:
lich, excellent.
n.
1 p.
m.
s.
ing, benediction.
m. Lederriemen,
goat.
TJ13J
3
Nn-TD n. f., Knie, knee. d. xro~i3: p. Segen, blessv.
xrn3
c. sf.
\\
thong.
3
du.
f.,
ice.
XT"13 (gr.) n.
bless,
||
n.
^"DN: nahren, nurse.
XT13
Benediktion sprechen, say a benediction.
f.
Jungfrau,
v.
/ec^. I
3
s.
Af., Pf. 3
m. n33
IJ'SjB,
1.
;
s.
m.
c. sf.
Pt. act, 1 p.
= Pe.;
2.
ein-
97* kassieren lassen, order col- XBT3 (KB3) n. m., p.
^aJ.KIia: 2
333
n.
f.
n.
[xni3
.
3 p.
Rohr, tube.
f.],
p. *aa
:
ab-
geschnittenes Stiick, apiece cut off. 8
333. N333n.m.Flocken,/7ae. H33 vb. Af., Pt. 2 p. uvnaJD :
Pt. pass, ^"33
,
kneten, knead. 133 n. m., d. X133
3
s.
f.
Tragsessel, [13]
133
3
s.
f.
:
s.
f.
m.
^.133, p.
H133,
2
sf.
praep.,
tD^33,
m.
p.
innerhalb, in, within, in. 13? praep., sf. 3 s.
lift up.
erheben, ^>33 vb. Pe.
n33,
sf.
1
lected.
in, into.
|
m. H13V
\
:
130 praep. infolge, T 130 conj. of.
on account
\
sf.
;
1 s.
nnqa,
infolgedessen dafi, because. p.
adj.,
'34
||
Kirn:
d.
f.
innerer, inner.
O'laa: Mann, XT 13 n. m. Eunuch, eunuch. n. m., p. d. tx*7ll'3: wan, husband. XR1133 n. f., X?113 T -IT TT sf. 3 s. m. ~rn}33 junge Taube, pigeon. Macht, 2 p.
sf.
f.
||
|
:
X313 (3313) (pers.) n. m. Farbe,
power. 1
S"lJ
.
KH3
n.
m. Bockchen,
2
*Tl3vb.Af.,3s.m.c.sf. 3s.m. JTTIX: auswerfen, cast up.
*TJ3
.
X'lj
n.
m.
Geschick,
fortune.
ru
color.
S13 (xnj)
m
praep. wie, like. auf diese Weise,
113D
|
X313 Y]3
kid.
:
manner.
//'*
D13 vb. Pe., Pt. act. D'3 sein, &e bold. XBi3 n. m., sf. 3
dreist
m. HD13:
s.
Person
:
m. Wand, ftan^: of a wa//, Uferwand,
Korper ,
river, shore.
HB13
er
1D'D13
1R3X ihr selbst, yowr-
.
.
n.
JHJ3 n. m. Bande, band,
Wesen,
selbst,
Xin
himself.
*e/ve*.
troop.
U vb. Pe.,
,
body, person, essence.
Pt. act.
XiVt3: flechten, twine. r :r -T Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm.
1
s.
^3
adj.,
Xli*3
n.
f.
XS13: klein, small.
m.
=
hebr.
"13.
98*
x-ta
xrnra
n.
vb. denom.
"lia
f.
Itpa., 3
m. Tax: Pro-
s.
become a
werden,
selyt
proselyte.
1
^
xua T
treasure.
Schatz-
:
1
Pe.,
t^a;
2 p.
vax
s.
1?a
Xiaa (pers.) n. m. Schatz,
XW,
x"?a vb.
up.
m.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3
s.
3 p.
c.
s.
m.
m. rna, nna, m. ti-ta, sf. 3
aina, 3 p. 1
s.
f.
s.
:
\
impf.
m.
na, r m. ''pa: -T' p. !|T .
Pt.
act.
OT|:
vb. Pe.,
:
act.
Pt.
beschliefien,
anordnen, determine upon, II
xmTa: T :r :
BeschluB,
Dekret, decree. "jna
vb. Pe.,
vb.
,
un-
Pe.,
Pt.
pass.
pi.
m. iTT^a: mit Eis iiberzogen, covered with ice, congealed. n.
) *
m..
a^a: T
p. r
>
a certain small
Imp. ina:
X^a
sich
n.
:
fish. \
diirres
m., p. ^a:
dried grass.
Gras,
||
Mantel, cloak.
n.
f.
n.
m. Stein,
adj.,
beugen, ftow rfoww. XD^a n. m. Rauberschar, band
of robbers.
offenbaren
1
inp ?;
Inf.
p.m. nta: :rr
order.
".i^a;
x:^0;
Va .X^a n. m. Welle, wave.
drohen, threaten.
1P
Inf.
Name eines kleinen Fisches,
Stiick, piece.
Pe.,
X^a; Impf.
cover, reveal.
||
vb.
f.
s'.
ikin;
entblofien,
a
scheren, abschneiden, cut, cut off. X7>7a n. m., p. Dia
3
c. sf.
ana; m.
f.
p.
1 v^X geoffenbart werden, be revealed. Pa., Pf. 3 s.
Pt.pl.m. i^aD; Is.
1
\7'7a:
^ax,
2 p. m.
3 p. m. na ? (naV), Pt. act. ra, T'
\
s. f.
c. sf.
p.
vi^w; 2
sf.
into exile.
nung gehen, go Itpe., Pf. 3
77a
m.
machen, die Verban-
in
2.
reveal;
1
p.
t^n^a; Impf. Pt. pass. p.
;
7Ja vb. haus, treasury. denom. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. xraa: aufheben, store ||
1
^a;
offenbar
1.
:
s.
f.
d.
||
Xn^V^a klumpen:
in
formig, n.
II
stowtf.
xVaVa
lumps.
\\
m. Rad,
w^
n. m. Augapfel. (6a) -./ xn?a?i of the eye. V
:
\\
99* n. f.
id.
p.
:
'K^JB
1 x|a
oa [xmoa]
[xn^iO] (hebr.),
||
scroll.
Rolle,
n. m., p. ^>a:
Tiir,
door.
^a T
#-
d. Galilaer,
l'T
nqa:
p.
f.,
vb. Pe., Impf. 2
s.
m.
Pt.
s.
m.
Imp.
\ian;
m.
n.
n.
Kohle, coal.
^aa;
is.xa-oa: ^a, p.m. pa, T' * I-T' ia'a; T" T "IT Af., Pf. schlafen, sleep.
lean.
\
Va n. m., p.
1n^a: vbw n. m.
Mantel, cloak.
f.
1 p.
sf.
f.,
act. c.
Vt33
2 :
IDa-
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
Impf. 3
m.
s.
ItMO; Pt. pass. p. m. noa; i :
2
s.
nn^:
Inf.
3
s.
ten,
;
s. s.
Inf.
m. TB.a, xrpoa, T r :' :
2
s.
m.
c. sf.
1
s.
3 p. m.
c. sf.
1
p.
s. c. sf.
s.
sf. 1 s.
rpija'j&
s. f.
;
xraaD:
iaat?; i s.
beschamt
X^aaO: T
f.
be
hafilich sein,
werden,
ashamed, be ugly. 2ja. [xnnaa] n.
naa.
[X3a] n. m.,
3
sf.
f.,
Schwanz,
:
praep.
Ip.
,
s.
m.
tail.
3
sf.
nlOJK, n[1 m. nniDJN?: unterrich-
sf.
1
2
133_;
s.
s.
s.
m.
m.
m. '3a^;
^aV;
2 p. m. 133J(3); 3
8.
m.
1
'33, H'lia ?: bei, zu, with,
3i
to. |
Imper. p. m.
instruct.
m.
;
l^aax;
m.
lernen, learn.
s.
3
sf.
s.
:*
2
m.
3
i
sf.
;
zu Bett legen, put to bed. xaa vb. itpa., inf. tx'aao:' TT-
nrQJa
"loa
'
Af., Impf. 1
i:noj:
s.
c.
Pt.
J
o/ kindnesses.
DBa vb.Palp., Pt.act. stottern, stammer. 1-
s. f c. sf.
s.
:
vergelten, antun, requite, deal out, do. "jnon ^oa der Wohltaten erweist, a rfoer
3
Pt. p.
large.
Voa vb. Pe., Pt.
s. c. sf.
Inf.
||
XJVjVoa: groB,
d.
m. niva.ax 3 s. m. nrpa.ax
3
i
Imp. ^aax,
come/.
Kamel, adj.,
3 p. m.
c. sf.
account
praep. wegen, on T 3a conj.
of.
\
conj. obgleich, although. iaa
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.
m
Pt. act
UUaV; Imp. 2ia; p. m. '3a3: stelilen,
100*
1135
itpe. iaa ao
Pt. aaap I
:
= Pe.
:
,
vb. Pe.,
a
tf H Dieb, ^/. Anfiihrer von Dieben,
p. >3Ja :
1 a:
:
It., Pt.
\
Trap'
K-r^ana
('a,
KTaia
KM.
v.
vb.
Af,
Inf. VllaK
XJap; 2
s. f.
pass.
s. f.
s.
;
1.
ma
F
:
chamber. \
build
stellen,
the
bridal
n.
m.,
m. p.
Seite, side.
2
:
s.
c. sf.
m. Stumpf,
n.
in.
-
m
P-
-
>
^na
:
= nxc. 1
Dia
ein
.
K^ia ncna; p.
n. m., -"o-ja;
sf.
3
s.
m.
sf.
3
s.
m.
.
\
naK;
m. 'lann
:
p. d.
s.,
MaB, a measure
:
reizen, incite. p.
n
verursachen,, cause. Rebe, n. m., p. H'pia KTpna XJSJ ipy
Baumwolle, cotton. Kia vb. Pa., Impf. 2 '3
m.
kratzen,
\jstt:
Weinstock, vine.
^lari
water-
n'Dia: Knochen, &owe. 2 Dia vb. Pe., Pt. act. 013:
chamber.
P"f.
KTia
r-
.
pa vb. denom.
Pe., Pt. act. 2 p. ttfniaa: PIT das herBrautgemach
n.
s.
m. nnTia: :rr
Weber, weaver. "3 (pers.) n. m.
||
KDa
s.
\
XJ:J ('3) ner, gardener. n. m.: Brautgemach, bridal
.
m. Rauke,
n.
m.,
f.
Garten, garden. HK3a n. m., p. Gart'K|3
DDa
n.
turnip.
Riibe,
scratch.
:
XJDa
<:na:
p.
gr .)
vb. Pa., Pf. 2
3
1.
KMa(')D
p.Mao beschiitzen, protect. xn-ia n.
nehmen,
cress, rocket.
Pt. act.
DMao
(
'^a)
p. *!'?":
a
m.
Krug, pitcher.
:
:
Streit,
Pt. act. p.
ana (pers.) n. m.,
m. Tiaa:
s.
m.
captive.
chief of thieves.
rollen, roll.
n.
gefangen
|
vb., Impf. 3
Kian
\\
quarrel.
N33a n. m.,
||
s
'335
contend.
p. 'aaap Pa., Pt. act. p. m.
,
pass.
:
Elle,
CM&7. s.
m.
Itpa.,
Dia vb. Pe., ^DiaJ: :
Impf.
streiten,
Impf. 3 p. m.
b
p.
:
'
Pt.
act.
s.
m. Dia, -T'
m.'DT a studieren, study.
SDia
:
n. m.,
\
Studium, study.
sna
m
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
3
s.
m. nnyi
!
m.
s.
101* tf la
c. sf.
scheren, cwf
:
2
(the hair). 1
T13 vb. Pe., Impf. 3 c. sf. 3 s. m. Prn:u;
"nap
schleppen draw.
:
,
n.
a
^i
,
sf
i
arrow,
\\
-
m.
s.
Inf.
1 v
NT
:
1
s-
Hiaa
m.
ftraw.
'!*:
ltf-l n.
s.
n.
m.:
zermalmen, grind.
pron.
dem.
X3T n.
s.
:
Kleie,
Brucke,
Pf. 3
nB/t^a,
m.
s.
"^:
c.
be-
angeheftet, clinging.
f.
m.
=
^
s.
m. ninn, 3
m.
an.
Altar,
al-
tar. s.
''P.qns;
tx^nx- p t< prno:
m. 'inro'n ;
3 p. in:i31:
den Branch liaben, \
^m'^.
nano:
||
X'12'l
n.
taaVt?
n.
|j
wilderness.
||
Pa.,
leiten,
m. Feld, m. Wiiste,
XJiaiD
n.
Fiihrer, leader. 1
anhangen, ankleben, cleave,
p.
be accustomed.
Pt. act. p.
field.
vb. itpe., Pf. 1
s. c. sf.
fiihren,
lead,
nosn
3
Wort, Aus-
spruch, word, utterance. T vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf.
3
Bar,
:
(hebr.) n. m.,
1nnm:
m.
p.
Pt. act.
|
p.
m.
s.
Om.
n. m., p.
n.
1
m.
tasten,
X3-TH (176) n.m.(f.)
bear.
pri
3
this.
Fliege, fly. .
m., p. ntf-j
vb. Pe., sf.
cerned.
331
n.
bridge.
vb. Pe., Pt. act. JJjH : besorgt sein, be anxious, con-
>2
m. Siegel-
(pers.) n.
\
diese,
.
di-
,
adhere. Pa.,Pt.pass.p3np:
(9a)
^yi
scheiden
s
(pers.)
3
3n 1
:
F)t-U
ring, seal ring.
"1
-
s.
s. c.
f.^ntf-U; Pt. act.
s.
XJPJBtfa
Pfeilmacher, arrow-maker. vb. Pa., Pt. act. 2 p. Pfen 3D
2
vorce.
ziehen,
,
sf.
m.,
P- 'I 3
Pfeil,
(hebr.) vb. Pa., Pf. 1
sf.
'2 !
n.
m. Honig, honey.
m.
102* 1
m. Liigner, liar. K3!TT n. m. Gold, gold. ]m vb. Itpe., Imp. >T7X fett 73 ! n.
X"li1
T
n.
m. Dorf,
n.
m. Herberge, n. m. p.
:
werden, become d.
adj.,
fat.\\
,
[VH1]
Gastwirt, inn-keeper.
fett,
fat.
n. m.,
1 s.
1HX:
m. f.
pjn) vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf. 3 s. m. rPSH; 3
c. c.
sf.
3
s. s.
PinST: ein~
s. f.
Geschlecht,
X1T
n. m., p.
\\
Reihe, row. "vb. Pa., Pf. 3 p.
""TT: 2
pn (=
n !:
p.
generation.
^o on, continue.
fortfahren,
inn.
1
KJVPT:
vb. Pe., Impf.
in
village.
in m.
nnn;
Pt.
3
sf.
s.
act.
einholen, overtake.
:IT
stecken, thrust in. pn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. pT Pt. act. j?>n,
pn 1
pass.
;
s.
;
Af., Pt. act. p.
f.
sorgfaltig Xj?n, p. nJv.n betrachten , genau sein,
vb.
genauen
s.
f.
Pt. act. !?n^, p. fiirchten, fear.
genau erwiesen,
der
Impf. 2
Pe.,
observe carefully, be exact;
nach
m.
id.
-
Pt. pass,
m. Gabe,
(gr.) n.
vb. Pe., Imp. TPI: stofien,
vb. Pe., Inf.
Inter-
c. sf.
3
s.
m.
1
nip ?:
pretation iibereinstimmend mit, proved with exactness;
when 1-
correctly interpreted,
m vb. Pe.,
s.
TO XTT p.m. ni; T n r ;
:
i
XJin T :-IT Itpe.,
:
:
IT
Pt.
habitable.
3
s.
'
I
,
xnn T
:rr
nT
xnxn, T fT
"Hnp wohnbar, II
n. f.,
sf.
m. nnTJ: Hof, cowr^. ^3 Hiirde
,
s.
m.
c. sf.
einstecken,
:
r
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. sf.
3
m. Pttprm -
s.
'
-:
p.m. ''pm; pass. * .IT
:
s.
'
1
; '
c.
Pt. act.
m. PTH,
1
is.
'
wohnen
nxm
m.
-:
Pf. 1 p.
"h^Ti; m. t-inn; Inf. Pt. act. s. m. in, f.
Impf. 2
s.
thrust in.
agreement with.
in
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3
push.
stofien,
sheepfold.
jj
\\
!:
drangen, crowd, Xp^n push; Pt.pass. eng, straitenn. m. Geed. xpm (xpnn) v IT f.
||
:
\
'TTIIT'
drange, Bedrangnis, crowding, ,
distress.
T nota relationis (70),
103* v.
(71). T.
conj.
1
m. Staatsdiener (insbes.
! n. j
Steueremnehmer)
public
,
no
der
Herr jenes (Windes), Lord of that (wind).
the
DT
vb. Pe., Impf. 3
"JH
p.
n <S n
1
l
?.)
,
l
Im P-
?. ;
1JH
m.
:
Pt.
s.
m.
s-
m
-
richten, Pf.
Itpe.,
|
s.
3
p.
xnno: T T
f.
:
pass.
Pa., Impf. 3 p. m.
|
unV,
c.
Imp. Inf.
c.
1
sf.
||
1*7
m. a
s.
s.
s.
m.
p.
Gericht,
im
a Recht, rightfully. Gerichtshof, cowr J ofjustice. II
.~
n. m.,
a.
ter, judge.
KTUHO: TT
p.
i-
:
||
X:>TTT
:
KWHO
r
m.
s.
Inf.
IFTDTK;
SJIDI TT
\\
vb.
m.,
\
m.
1
i
Pt. act.
Pe.,
W'V^, 2
n^T;
s.
c.
1
s.
pass. p.
1
?!
draw,
schopfen, erheben, Itpe., Pf. 3 s.
:
lift.
\
heben, hoch
f.,
n.
1DT: Andenken, memorial.
n.
Bezirk,' district,
/waAre
erwahnen,
^"W
Pt.
;
be high. sf.
^n, FPT, 3
\
^p
:
sich er-
sein, be lifted,
Pa., Pf. 3
i p.
p.
m.
s.
IJ^T, 3 s. m. 3 s. f.
inr^n;
3 P- c
-
sf
-
3
m
8-
m. Sanfte,
JOT vb. Itpa.,
Pf. 3
s.
m.
erheben, wegnehmen,
abgetan sein, be gone. *y\
s.
3
denarius.
pSDH
i
sf.
erinnern,
Af., Pf. 2
\
m.
n. m., p.
n.
sich
t'jWtypt: remember.
sein,
Itpe., Pf. 2 p.
\
Rich-
province. TT
eingedenk
:
:
|
VI *r
XJT3T
mention.
ProzeB, Gesetz, court, law*OH3 adv. mit suit, law.
||
1
s.
remember.
sq.
n.m-, d
\
m.
s.
niD'lX?: erinnern, remind;
P
tXJ:n:
3
sf.
m. "^rDT, ^3'] ?; Pt. pass. p. m. ''TD'l, 1 s. 2
sf.
c.
m.
3
3
sf.
= Pe. sf.
3
sf.
^;
a.
f.,
Ort, Stelle, place. vb! Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. c.
no.
v.
in VI
n.
^"T
-H:
official (esp. tax-gatherer).
,'
that.
jener,
v.
(9/)
pron.
dem.
s.
M^,
m.
#A'd
tfr] n.
/z
deduct.
away, m. Hohe, height.
-
104* vb. Pe. 17]
Impf. 2
,
3
pV"T vb. Af., Pf.
3 p. p.
m.
s.
1j?^T.K
m.
m. pVlX.
s.
Pt. act.
;
l
KW
.
;
JnDT
XD1
tree.
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
"^pn
cn
s
:
^p
\
&#
gleich ?
Pf. 3
.
Itpe.,
\
der
in
:
erscheinen,
.
s.
m.
Pt.
CH
n. p. m., c.
iiTpn
Preis
:
\
s.
pass. p.
f.
.
.
vorstellen, liken, imagine.
'CH
sf.
;
.
\\
3 p.
n.
1^1
.
,
3
p.
'ytri
m.
et
n'"y_cn
pron. dem.
s.
pierce through.
x-n
in.
v.
vb. Pe., Pt. act. nn, 2 :
:
n.
I-
n.
m. Osten.
s.
tragen, carry.
m. Stufe,
Xi"! ! n.
m., p.
step. d.
Hefe, dregs.
pm
v.
XDin
n.
ppn.
m. Weg, way. m. XDi-H (hebr.) n. m. Suden, |
sn:no T
\
der, small children.
south.
this.
grind.
d.
npT vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. ITIpntJ?: durchbohren,
[XTl^]
s.
f.
:
1
schla-
:
tear.
(90)
dieser,
nn
f.
sf.
;
!!!
s.
(n.!"l;J)
m. 'aion
fend, sleeping.
Trane,
adj.,
i
adj., p.
Pt. pass.
xnpnp% p. m. t^p/pn (4A) "klein, small, ^/rn kleine Kinpnpn
price. i
;
pH: zermalmen,
equivalent,
,
p'l
:
3
c. sf.
vergleichen, als
:
m, Korb, basket. m. Bart, beard.
n.
a/ a// like (the ppT vb. Pe., Imp.
.
m. PPB1;
Brett, board.
m. Dattelpalme, palm-
n.
n.
denn XJpT
in the likeness of.
appear
"J^plp
es
ist
:
WX
Pa.,
p.
>Ctt,
.
gleich sein,
case mentioned}? Pf. 3 s. m. Gestalt von
ppi.
yn\ XBT n. m.
pT
:
be like.
FaB,
v.
DT (136) n. m., d. HOT; sf. 2 s. m. Blut, blood. Sjtf] f.
:
m. Portion,
(pers.) n.
v.
anzunden,
##Af, kindle.
m. 1D1,
^n
p.
p^m,
p7"jp:
n. m.,
wine -jar.
spinnen, spin.
:
D~nvb. denom. Af.,
Imp. p. 1BTT
;
Inf. 'Ol
105* sich sudwarts
wenden, turn
nen), deliver in public (in
towards the south. n.
(gr.)
general).
m. Drache,
desVortrages,Schule,se#00/. . Xtth n. m. (f.?): Tiir,
dragon. vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3
s.
f.
atf Tl
;
s.
p.
m.
m.
c. sf.
tf
m
Tor, door, gate. vb. Af.,
;
Impf. 2 p.t-j^'-inn: 1. den
2.
:
rendes Weib, menstruating
text;
Scriptural
m.
s.
:
JntP'n-
T T
3
Pf.
schweigen, &0 silent. n. f. menstruie(pers.) \*
B^X
Schrifttext erklaren, inter-
pret the
xtfTTB'a: Haus
\\
woman.
vortragen (im allgemein
n
part, interr.
= nonne.
XH
(9c)
= num.
X?n |
XHH
.
X^nna adv. ausdruckexplicitly.
lich,
dem.
pron.
diese, this;
s.
f.
im neutrischen
m
(9<*) pron. dem.
dieser,
Sinne (in a neuter sense}: Tin vb. Pe., Pf. 1 t'l^nnn, -j-iin ; 2 dieses, this. NH, "il interj. \\
XHT
conj.
s.
v.
1
"XH (9/") pron. dem. jener,
X72H
n.
s.
m.
that.
m. Hauch, Dampf,
n.
m. Finsternis, dark-
ness.
xnn
(9ffl)
m.
diese, this.
*nn v. 'nnx. nn v. 'inx.
s.
f.
;
;
"nn, T'
mn
:rr
mn, -T'
1 s.
; '
xiin, T;IT'
f.
XJTtn T -rr
:
zu-
:
mind;
sq.
V umringen,
"Tin adv. wieder-
encircle. \
um, again. pron. dem.
1
1
riickkehren, return; sq. 3 seinen Sinn andern, change one's
breath, vapor.
Xinn
p.
;
ITIX; 3 p. m. inn ? inf. inno ? s.
Pt.' act.
Try.
xjiin,
m. n"jin
'
nnn ?,
weil, because.
x:ixn TT -rr
1
Impf.
t
p.
||
siehe, behold.
m.
s.
this.
"h^TV!:
\
Pa., Pf. 1 p.
zuriickerstatten,
restore: \
Af.,
1 s.
3 p. m. InjrnTlK m. n^nx ; 3 s. m. sf.
nnnK, ;
2
s.
1T|,
106*
NTOK
f.
3 p. m.
;
m. iHJn
c. sf.
Impf. 3
;
HTTP
m. 3
m. 1nj;
p.
m.
3
sf.
"IT&," ~>TU, "nnV,
3
s.
s.
;
IT
sein,
K3TOO:
how
n.
WJTT9B
er,
he;
was
:
whatever
it
sie, s/ze.
nur
es
may
be. \\
||
T
I
geht
in :
IT '
s.
^Dsp 'T ihm?
IT
es
T *nj \
nin
at all events.
falls,
\
c. Pt. cf.
dem. jener, jene, that. Nin m., 8 VI f. (8fc) pron. s.
I
:
2
?/".
xni~nD \\
m. Bettler, beggar. m., N\nn f. (9/") pron.
pers. 3
IT
conj. wenn auch, evew Nn^p, nrrp, m^p adv. jeden-
erwidern, betteln,
restore, reply, beg.
fre.
')ji,
Wn
f.
1in, T'
he faring ?
is
11,1;
m.
p. in^n; r rr '
'
wie
V:
zuriickerstatten, wiederherstellen,
xnn, T
s.
;
Is.
TOO;
Pt. act.
m.
:
1
;
p.
>\n,
Pt. act. s.
;
" X'in';"p. r T IT
f.
Imp. s. m. c. sf. 'H'TOX inf. ninnx
s. f.
Imp.
Inf. \ino
5Sg.
m.
n.
Palmblattchen, spalhe of a palm. n.
[Knom]
f. ,
p. ''Oin
:
eine
ist,
gewisse Dornart, a species
HD
of thorns.
=
adv. nur so, zwecklos, only 1)n pers. hazar 1000. HD2 adv. T! (^ c ) pron. dem. s. m. dieso, without aim. \
um nichts, for nothing. H30 conj. da, since.
ser,
\\
^n
this.
pron. interr. wel-
(llc)
cher? which?
Dromedar, dromedary. nin vb. Pe., Pf. i s. t'n'in, i
[xn;pn]
rn
p.
,
(^n)
:
eine
gewisse Dornart, a species
tiwin, t^in, of thorns. 3s.f. XDVl wo? where? adv. m.t^n^ri; T 3 p. m. tnin, xni, ^_n N3V1Q: woher? whence? t Impf. 2 s. 11511 8 p^ f. IJin 1 SD\1 where. in;
p.
V.!n; 2 p.
5
\
\
r-
;
conj.
'
f-
f
r.V;
m.
nn;
2 p. m.
linn;
2
s.
'D VI
wo,
adv. wie ? TJOW ?
s |
1
p. 'inl;
it
3
s.
w
;
s.
f.
conj.
that. typ >in, v. xnn 3 "p. pvi '\nn,
m. tvirn, 3
T
damit,
?
;
IDX.
in
^n
3
order
107* irn m., *rn
f.
(9rf): das
I^HO
Nutzen
:
benefit.
(9/) pron. dem.
T]H *
ist,
&.
?Y
s. f.
jene,
3
s.
\\
KiVJn
bringen, n.
nn^n: ":rr-:
f.
f.,
sf.
Nutzen,
benefit.
ion adv. T T
hier, /tere.
I
JOiiO
:
T T r
I
von '3n T
of
capable
jene,
-T
dessen und dessen,
and
this
pi.
'3n 13: -
I I
fahig
i^jn n. m. indisch, Hindoo.
i (9/) pron. dem.
hier, hence. adv. so. so.
pVn (9fl) pron. dem. pi.
that.
diese,
^n (9c)
pron. dem.
pi. diese,
tifef*.
TJJH
pron. dem.
(9/)
pi.
jene,
these. "J^n vb. Pe.,
go.
^
Imp.
gehen, Pa., Pt. act. ^>nO:
|
wandeln, wa/yt.
:
CJBX) vb. Pe., Pf. i
SX; Impf. 2
Xro^rin.f.
||
s.
m.
s.
T]b>p;
Brauch, Rechtssatz, Rechts-
Imp. ^E>n,
entscheidung, custom, law,
sich besciiaftigen mit, ^wrn,
legal utterance,
legal
de-
X^n T
n.
.
"hhrc Festm., p. JT Hochzeit feast, , 7
lichkeit
,
wedding
^
*!?^n
^n
..
feast.
:
Pf. 2
s. ^.nrj**.
enjoy
Af., Pf. 1
2
s.
rvj.nx act.
'n
s.
Impf. 1
Pt.
nxns "
s.
;
3
:
s.
genieBen, s.
s
JnN;
m. *;nx
m. 'Jno,
p.
;
f.
Itpe.,
:
.
verwandeln, turn about, be changed. v.
vb.
1
"irnn:
n^nnx;
\
s.
,
sn m.
113118.
H vb. itpe.,
\
'3,
wenden,
m. ?]BnnK; 3p.m. tiDBnrN sich wenden, sich ...
id.
(hebr.) n.
= Ps.
^n
\
t]SN;:
oneself with.
i^y Pf. 3
cision.
T
x*rspn v.
JDin
ipD. Palp., Pf. 3
s.
m.
nachdenken, muse.
(pers.)
n.
m. Dekret,
decree. T
-
n.
m. Gericht von zer-
:
schnittenen Fischen, fish-
hash.
108*
1
conj. und, aber; and, but.
"!1
^ interj. wehe, woe. -kl v. 1^.
vyi
n.
m.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
137
'3 s. f.
m.
N^Tn
s.
s.
P1J37
Impf.
;
'
Imp. 137, 137.oV; Pt. act.
kaufen, buy. 3 s. m. ':.37_ ;
3
c. sf.
2
p.
3
s.
xml37 T
m., '
n.
Wespe,
:
f.,
!
;
ni37
p.
wflw??. :
||
Inf.
m.
c. sf.
p.
3
s.
^70: Becher,
<^jt?.
"im vb. Itpe., Impf. 3
137:
Pa., Pf. 1
\
n.
\\
m. Kaufer, buyer.
m. ^7 vb. Pe., Pt. pass. i7, iM m. S37O n. m., klar, c/ear.
13]; s.
n.
sf.
J3T,
s.
s.
Kauf, purchase.
:
m.
3
;
\
rose-bush.
arvj37 (nn\J37);' 2
m. FU37
n.
Spaten,
(f.)
m. Rose, rose. m. Rosenstrauch,
(pers.) n.
s.
t-mr;
inf.
f.
sichtig
sein,
take care. \\
Af., Pf.
inrnn
warn, admonish.
U37
!)Fnn7X
Imp. IST, p. Inf.' c.'sf. 3 s. m. FUf3|V, f. a^iai ?, p. m. in:ji3iV, ;
;
S17. xn^l T
7
:
n.
'IT
m.
vor-
nin^sV:
n:37, 3 p. m. 1njJ3T; Impf. 2 s. m. 137_n; 3 p.c.sf. 3 p.
1
s.
s. c. sf.
2
s.
m.
verwarnen, foref.
Winkel, corner.
1
VpJtai; Pt. act. 1 S. f.' nJ370 1370. '
p.
;-
T
:r-~
2
'
:'
Impf. 3 p. i;^3^70, 2
s. c. sf.
n.
p.
U3^. s.
m.
T
:
nn3370: verkaufen, Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. ;
2
sf.
\Pril,
n. m., p.
Paar, pair.
Reiset-|H77: T I
kost, provision for
p
s. f.
P-
:
ajourney;
^l^. Sterbekleid,*AroMrf.
X717 n. m?,' p. \^7, sf. 1 s.
sell.
13"1TK;
Pt. 1 p.
W
:
Silb erdenar , *z7i;er denarius ; p. Geld,
money.
2
s.
m.
vb. It., Pf. 3 s.m. lt?i7S; klein Pt. s. f.
sf.
2
p.
werden, erscheinen, be or
ruiplTp: pass. ,
717 TT
:
: "
I
n. m., p. I\5i7,
m.
s.
f.
|
iOUi^D:
J"
109*
lit
seem small.
adj.,
d.
N1B17,
d.
"IDil \\
f.
Xtti7;
verachtlich
||
;
an Wert verlieren, value.
s
Pt. act. 1
Pf.
:-
f.,
p.
c.
sf.
Nasenloch,
falschen,i falsify. ' I y
\\ if
= IBM = X:BM
T T:"
T:-
Xn\7 n.
f.
3
s.
m.
nostril.
XSM
:
olive,
vb. Pe.,
Fal-
sf.
keit,
pi
\\
s.
m.
m.
c.
Pt. act.
sf. m. 1070; XJB7D, T .3 s. m. nriJt37_p pass. s. m. f.'
..-
.
j
:
i
;
1 einladen, invite; her eiten, prepare. Itpa.,
1JD70: 2.
\
1
Xri37,
Tjni37
ein-
vor-
:
s. f. c.
,
t
Iinpf.
||
s.
s.
s.
3i
;
Pf. 3
c. sf.
m.
\
Zeit, :
:
;
fen,
s.
-:
m. ^tt| 3 3 s. m. anJE>7
2
be worthy ; 2. uberwinden, 2
|
1 s. 1PU8.1; 3 s.
c. sf. sf.
olive-tree.
:
Xin XJ07 T T n:p7 X?2
prematurely. vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2
Pt. act. ^37: 1. wiirdig sein,
conquer.
ivjert,
zeitig,
XD'7 n. TT" :
:7
t
mal, once.
m. Wind, wind. m., p. tjonv: Olive,
Olbaum,
sf.
:
xrj1?M n. f.Geringschatzung,
s.
scher, falsifier. n.
;
ge-
3
vb. Pe., Pt. pass. d.
XM
KJ^7B: T :r
s.
ringschatzen, esteem lightly, treat contemptuously.
strahlend, bright.
adj.
XBM. n. rPBM:
m.
lose in
Palp., Inf. tyhfi>
|
KJHSrnx: beben, quake. contempt. XJ17 pa) (pers.) n. m. Zoll- XJ07 n. m., p. Mai, ^'/we. haus, customs house.
*p
\
||
vb. Itpalp.,
IJTIM
be
sein,
Speise,
food.
jm
von ge-
,
Impf. 3 p. m. far\h:
Ittaf.,
|
2 p. m. i3'Ji7D:
sein
f.
worthless, be of little value.
Itpe., Impf. 3 p. XJJ7Q n. m., WFti: pass. sf. 3 s. m. a:l7B p. V}1lB, sf.
f.
s.
Werte
ringem
pi vb. Pe., Inf. 1)0; Pt. act. Is. S3 '7 V(XJP7): ernahren, T :r'T' Trr feed.
s.
Pt. pass.
xh;
m. nt3i7J nsn, wa#. l^ltSiT: klein, p.
1 p.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
7
:
c.
rnD7;
Gerechtig-
righteousness.
m.
s. f.
X:t?n7X
occur. s.
c. sf.
c. sf.
laden,
3
sich tref-
Af., Pf.
\
3
:
m. nnJD7K
2
s.
m.
s.
f.
txnun'ix:
invite.
Tj:t57X
1 s.
3
;
;
s.
3 p. ein-
110* "IBl
-rat
vb. Pe., Pt. act. "ID]
gen, sing. music. X:T
||
sin-
2
ppT
~!1 n. m. Musik,
n. m.,
(13&)
:
p. 'il:
Inf.
Art,
^arfctf.
m. Buhle,
n.
'41
whore-
(pers.)
m. Kerker-
n.
f.
XTV?
:
//.
klein,
ppi'vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. niSpT: aufhangen,
hang, crucify. XS^pT n. m. Kreuz, cross.
pfahlen
*pp7
.
,
n.
Xj?7
m.
||
Schlauch,
wine -skin.
xrvnn T IT
f.,'
p. *
xivan TT IT
xnn^an T
n.
:
Liebe,
f.
I-
schlagen,
,
Imp.
n.
an
m. Strick,
X'^Un T -.
,
n.
-:
n sq."?^
p.
klopfen,
XtaanD
n.
old.
Kj?i.ri'[n.m. Schlauch, wine-skin.
yn vb. Pe.,
Impf. 2 a.m.
saen, *ow. pi! vb. Itpe.,
pTMN.
,
13n
man
:
rope.
m.
s:
sprinkled.
2
n. m., sf.
einer
s.
m. Tjian
nian^
\
;
"tn:
zum andern, one
other.
||
m. Schlagen,
3
gesprengt
:
p.d.txnan, sf. 2 s.m.Tjnan; 3 s. m. n^ian: Genosse,
the
beat.
Pf.
p"l;iX 6
companion.
affection.
vb. Pe.
s. f. P
werden, grow
aufspringen, leap forth. V1T adj. riistig, strenuous.
:
Weinfafi, wine- cask.
wan
vb. Af., Pf. 3 alt
werden,
n.
obligate one-
Ipl vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 p.
m, Sturm, storm.
u.
TVT adj.,
s.
sich
self.
pi
meister, jailer.
xsyt
p.
,
Pt. act. 1
'pip^X;
verpflichten ,
monger. XjPJ'lJT
m.
n.
XJp^Tt?, Ip.irRf^TO:
xrTJl T 'IT n.f.Hure,
.
Xj?7
Funke, spark.
kind. XJ7
.
||
xnmn
n.
to f.
Freundschaft, Geselligkeit,
||
Wucher, usury. y
interj. wehe, woe.
companionship, familiarity. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 pi. c. sf.
3
s.
m. niB^n
in prison.
:
fesseln,
put
111
m.
n.
(pt. pass. d.
nn.
p.
,
Reigen, dance. Xian n. m. lahm, lame.
KBin
p^no
f.
Pt.
wetzen,
:
whet; Pt. pass, scharfsinnig, sagacious, keen.
kiihn,
3
vb. Pe., Impf. V
tnrp, Inf.
iin
i 1
7. 2.
?.;
Im P-
m.
H"; m.
Pt. act. p.
XTO";
xnn
m. Freude
n.
[xrinn],
n.
f.,
^n
:
Schau-
m. Schlange, snake.
n.
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
pri
lachen, laugh. s.
m. J]n;
act.
||
3
joy.
,
^n,
m.
s.
p.
2
Pf.
:
-:
IT
<3ln
'3nq:
:
Pt.
id. |
m. rD'HK Impf. 2 p. m.
s.
TJ^nK
;
;
3lriK; Pt. act.
Inf.
Fj;
p.
nD^n:
Pa., Pf. 3
\
Inf.
^HO, ,
||
nnn:
c.
p.
faden, fringes.
Win
Af.
sich freuen, rejoice.
:
p.
i s. KJD^n, 2 s. <3'n, r ir T' :IT'
s.
8 -f-
m.,
t^pin,
p.
Faden, thread;
Tin vb. Pa., Imp. Tin; pass. p.
n.
(ass.)
Stadt, town.
n. m.,
\\
id.
Pa.)
N]ino
\lino:
id.
vrn
d.
adj.,
xran;
xmn, Tnn, T -:'
j'
p. f.d. f
neu, new. Kin vb. Af., Pf. 3
Pt.
act. s.
lino
:
m. *inD,
p.
m.
sq. "V^,
verpflichten
3
Itpa., Pf.
obli-
,
s.
m.
3'nx 3'nnx, scliuldig ber funden werden, be found :
f
'
V3in;
Schuld,
xrain
n.
j|
sf.
3
nomen
s.
f.
unitatis.
Din vbT Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. on ; Impf. 3 p. m. \Drh ; Pt. act.
Imp.
auzeigen, inform on. 3in vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. m.
guilty.
m. Gelachter, laughter. n. m. Sand, ^antf.
||
I
m.
s.
zeigen, show;
:
n.
f.
1 s. ''inx;
Impf.
d.
f.
xnmn: ~ T T
f.
,
p.
n^3in:
D'n schonen, Mitieid haben, :
spare, have pity.
nn
vb. Pa.,
Pt. act. p.
m.
'"TinD: reinigen, c/
tige
XnTin:
d.
f.
Meinung,
opinion. s.
d.
f.
d.
Km
\\
nnadj.,
d.
Xl^n;
xn-nn, 'nn^n, p. weiB white. in :
n.
f. II
,
T TIT
xm^n T
die rich-
the correct
f.
:rr
white flour.
weiGes Mehl,
son
112* vb. Pe., Pf. 1
s.
et
T
3 zu Dank ver;
oblige.
pflichten,
eine p. "HTn i^rnn, 3 s. m. nnnn, 3 p. Xrnin n. f. m. injiTin; ip. tp_ifn, ]in, Dornart, a species of thorns. :
,
2s. m.
sf.
3 p. ~
injin. :- -:'
m. nTmi, sf. i m. nn vtn 3
M::ITJ*n
;
-
nn,
sf.
m.'iin,
XT7PI n.m., p. 'Tin: Schwein, swine.
s.
an vb. Pe., Impf. 2
s.
m.
3
c. sf.
s. f.
s.
sf.
m. 3
s.
m.
p.
tnm,
nrpiii; 3 p. m. J-j^m, 3
vb. ton
i\n
!
p.
?;
m.
,
m.
iin
Pt. act.
iin s.
\7nD
Pt.
;
3
:
'
'
:
:
pjrix
:
halten,
'DUn;
HDDn;
Inf. P|l3np: fort-
X'1t3n
n.m. Stab, Rute,
rod.\\
stick.
; '
Inf.
nen, appear. pin (hebr.) vb. Af., Impf. s.
s.
s. f.
2
XI tin n.m.Hiirde, sheepfold. erschei- x>n Vb. Pe., Pf. i s. tjrn, w f. 3 2 s. m.
ItriRFJ;
"iinnx tnxinnx, - r -rt r -;
-:
3
Xlbno n. m. Zuchtigung mit dem Stock, beating with a
m. 'mnr
c. sf.
take by force. 1
\
Impf. 2 p. m.
m.
reiBen, rauben,snafc^ away,
Af., sehen, &e seen, look. Imp. i.ns zeigen, *Aow. Ittaf., Perf. 3 s.
s.
\
id.
m. Nadel, needle.
Imp. ^Bn;
vnno
gesehen werden, aus-
:
n.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
m.
:
||
Xtsno
Tin,
Bttno
Pt. act.
Pa.,
1 p. s.
Pa., Pt. act.
\
tt'nO: ausgraben, dig out.
\
m. nnns
m. aus-
out, dig out.
sehen, see; sq. a beItpe., trachten, look at. s.
:
s.
^ri:
Pf. 3
s.
UUnT
i
Inf.
ri'jn; pass.
Pe.,
Pt. act. tt'n, T'
hohlen, ausgraben, hollow
m.
s.
3
Pf.
f.
;
1 s. IWTin,
;
"jj^n, 2
p.
;
sin.
Sunde,
p.
Tinx; 2 p. m.(i)itnn; imp.
\m
sundigen, 3 s. m. rrxtin
sttin):
x;m,'
m. inaiin (injm), 3 'rmn i. iTJltnj impf. m.
m.
n. m., p. c. sf.
m^n
p.
s.
s.
HXttn
sin.
'tsnrt:
s.
\\
3 3
:
mi.
2
: '
p. i;n;m, 3 s.
m. rnn, 'f. rmn,
0!);
3 p.
SJJTtn, f.
AoW;
.n
1
sq.
nn
;
Pt. act. ".n, i
tln
;
2
n^n
s.
:
p.
;
s.
x:^n,
leben, genesen,
113* live,
become
3
m.
Inf.
Af., Pf.
m. HTIN
s.
Pt. act.
s.
.
2 ;
m.
tVVl) "n n. p. m., m. t]n: Leben,
||
2
s.
"n*?
and good.
||
lebendig, /jwngr.
||
7?n. J
verborgene Schatze, hidden treasures. p.
3
wohlauf, we// Ti adj., d. N*H:
|
^Vn vb. Pa.,
XJTITI n.
m.
p.
nn n.f. (=syr.hetta,y-inx?)
id.
|-
xnODH T T :
n.
f.
:
-;
Weis-
:
l
wisdom.
DPI vb. Pe., Pf.
1
c.
sf.
rtD^n solid.
vb.,
Pt. 'Vn:
bekum-
n.f.,
:
n. m. Milch, milk. vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m.
nV
Pa., mischen, mix. 3 s. m. Impf. B^ni, id. Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talni. :
\
:
s.
f.
werden, become n.
m.,
1'p.
l^n;
p.
t^oVn,
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.
p.xn^n: TT T
Glied, Stiick, portion.
3?n
fest
3
1
s.
f.
3
s.
f.
^n;
n^ri; Traum, dream.
mert, moved.
^n]
:
8O^n
'Dl; SiiBigkeit, sweetness.
-:
anfangen, begin. vb. Pe., Pf.
give in rent.
m.
:
; '
:
nhn
nlJISH: verpachten,
p.
-1
l!
D'3n adj., 2 p. in'B'Sn: weise,
n.
;
p.
||
\
s. f.
a|^fW
s. f.
1
n. m., sf. 1 s. ^Tl, 2 s. m. ^TI: Kraft, strength. xV>n ':a Soldaten, soldiers.
3
3
m. V.Vno, ^no, Ittaf., Impf. 3 s. m.
|
S^n
|| "
c. sf.
act.
^nw, ^nn ? (^nnV); Pt. s. m. ^nno, s. m. xVnno, T pass. hebr.] ?nn [H?nn T vb. denom. Af., Inf. ?i nn ^5 Pt. s. f. xVnnD- i p. pinno~ T
Sack, sac.
heit,
:
|
Pt.
ww
^no
Pt. act. p.
entweihen, desecrate. Af., Pf. 3 p. m. ^HK ; Impf. 2
Tier, animal.
p. xnjTi.:
f.,
Xn n. m. Essig, vinegar. :
wieder beleben, re-
vive.
//
3
c. sf.
\yiPIK;
"flO:
sf.
well. \
s.
c. sf.
3
m. Pnefyl Impf. 2 s. m. p^rin; 3s.m. s]!?n^, ^nV; s.
;
Pt. act. s.m. I
Vn. T'
f.
HE^ri; T IT :
'
pass, ^v.n: voriibergehen, pass by; Pt. pass, verwechselt,
changed.
\
Itpe., Pf. 8
114' 3
m.
s.
Pt. *]!?nx: -. r 7 .
I
._.
I
werden
verwechselt
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
- .. *]WlB:
be
,
Pa., Inf. c. sf. changed. 3 p. f. VtJBiVn umtauschen,
Inf.
Dnp
:
the place of.
m.
n.
praep. an-
*)?n
\\
in
statt,
'D?n
p.
,
Dornart, a species of thorns. Ni^n, NgVn n. m. Anteil,
werden,
become
Je,
|
3
s.
;
faint.
\
m. ts6n, Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. m. nPtS^TJ: schwach
Itpe., Pf. 3 id.
xi^n
schwach sein,
Pt. act. t^'Vn:
s.
machen, weaken. Af., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nnt&6nx. \
\\
:
-;
weakness.
p.
(13c)
m. niBn:
\\
||
2
s.
m.
adj.,
m.,
3
sf.
n.
||
^]rjDn:
3
f.
s. c.
sehen, see.
\
Ese-
f.
-;
(13) n. m. Esel-
xnon
3
;
s.
;
sf.
m. n*lpn
:
\\
f.,
Schwieger-
Itpe., Pf. 3 p.
f.
ts^on, :
n.'
ts^ts
"'"nitrv.
15.
'^(^on
^'bn
m., p.
.
v.
s.
3 s.m.
pass.
1
m. ^lOn
ton r
3 s.m. n
s. f. c. sf.
n.
IT -:
X TiDn~3Ji(Sel. T
Wein, wine. XTpn n. m. Sauerteig, fermented dough. n. m. et f. 5.
:
:
.
4-.
J
on.
xn^n T
Schwiegervater,
xnon
:
n. m., d.
W^n
n.
-I '
r- -: ,-'
mutter, mother-in-law. xon vb. Pe., Pf. i s.
Impf. 1
s.
d.XIDn; T T
ass-driver.
treiber,
ion. ion
no
father-in-law.
2
xniDn T
\
X1n
ass.
etf.,
Esel, Eselin, he-,
:
lin, s/ie~ass.
Xt$?n: schwach, weak.
sf.
'iDn
TD(')&n,
II
[an]
ion n.m. T
.
m. Schwache,
Xt!r?n n.
id.
be
,
DnD:
erwarmen, warm up. D">pn m. d. ^DH: warm, warm.
I
s. f.
sein
Af., Pt. act.
\
she-ass.
portion.
ts6n vb. Pe., Pf. 3
warm
:
IT
warm.
;
DXn, Dn,
adj., p.
eine
:
Pt. act.
;
XB'n T:
s. f.
\\
change.
m. Dn
s.
,..
n.
p. "pan: 'T IT
f.,
rr
Ge-
:
wolbe, Kaufladen, vaulted ns:i:n room,7 store. H nxun. TT IT !T II
;
7
TT1T
:
m. Kramer, shop-keeper.
n. .
[xntsnj
n.
f. ,
p. 'tsn
:
Weizen, wheat.
pn vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. XWnx: um Erbarmen flehen, plicate.
-pn in vb. Pa., Pf. 1
s.
m. 'Bin:
n. m., p. t "pT.pn
Huld, favor;
p.
:
Gnade,
Besitz
ergreifen,
occupy. ?n vb. Pe., Mangel haben, be lacking. Pa., Inf. '"lion; \
m. ")pn, f. fehlen Xlpnp lassen, cause s.
:
vb. Pe.,
s.
m.
:
:
f.
schwarzer Kafer,
ran 'vb. Pe., Impf. 2
s.
m.
[sn^no]
adj. frech,
XBUn
n.
n.
f.
"!
p.
,
werden
zerstort werden, become deserted, destroyed. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. ,
be,
|
m. PIFOinT
s.
r-
:
zerstoren,
Impf.
: '
Inf.
^irh: IT
destroy.
:nn, r
2
7
-:
K3T1
\\
:
Af.,
3 s. m. nainx
1 s. c. sf.
Pt. act.
s.
;
rains, r :
7
:
m. Schaden,
n.
injury. n. m. Senf, mustard. Blri'vb. Itpa., Impf. 2 s. m. beunnnn: - T - T Imp. tnnx:
K3nn
i-
3
s.
m.
\\
p'pn
TltnO; T '
:
s.
f.
anbrennen, burn. Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 p. :
iroo-in
impudent.
Pt. pass,
'
:
reuen, regret.
Pa.,
m. Frechheit, im-
vb. Pe.,
m. ninV,
wiiste sein, verwiistet
:
vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
pudence. HtjVpn n. m. Bauer, rustic.
ppn
p. "Main.,
s.
s
3 n?
ernten, reap.
jTtnD: Matte, mat. n. m. Axt, axe. in
Schwert,
X^Tin
xaisn n. m., p.
.
Impf. 3
;
||
blackbeetle.
znF):
inn
id.
grass. NPtP'sn n.
#r
^-in:
p.
..
Pt. act.
f. KDTl abreiben, rub. T IT In. m. junges Gras, young
'n, T7
caroft
nn vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3
be wanting.
to
Johannisbrot-
IT
baum, ain n.,
Impf. 3 p. m.
jn vb. Af.,
Pt. pass.
m.
n.
T
Wohltaten,
acts of kindness.
t'pjp.T:
en-
,
grave.
schmeicheln, flatter.
ipn
engraveren
: .
'
i.
irmrin;
!jTim,
^in?
pass. r
p.
;
f.
Impf. Pt. act.
13ino: T '
:
IT
:
versengen, sw^tf, scorch. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. in. ^inx; \
Inf. ^.I'lnx,
pass. .
b*
116*
51
ppn adj., s.
.
xns vjn
a.
f.
^'nx
m. Scharfe, etwas Schar-
dark.
keennees,
fes,
sharp 2
*pn
\\
something
NSnn
:
sein, #e early.
n. m., p.
snn
Graben,
:
:
in
nn nn
m.
adj., p.
frei, free.
:
;
p.
f.
n.
f.
\
Freiheit, freedom. 2
Tin
Kin
.
n.
vb. Pe.,
sein, be late.
Impf. 3
x:inj>n
f.
#0te.
;
;
m.
s.
Pt. pass.
p. d.
^yn
;
1
s.
xjantfi. i p. -.7 T
2
s.
RD^Pl: rechnen, ach-
:
p^^'n, ,.
,
ten, count, esteem. Pt. act. p.
nen, plan. * '
p. c. sf.
3
s.
-.7
Pa.,
\
m.tT3B|nD: plan. f., " sn3t^no T II
-
:
|"
m. Pin3B(no Ge:
danken, Plan, thought, plan. Pe., Pa., Pf. 2
T
-:
||
adj.,
tjlt^'n
tx^'n: T -
'
i
-
:
dark, poor.
finster, elend,
||
m. Finsternis, dark-
vb., Pe., Pf. 1
^n
i p.
s.
prm'n, -..--. I
3
;
m.
c.
7
verdachtigen, suspect.
1
act.
s.
m.
p.
s.
;
1 p.
^.n,
3
tS^'n
s. f.
tfm; Pt.
p^n:
besorgt sein,
leiden,
suffer pain,
care. -]nn vb. Pe., Pf. sf.
3 p.
f.
3 _
m.
s.
MJDnn .... r
:
c.
schnei-
:
den, cut. onn vb. Pe., Imp. p. io n n_; Pt. act. 1
m.
s.
l^pnn;
pass.
2 p. in^D^nn: subunterzeichnen sign
p.
'tyn.ni;
,
,
scribe; schliefien, close.
xjnn T :
sf.
||
KDltfn; p. d. T -;
NDit^'n n.
late.
p.m. 13^'nS: spat
tnt^n; Impf.
m. Loch,
inf. atf no
t6, 'n,
l^no
m. "Ot^nO, pass, dunkel machen,
:
ness.
cision. .
f.
spat sein, darken, be
d.
pin vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. p^nh einschneiden, make an in-
xrnn
\
werden, grow Pa.Jmp.p.m. ID^.n;
Af., Imp.
ditch.
"nn
m.
s.
finster
:
Pt. act. p. p.
(bitter).
vb. Af.,Imp. p. m. lB"in
frtih
l
vb. Itpe., Pf. 3
:
:
XBin
scharf, sharp, keen. n.
in
n. m.,7 r p.
^nn, ... -7 xnnnn: TTIT :
Brautigam, Schwiegersohn, bridegroom, son-in-law.
11
PQB vb.
Pe., Pt. act. 2 foV/.
schlachten,
s. II
nnaB XFQB T T -
m. Schlachter, butcher.
n.
n.
X;::B
m., p. 'qtt
Gazelle,
:
antelope.
hlU vb. Pe., Imp.
N?aB
n.
p.
l^aB:
1
NjyaB,
Pt.
p.
act.
1
deal
well.
atD
KM
s.
f.
n.
m.
;
||
s.
adj.,
Pa.,
happy
he,
viel,
sehr,
;
n3ltD
U'tD n.
heil
dem,
who.
xaiu adv.
much,
d.
f.,
||
m. ^nia^ti
very.
Hrna'D
Wobl-
deep.
vb. Pe., rein sein, ab-
geschafft
sein,
clean gone. s.
fiir
m.
be
c. sf.
||
3 p.
clean,
Pa., Pf.
inmBr
:
X1U
V'D TT "
n.
n.
m. Mittag, noon.
Pf.
1
f*
P-
interj.
Ilia
ints
m.
tut!
1!
lt5:
Imp. Vnt3;
p.
^.BD m.
n.
^B
Pe., Pt. act. p.
deluge.
act.
spielen, play.
Schatten,
denom.
vb.
^BO
schatten, overshadow. ;
m.
\
scher-
:
zen, sport.
|
m. Berg, mountain. vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. rune
:
Pa., Pt. act.
X^D
n.
Pt.
\
in
vb. Itpe., Pf. 2 p. m.
shadow.
loot!
Sintflut,
arabisch,
Arabic.
t'pn^BX
PaV
HJEit) n.
ad.
niy*D
rosten, roast. tDlB
Schlamm, mud. m. Araber, Arab.
^ti n. m.
rein erklaren, pronounce
Xinu
Giite,
-:
:
clean. "IHB.
||
2
sf.
;
tat, goodness, kindness.
:
\
der,
s.
3
d.
gut,
:
ken, einsenken, drown, fix
be
:
:
Giite, goodness.
T
l^a.BB: versen-
f.
KaiU
ver-
^yiaB^ Pt. act. yaB_
pass. p.
nu
m.
-T
||
l^y.aB:
sinken, be drowned.
2
pass. *
s.
m. d. K^ntJ
m. Pauke, drum.
vb. Pe.,
Inf.
s.
mahlen, grind. O, aits vb. Af., Pt. act. tansO: Gutes tun, do good,
xaa
immersed.
fee
eintauchen,
: '
3
sf.
ne,
:
n. n.
m. Dach, f.
,
p.
roof.
KI^BO
,
:
\
iiber-
118* Bedachung,
Hiitte, roofing,
booth.
klagen, sue.
vb.
Seite
m.
s.
nach
Imp. y^BX:
y!?BX; einer
3
Pf.
Af.,
&rw
stellen,
sidewards. s. f. d.
verbergen, hide.
:
Pa., Pt. pass. p.
|
f.
TJ8BB verborgen, hidden. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. :
3
sf.
m.
s.
tP'Dtt
PJBtotD
X3B
v. IVtD.
11313
(pers.) adv.
DyB 3
X^BQ m.
s.
m.
DgBB n.
:
s.
D'yB, :
s.
m.
sf. ,
fliefien,
IBB
m.
s.
iiber-
:
X^DD, be abundant.
^BB \
adv. viel, sehr, mehr, /WMC/, very, more.
S1BB
n.
p. c. sf. 3 s.
f.,
nnBB:
m.
Klaue, claw.
[Xt^BBJ n. m., p. 'Xt^BB
dum-
:
fool.
nn.B
inB,
p.
drive
away;
3
s.
m.
2
s.
m.
Meimmg
,
TTDytj': T 1
-:
r
reason,
1
lyiD
;
WO, p- m. \PItt3
1
.
s.
H1B
vb. Pe., Impf. 1
Pt. act.
i
p'n-lB; IT
pass.
'
sich
s.
be-
1T1BX
s.
i
x:rn_B, s.
mtihen,
f.
oneself;
beladen,
lastig,
burdensome.
;
p.
xnnB:
take
trouble
s.
Pt.
;
XJTTtSp:
m.
pass. :
TO;
Impf. 2 p. m.
;
schaftigt sein, be busy.
:
^yu vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.
be-
Itpe.,
\
1
;
XOJKS
vertreiben,
inf. 'liitss ?
;
|
:
Pt. pass,
busy.
"lltSS
m. D'ya Imp. p. m. IBjns Inf.
opinion.
Pt. act.
Pt. pass. p.
schaftigt,
3 p.
kosten, fcwte.
m.,
Grund
err.
irren,
c. sf.
Impf. 3
= num.
zu zweien, TIB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. IruTIB ; Pt. pass.
vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s.
wegen, for the sake account of; part,
mer Mensch,
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.lJK^;
Inf.
f.
um
praep.
X"1B vb. Pe. , werfen , throw.
too together.
xyB
Pt. act.
;
eintauclien, dip.
:
\\
ItSX
vb. Pe., :
:
hide one-
verbergen,
self.
NSB
'S_D ,
Itpe., Imp. p. m. riDBX. sich
on
of,
m. Last,
X3t2 n.
\\
willen,
interr.
vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
xnTBB
burden.
an-
2.
tragen, load, bear,
pain,
Pt. pass, \
Af.,
SI* 3 p. m.
Pf.
wrnax, 3
c.
rnBB:
Pt. act.
3
sf.
m.
s.
m. iruttriBX;
p.
bemiihen,
119*
verkaufte Grundstiicke den
Kaufern zu
entreifien, a document which permits the
seizure of property sold by
trouble.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
XB1B
s. f.
:
the debtor.
Itpe., Pt. p"lB vb. Pe., Imp. p. m.lplB klopfen, knock. f. s. XBltSO entrissen werPt. act. pnti: 1. schlagen, \\
;
:
den, be snatched. .
XBIB
T]5"]U
2
s.
m.
verschliefien,
close.
Do- Xtf B vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.
ein gerichtliches
:
2.
stechen, strike, sting;
n. m., sf.
dem Glaubiger vom Schuldner
1tf B.
kument, das
Pt. pass.
gestattet
verbergen, hide oneself.
,
vb. Pe.,
X"
Pt.
W:
act.
schon, passend, fair, comely.
?T
r
m. Gras, grass.
n.
vb. Af.,
f.
iTkfiO,
m.
at3la
:
(=
Schwa-
vollziehen, rfio brother-in-law's of/ice. vb. Pa.,
Pt. pass. p.
trocken
:
dry up. |
||
a
m.
machen,
K^'3^ adj. trocken,
X^3:
(=s.
f.
d.):
n.
f.,
sf.
1
8.
tvw
tT, ..7-7
;
n*!^
"1 \\
\\
48d?) mein, etc.
(616)
etc.
vb. Af., 3
1.
;
nn^j
we
mich, >
m.
through.
durch,
etc.;
nix
trockenes Land, dry land.
XT T:
because.
praep.
die
p.
\\
conduct,
gerehe
dry.
p. (sive du.)
;
nn etc. (10&
s. f.
^3^0
^^
m. rPT, 3
Hand, hand. T TX 1 T'Vy) conj. da, well,
wy 3
m. s.
;
sich
:
:
since,
bring.
sf.
s.
3
hin-
1^310:
fiihren, bringen,
2
;
;rPT
Pt. act. p.
p.
T
c. sf.
nB,
p. itfB
s.
Pt. act.
gesteheu,
m. niX
;
Inf.
H10, p. mo confess;
:
2.
danken, ^z'y
p.
VIO
;
Pt. act.
m.">yv,
i
s. 8.
m. yT,
x:yv,
120* 2
i p. te'STP,
s.
ny/r
2 p.
,
3
sf.
2
s.
#wo>.
sf.
r]y_Tin,
Impf. 3
iny/lix
;
3
ajnfo
Pf.
Af.,
|
f
m.
m.
s.
i
s.
c. sf. 1
s. m.'
inf. 'yinix ?
;
Pt. act.
yiiB
nyTiD;
i
3
,
sf.
s.
KJjnte; 2
s.
;
m. s.
f.
:i
nan wissen,
m. nnn s., aan,
s.
lan
p.
;
ano, sanp arp. T'
an^o,
Pt. act.
;
xan\ T
f.
Inf.
;
m.
s.
m. t^an% -:IT"
p. *
- IT' :
2 xjan% T rr'
i *an% nn>; -IIT' -:tr' nan': -. pass. r
s.
geben, ^we;
Pt. pass, ge-
m.
'a\"P
placed.
legen,
kund
sq.
tun, benachrichtigen,
make
sq. '^y. begehren, desire.
1
sf.'
s.
known, declare, inform.
||
2 p. m.
i^.riy.'l
Verstand
Meinung
,
sciousness ,
t
BewuBtsein,
:
,
con-
mind, opinion.
V.
s. ^SJ, p^D. KJH1B n. m. Erklarung, declaration. yilDntPK vb. denom., Pf. ||
\\
Ip.c. sf. 3
s.
m.Yl.1 JjnlonBte
in
1
i
11
s. f.
m. Jude, Jew.
n.
:
vb. Itpa., Pt. "in0
iiberheben,
TiT
fee
n.
r-
|j
"|TrP: iiber-
arrogant.
nn*n* T
m.,
sich
:
overbearing.
f.
adj., p.
miitig,
f.
\\
Sin; n.
tY bermut,
arrogance. n. m.,
:
anerkennen,
griifien, greet,
'P
itpe., Pf. 3
2 s.m.
:
:
insnitD:'
c.
s.
:
p.
!rr 7
.
sf.
2
s.
m.
p. a. :
^VP^*
'
i 1
j
Tag, Tages-
identifizieren, t recognize, identify, oyjiD,
licht,
^D:
adv.
am
Tage, during the
3
day.
n ||
o1> -|0 conj. seit,
twafT., 2 s. 'm.
[XPJi'J
etwas, something.
a,T vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s.
m. nrnrr;
tijqn,
rnrr; 3 2
i p.
t'l^an^j
m.
s.
c.
sf.
f.
tina.T;
s.
s.
c. sf.
zirpn,
an
m. }(*)arP; 3 3
p.
11
!,
-
day, daylight.
n.
1
sf.
f.,
^lO)^'
5
P-
f.
^
||
NOJ^a
t-jli;
2
s.
'
Taube,
s.
vb.
m.''
(ian); Impf. i p. an: ( 3 s. m. anj Imp. s. m. an, ;
m
T]Di'
1.
Pt.
Pe.,
]:
act.
borgen, borrow; 2.
hen, ^wrf.
|
Af., Pf.
lei1
s.
121* c.
sf.
2
m.
s.
m. nsriX;
2
s.
3 p.
f.
TjPiDliX;
Inf. c. sf.
V1JB [tyiX; Pt. p. m. 'BTlO: leihen, fentf.
vb. Af., Impf. 3
D
Pt. pass.
m. HDlJ
S.
;
xrjDiB : zurecht-
s. f.
weisen, feststellen, beweisen, reprove, decide, prove.
2
act.
s.
VD;
H/D -
s.
"fn
^,
i
p.
,
konnen,
*:
vermogen, be able; sq. uberwaltigen, overcome.
1^
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 1
rn ?
1 '
:
Pf. 1
tnBDi;
s.
!
DiDiS ?:
hinzufugen, Ittaf., Pf. 3 s. f.
add. |
BDln,
Impf.
3
m.
p.
ispinV, pass. Ziich-
[X-jID'j'n. m., p. niD'.:
tigung, chastisement.
IV s [X^ViO] .
n. m., p.
tKJlVlO
(hebr.) vb. Pe., Pt. act.
IfV*
s.
,
1 m. 'SV-:IT'
p.
1XJP: -:rr
,
advise.
\
raten,
Pa., Pt. act. p. m.
'SJPB: Rat pflegen,
take
counsel.
f.
:
Pt.
X-I^nX; T
f.
p.
T?'nt5,
:
pass.
;
'
Af., Impf.
|
native. TY!l\
(hebr.) n. m. (boser)Trieb,
m. T?in;
Imp. "I?iX: (evil} impulse. H? n. m., 1p* vb. Af., Pf. 3 zeugen, beget. s.
1
!
||
sf.
3
s.
f.
nn^l.:
Kind,
D0\ XQ* "j^l adj.,
Hand
m. Meer, sea.
n. s.
f.
XJ^:
Af.,Pf. 3
stehen,
s.
p"
1
||
vb. denom.
m. 10'X: rechts
choose
the
right.
n. m., p. 'pi^: Knabe, Joy. XPpiP n. f. Madchen, |
||
xnipP
n.
f.,
sf.
3
s.
m.
act. s.
f.
Xlj?>_B
:
Itpa., Pf. ehren, honor. 3 s. m. 1j?:x Inf. nlpTM \
rechte
(rechter Fufi), right
hand (foot).
p. c. sf.
anzunden, kindle.
nnj?ix:
1 tp vb. Pa., Pt.
child.
girl.
:
Fest, festival.
gebaren, bear. Itpe., n^adj., d. xn^;. einheimisch,
Pf. '3
2
Inf.
1
:IT
:
1
1
V vb. Pe., Pf. 1 Pt.
P)D' vb. Af.,
s.
m. nnipj^: Jugend, youth.
:
t
;
teuer werden, become dear; geehrt werden, be honored. |
Pt.
Af., Imp. act.
rnpio
m.
p.m. npiX; 2
"lj?10,
ehren, ^onor.
||
s.
"\^_
XTp.l: teuer, dear. vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m.
adj.,
XT
:
s.
f.
Pt. act. p.
m.
V^B
,
122* lehren, teach. n.
HT
m.
n.
p. *rn
,
xn'T
w0w/A.
m.
n.
= rnln.
f.
nan>3
ttfn
Neu-
:
s. f.
beruhigen, quiet, soothe.
Monat,
:
Pt. pass.
;
Af., Pf. i sf.
3
'anix; i p.
s.
m. HjaniS
s.
nxJTlT: TT r :-
II
m. Astronom (Berechner des Mondlaufes), astronomer
n.
Imp.
XpT T;
adj., d.
P^!?.^
I
*.
:
s. f.
'.
adj.
||
xnW
n.
2 p. m.
1
-
Schlaf, ste^.
f.
nota accus.,
s.
(3n*) vbTpe.,
;
W
1 s.
sf.
TbTV; 3
:
c.
;
s.
f.
sf.
i
s.
;
c.
m.,
ort,
;
2s.
''"lan^,
ie inhabited.
Impf. 3
s.
m.
Y,
c. sf.
\
3
Pa., s.
m.
m.
i
p. :
set, place.
sani
\\
aniB;
sf.
2
s.
m.
Sitzung, Sitz, Wohn-
:
session, :
n.
seat, f.
:
home. ||
(Si6cV
a ):
vfn
college.
\
Schuloberhaupt, sna^no head of an academy. :
0n>
p. 'Drv
n. m.,
:
Waise,
orphan.
2 e p.tpn^an>': sitzen, f :IT sein,
s.
sanits
s. f.
settle.
derlassen, n.
Pf. 2
s.
seat,
setzen,
Tjanlo
;
f.
;
3
Ittaf., Impf. 3 p. m.t-parjiJT ; Pt. s. m. aninp : sich nie-
Schule,
nan^
wohnen, bewohnt rfweW,
m.
pass.
;
Impf. 1 s. 3FIK ; 2 p. 3 s. m. aw, an*?
,
m. -qrp, :IT'
sf.
,
3p.m.
nnn
nan%
c.
;
m. nn\
Imp. an (an), p.m. nn;; Pt. act. s. m. an>, f. xan^, p.
m. p.
sna^no T r
m. rnrv m.
naryix;
p^aniD
-
tnrp
m. HUniJ
m. ^ainiX ? Pt. act. p. m. 'anto;
THJPT Kj?T_ n^mi
Impf. 2 p. m. i l ?-5 3 s f fl* *?.; 3 PP: erben, inherit.
n
s.
s. f.
vb. Pe.,
.
s.
Impf. 3 p.
5
3
sf.
grun, green.
,
(17c)', Kraut, herbs.
B"
c.
lianix; Inf. ^ainix, sf. 2 s.
id.
p
njanix
s. f.
1
pV
^
3
the moon).
1
m.
;
sf.
m.
PT
s.
anix; sf. 3 s. m. nanix, 3 p. m. injanix 3 p. m. c.
(computer of the course of
p1V,
3
5
|
mond.wewwwon.
\
c.
d.
adj.,
schussig
,
KTFJ2: in
iiber-
excess.
xnTTl^a adv. iibermassig, to
excess.
123*
as.
3 praep. wie, like,
||
v.
13_,
conj. als, wenn, when. 113_ adv. schon, jetzt, now. ^3
\
X13 T
m.
n.
-
:
et
f.
n.
:
m.
=
p.
XnJH3 TT
yi3. '
--.IT
II
'
II
=
sf.
3
s.
Pf. 3
m. PP33
m.
s.
c.
extinguish.
^aa.XSS
2
n. f.,
sf.
3
s. f.
nnJ": Kapuze, /worf. 133 adv. langst, already. '133 vb. denom.,
schwefeln
3
Inf. \yi133_
fumigate
,
3 p.
s. f. c. sf.
3
sf.
c.
Inf. c. sf.
Pt. act. 1
3 s.
s.
:
with
f.
s.
s
tntf33; runt2>33
f.
S. f.
'
Pf. 3
vb. Pa.,
p.
f.
m. 113^
s.
tlJOO T-
Itpa.,
:
3.
113
.
X13_ n.
H3
v. 3.
=
T
:
anto?;
r-r
:
m. :
:
m.
ft3_;
Pt. pass.
;
richten, ^rec?.
Pf. 1
s.
intend.
.
|
be-
^3_:
<>
;
||
13
Becher,
:
cup. n.
m.,
p.
Fisch,
nj3:
unter-
NBJ'33 n.m., Geheimnis, secret.
13 v.
s.
:
s.
adv. so, thus. D13 KD3 n. m., p. D3
nty33p^; S113
NJB>'33
press, subdue.
^33
3 :
Impf. 3
driicken, unterwerfen, sup-
p.
'
absichtigen,
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
3 p.
m. '13T1.3;
p.
tin)3,
m.'t](^)ni3;
X713 (pers.) n.m. Krug, pitcher. 113
sulphur. ff'33
s.
-IT
Fenster, aperture, window.
.
p3 NW330
1
s.
:
n3.
3. 3 p. m. 1 Tni3 nni3; T -IT Sni3 n. f., p. v|3: Offnung, :
m. Eiter, j0ws. 2 333 X3313 n. m. Stern, star.
:
i
ni13 T
"
'
(
n.
.
II
= p3
sf.
nj3; 2
t'n]3,
auslb'schen,
:
-:IT
praep.,
[n}3]
,
X33 vb. Pa.,
f.,
:
m. Schmerz, pain. pers. bar Esel ass.
n.
1X3
:
Maultier, mule.
3X3 vb. Pe., Pt. 3X3 sehmer- S113 T X3XD n. zen, roam. X3'3, T T 7
XH>J13 TT ~
p.
,
i
v. ,T -:
ins.
r
m. Scbminke, eye-paint
'rns n.
||
(stibium).
vb. Pe., Irapf. 3
m. Krug, pitcher.
1
?,
f.
s.
m.
tfnsn;
Pt. pass.
mager
werden,
124*
NB22
become
Pt.
lean;
D'^3
pass.
schwach, wm#.
thing.
*3 v. 3
xVb
||
etwas
any-
,
n. m., p.
^3:
allgemeine Regel, general rule. K^DO adv. impli-
3N3.
N3/3
v.
7^3,
713 vb. Pe.,
|
m. 7l3n
3
;
m.
act. p.
measure KD'3
irgend
:
Impf. 2
m. 7^.
s.
Pt.
;
7 ?D
n. m., sf. 2 s.
m. "(')D^2
m.
XB/3
\\
\
sich, that. \
gar nicht , in ??D vb. denom. :
act.
m.
s.
?'3,
y?3: eine Regel aufstellen, establish a rule. x?T ?^
Ufer,
f)'3:
ergibt
follows
N?
.
Pt.
Pe.,
c.
,
.
.
no way.
:
es
it
dafi,
off.
Betitel, purse. n.
y?3:
"1
abmessen,
*7J3t
an implied manner.
citer, in
s.
11
II
:
adv. so,
T]D
pSi X23
n.,
p. '33;
s.
m. ^33:
2
>D3;
n. sf.
1 s.
2
Xn73 n. f. xn? 3 p. c. sf. 2
773
Zahn,
,
R133. n. m.
,
p. '133
:
Talent,
X^3 vb. Pa.,
Pt. act.
v.
vernichten
N^3t3
,
out. 2
N73
>B7.D
[xrv73] n.
.
Niere,
N3?3
p.
xn^3:
kidney.
m.
n.
f.,
f.,
,
3
s.
:
1
sf. 3 X^2n. m. -^3 nb s. m. P&3 ^3
?3
=
n^3,
in&,
X^3/ p.
f!
p.
\ib,
PpX.
K33 n. m. Stamm, stem.
'^J3K.
humble
46.
||
f.
wm^,
^'r#.
cf.
S.
Flugel, Zipfel,
m. ^1n^3,
||
3
HBJD; s. m.
^BJ3
:
sf.
2
f.
,
^33K,
demutigen,
oneself.
n. f.,
p. (sive
;
s. f.
sich
:
s.
.
,
.
KBJ3
q. v.
Wurm,
;
m. yjD vb. Itpe., Pf. 3
tVTi37 3: Hund, dog. s !^? n.m. Mager, astrologer.
^MatoN
v.
p. n37 3:
v. 113.
1?.
1J3
p. c. sf.
:
^73.
f.
;
:
f.
daughter-in-law.
[Snp7 3] n. wear worm. s.
s.
m. ?]n^3
Schwiegertochter,
,
ftrtrfe,
d73
talent.
s.
;
:
3
sf.
.
Braut
tooth.
1
m. Krone, crown.
du.)
f]J3
c. sf.
vb. denom. Pa.,
Impf. 3 p. 'SJ37
:
versam-
125* meln, assemble.
JOBUD T
II
"
:
n.
:
i
r
:
p. KDtf'JS T T p
f.,
:
Ver-
:
sammlung, assembly. XFiB^3 Synagoge sy/za\
:
,
vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m.
verbergen, hide. Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf.l s.
Pa.,
:
sf.
Imp. D3,
Pt. pass. 2
i:D3_;
3 p. m. 1ru'03 s.
;
FW33B:' be-
Itpa., Pf. decken, cover. 3 s. m. D3X 3 s. f. c. sf. \
5
NDDO
.
n.
vb. Pe.,
KB/D3
one's business.
3 p.
Pf.
1
13B3;
p.
Pt. act.
"pSD;
1
p.
1rfc
:
be hungry.
sein,
adj.
"JB3
\\
XJBD
hungrig, hungry.
n.
\\
m. Hunger, hunger. f]BD vb. Pe., p]^3
Imp.
f]b
f.
pass. p.
;
Pt. act.
;
ID'Q
beu-
:
gen, uberwinden, bend, subdue. Pa., Impf., 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. HB'DV: um|
3 p. 1ruiy03X pass.
ODD
it
IBS vb. Pe.,
1^JB3, 2s. nJDD: hungrig
gogue.
"JD3
make
:
""3
XDD
Imp.
sich angelegen sein lassen,
Versammlung, assembly. xntf'JS n. T
SD vb. Itpe.,
m. Zoll
,
Pt. pass.
XB'03
:
tax.
biegen,
s.
n.
f.
sie scha-
men
sich, they are bashful Itpe., Impf. 2 p. (55rf).
bend
f.,
1B3 vb. Pe., Pt.
||
1B3
act.
wischen, wipe.
nlB3
XS2
over.
Schale, bowl. :
ab-
Pa., Inf.
\
:
ab-
m. 1BD3F!; 3 s. m. ^DD ?; 3 p. m. 1BD3^> Pt. s. m.
wischen, suhnen, wipe
off,
schamen, beschamt werden, be ashamed, be put to shame. Pa.,
m.
|
Pt. pass.
;
1B?0
1
;
sich
p]D30:
expiate.
IBD*?.;
siihnt
2
m.
s.
nriSDD
:
shame.
c.
sf.
3
beschamen, put XBDD n. m. ,
||
"ID!)
n.
:
s.
Silber,y/v
||
m.
Mist,
n.
f.,
p. *>1B3
dung.
Pt.
werden, be expiated. n. m., p. niB3 Ver:
sohnung, atonement.
to
^ IB DT
tfay o/" atonement.
:
3 :
KID
s.
m. nnB3
n.
XOi^ ||
Versohnungstag,
XB1DD nBD vb. Pe., Pf. 3
(\".i33)
s.
IBDnD: ge-
a.
m. Scham, shame.
nlB3
Itpa., Impf. 3
||
X11BD
\
Pf.
\
:
s.
m.
c. sf.
fesseln, chain.
m. kor, ein MaB,
measure.
a
126* X")3
XJT3 n. m. Haufe, heap
.
XIH3
m. Kohl, cabbage. m. Kopfsteuer, poll tax
n.
xri3
n.
313 vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. nri313 5 3
sf.
m. H313
s.
1
VI J} 313
Imp.
5
Pt. act. ?fl3
;
p.
c.
3 p.
f.
wickeln, zusammenwickeln,
wrap, wrap up. xnB'"| T]"13 eine Mahlzeit halten, dine.
eingehullt wj.
joerf
3
Pf.
Itpe.,
X313
||
:
&e wra/?-
n. m.,
Haifiscb, shark. vb. Af., 3 s. m.
^3
m. n^'DN machen, cause s.
p. c.
^'121 D:
Inf.
shake
scliiitteln,
Balken, &ea/.
3HD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 3 s. m. c. VtiJqro sf. 3 p. m. iruans; impf. 2 p. m. nn3F|; Imp. p. m.
nn3, nnD;
ab-
n.
f.
XD"13 n. m.
sf.
3
s.
:
:
Pt. p.
f.
werden Wiesel, weasel. p. d.
,
tx*D")3
n.
:
Bn3_
m.
n.
xnr)3tD *0ri3.
be
,
(XB3) n.
m. nsn 3_
n.
Xj;i3 sf.
2
f., ;
s.
:
Bauch,
sf. 1 s.
^.13
p. (sive
m.
TTV"I3
;
3
registered. Griflfel,
(m.), sf. 3
(HB3):
:
stile.
flax. s.
Schulter,
P)rO vb.
denom.
belly.
Pa., Pt. act. rjFIDO, p. 'Bn3D
3
1 S.
s.
f.
du.) ^13., ;
f.
Itpe.,
||
eingetragen
:
m. Flachs,
\\
m. np"]3
write.
13/130
shoulder.
Xjn3
3F)3^;
s.
schreiben,
off.
m. n 12/3 "13
Weingarten, vineyard. XD13 n. m., sf. 2 s. m. ^D"13; s.
Inf.
W3TI3, 2 p. pass, s! m. 3n.3
1
t]Wan3;
Mastdarm, gut.
3
to stumble.
:
Xt^SlS n. m.,
xnty'3"l3
c. sf.
straucheln
:
n. m., p. nltfS: IT
Slits'-) (ass.) ' T IT V
Stadt, city.
vb.,
KBH3) n. m.
(B>n3, Kt^nS,
Pt. act.
'3"13:
m.
p.
;
\
m. 313X:
s.
sein,
3
'
;
um-
:
W 3
m. ^"13
p. '3-13
,
sf.
3 p. m.
:
foot.
in. c.
s.
.".
3 p. m. ln:*3i3,
sf.
c.
s.
-T
Fufigelenk, FuB, ankle, leg,
s.
m.
1 p.
;
WBFI30, l^BFJ3p: aufladen, tragen, carry on the shoulder.
127*
V praep., tXJ ?,
sf. 1 s. ^.,
1
?
.. -.
nS
f.
3
7
s.
a^?n:
, 7
j.
2
;
ID?;
?m,
^n.3
s
1
,
, 7
-.j.
tyin^?,
in^n:,
zu, fur,
to,
s.
m.
m. a?, p. m. i
f.
p.
1 p.
;
W:
^a?p
Inf.
;
Pt. pass. p. c.
3 p. f. 'iT^al?: anziehen, put on ; Pt. pass, bekleidet, sf.
clothed.
Af., Pt. act.
|
bekleiden, clothe. n. m., sf. 3 s. m.
\\
/or ; nota accu-
Gewand, garment. frl; XH ? vb. Saf., Pt.pass. 1
sativi
(616).
2 p. m. fiD^'H
1 p.
|
3
;
s.
m. a?* !,
m. yilt?^ (48rf).
p.
^rerf.
ermiidet,
nnx.
v.
>""t3 |
praep. wegen, on account of. ^ I ? (67) adv. nicht, nein,
vb. Itpe.,
I?'
1
not, no.
6
v.
n'x.
pass. 'xV:
vb. Pe., Pt.
miide,
^D aa?
.
^riX 2
s.
n. m.,
d.
XDxVo
X3?
n. m., sf. 1 s/37;
s.
s.
m.
anschliefien,
Pa., Pf. 3
s.
m.
c. sf.
m. yfi_ ; Impf. 3 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 ;
s.
m.
s.
m.
begleiten, accom-
;
pany. Af., Pf. 3 2 s. m. !|^K id.
m.
s.
c. sf.
\
;
m. ^3^ Herz, heart. 1 X3^>X: im Sinne von. acT 2
3
Pf.
sich
:
join.
ft'rerf.
"OxVo: Engel, angel.
p. 1
xV
rpx_
|
Vl
1
m. Levit, Levite.
n.
:
12
\
id.
:
to.
cording 2
33?
.
m. Palmzweig,
X3*?i7 n.
branch of a palm.
pV
1
.
xn:^ ?
n.
3aV: Zie-
p.
f.,
gel, brick.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 3 p. laJPB^a? Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. nt^ta ;
Libyan. n. m. Log, log a measure).
s.
s.
m.
5^3?'.
;
Imp.
c. sf.
vhT
: '
(ein
Pe., Pf. 1
vb.
3
,
3
n.m., p.m. 'K3^, XJT31V: aus Libyen,
d.
f.
m. 3
Pine!? s.
s.
Impf. m. 'wvh* 3 ;
;
Inf. tD^D T
1 sf.
3
MaB, c.
sf.
1
s.
s.
m.
s.
m.
128* Pt. act.
XBN ?, T 1
-; IT
'
s.
pass.
m.
d.
m.
s.
Ht^ - ?:
S
d. :
IT '
KB1?, NB1
:
'
:
s.
n.
f.
:
verfluchen, curse.
v.
n n. m., p.
Pa., Pt.
\
2
'sf.
act. s.
m. .
n, '
XDti^D
d.
US^F); Imp. p. m. act.
1
m. ^lO)n^ " nnx.
s.
\
mud.
:
m. Rauber, n. f. RauIT
xnr^D ? T 1
II
:
robbers business.
berei, the
iy? n. m. Fremdsprachiger,
to.
zu,
n.
(gr.)
robber.
Teig, dough.
ni V praep., sf. 1 s. t vn
2
m.
3 p. m. tp'ppVE&n: Schuler, disciple. xni&^n n. m. Tal-
p.
p.y^: kneten, *iea
ro^y a. m.
s.
id.
Pe., Impf. 2 p.m.
^'pt.
scoffing.
Spott,
1
XB'V. 2 T IT
speaker of a foreign lang-
-rir6 v. v.
uage.
n. in.,
sf.
2
s. f.
?]pn^
:
Brot, bread.
1
'lD ? (gr.) n.
m. Pfanne, pan;
eine aus Feigen verfertigte
n^ vb. Pe., Impf. 2
s.
m.
Speise, a dish
made of figs.
1
ty'nVn; flustern,
vb.
Imp.
m. ^'n ?:
s.
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
whisper.
Pa., Pt.
act. p.
'j?
:
ge-
schlagen werden, be beaten. f. 1
gliihend, glowing.
h
^5
v.
n.
n. m., p.
NnW,
*fyh: n.'f.
||
f.,
du. inxo,
(hebr.) blemish.
d.
n.
XJt^ ?: Zunge,
ex-
tongue,
pression. r\rh vb. Pe., Pt. act. p.
anfeuchten
(Getreide),
moisten (grain).
female demon).
n.
n. m.,
Ausdruck,
Nacht, n^rA^. HR^ = n^> (weiblicher Damon,
o
"jl^^
in.
100.
Makel,
(N)0 n. m., p. J sf. 2 p. m. ID'JD :- IT
O
;
: '
3
s.
m.
3 p. m. Q)i'T:0: Ge-
0X73
faB, Gerat, utensil,
DXO
Gewand,
vessel,
D^XO Pt.
despise;
:
DXOO
Pt.
;
m.
n.
1100
:
ma-
Magier,
TTQ
.
"m.
v.
sf.
2
s.
m.
v.
T "!. 1
50rf) was? what?
<SX:
1
S
s. d.
\
\
'n;.o;
2 s.nn'^O; p.p^n'O, pas's. * rr' IT xn'O: sterben, die;Pt. :
pass, tot, dead.
:
7
:
perchance. T no, \
0: dasjenige, welches,
was, #ia which, what. "T HOD conj. wie, *. v.
XJn^O
act.
1 p.
Margolis,
&1D
;
IJ^no, 2* p.
Chr. Bab. Talm.
n.
m.
n. m.,
Tod, o>a/A.
f.
X^.p n. m., sf. 1 s. 3 s.'m. H^p, f.H^D: ^1O;
X10(?)
.
Haar, hair. [xn^O n. f. MO;} sf. 2 p.m.'iDSO; 3 ,
\
m. a no
Tin.
vb. Pe., Imp. p. m. Pt.
\
SJnp
'
\\
n. m., n.
m.
t^n;.o,
noV: wozu? wherefore? da6 nicht etwa, fe*/;' MD?n: T p S
Inf. s.
Toter, a dead person.
:
"l
m.
Pt. act.
:
p3: wherein ?
womit ?
noo, nOO; nxo, p. m.
wherewith ? nos wie, T^o
vielleicht,
s.
t^n8^>, WHD^, Wish;
warum? wherefore? ?
n>0 vb. Pe., Pf. 3
;
nn.
oyjip v. yp. HO, XO, 'D pron. interr.(! la;
worin
O,
rvp, f.+nrvp, xn>p; 3p.m. tin^O; Impf. 3 s. m. tni&% f. tn^on 3 p. m. t(^nio%
yt\ v.
f.
imp. BftO zubereiten,
prepare.
:
X"1O n. m.,
v.
ny\
v.
;
:
T^O: Kleid, garment.
^p
m., d.XJiOO:
:
xnaio TT
:
n.
JliO n. m. Made, worm. vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s.
gician.
xiano, -' T
jn\
v. .
Geld, money.
xTi2p, xiao v. my. l^p adv. umsonst, gratuitously. Xty'iaOX
II 11
Schneider, circumciser.
verachten, pass, wider-
loathsome.
lich,
beschneiden, cirS^ino n. m. BeT |T
tg:
cumcise.
garment.
vb. Pe., Inf.
pass.
129*
xanlo x-no f
v.
v.
id.
an\
M.
:
9
p. s.
130* v.
absol.
7IJ.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
2
1 s. l^no,
sf.
m.
s.
s.
c.
m.^np;
3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nvnp, nine, 3 p. m. iruinD impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. wnp^ ;
;
inf.
xnpp,
Pt. 'no,
ivno
sf.
i
liTiD, 2
schlagen
:
smite.
,
Pa., Pf. 1
|
3 p. inp
hindern
:
s.
strike, s.
Tjp;
verwehren, verprotest
,
nnpp ?;
against,
hinder. T T
v.
xnb
.
n. m., sf. i s. Tib:
Gehirn, brain. xtsno v. T 'vb.
1
act.
f.
conduct. |]
Bitte, petition. bitte,
:
/ pray thee, you. :pVVp v. hhv.
r
Impf! 3
I^D^ s.
m.
m. 1BB,
n.
f.
:
s.
m.
3 p. ItiDJ f.
I50,
V150, T IT :
||
Xn'a,
mn.
v.
2
sf.
'
^3; s.
s.
m. ^*P;
rp
wollener
,
n.
m.
sf.
,
^p:
3
Art,
W'p
s. f.
kind;
;
Ha-
xnx.
v.
V.
m
]JJ.
v. x*n.
p.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
2 s.'n^DT
Pt. act. p.
;t3D,
Mantel,
retiker, heretic.
m.
Pt.
/LiiMOV.
n. f., p.
wool, woolen cloak.
c. sf. ;
=
m.
(gr.)
p.
20 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 3 p. m. iUtt, sf. 3 5
n. p. m.,
Wolle
ott'nD v. at^n.
ni>tt
= num.
nnp, m*p
'
v.
act.
n.
'
:
;
m. itspp: bringen,
xn^t5a: ^30 iD^O, 'T T IT
verzeihen, 'forgive. y
:
s.'
m. nvtiOX
8.
carry,
fiihren,
xniUD
3
sf.
Pt. act. p.
s.
tD() adv. morgen, to-morrow.
1
;
t^DOX,
:
Pe., Pt.
:Ti: rT
-:
3 p.
;
3 p. m. I.Tp Wasser, v. ^3X.
"nan.
v.
:
m. rPB.OK
s.
m. iUX, sf. 3 s. m. H^ppx, 3 p. m. inj^tspx Imp.
i^p
:
T
Af., Pf. 2
3 part, interr.
Tin.
IT
nn
reach, overtake.
arrive,
ntsp n. m. Regen, rain.
-
;
xnno T
:
gelangen, reichen, einholen,
1
3 s.m.
p.
? sive accus.
sq.
,
Imp. T]b
5
s.
m.
mJ
!)O;
131* unterbreiten, lay, spread.
\
Af., Pt. act. S]pp
:
machen, lay low.
^DDadj.,
2
HD^p
s.
XD2D T
niedrig
:
aro.
v. .
;
s.
:
|
ODD.
v.
3
m<7W. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. TjVoX Impf. 3 s. m. TJ^DJ id.
niedrig, /0w.
:
denom. Pe., Impf. m.t!)*5t; Pt. act. s.m. ^O, 2 p. W'3^0 regieren, TJ^O vb.
vb.
'?i3
Pe., Pf. 3 I" p. m.
Impf. 3
Tj^DK Pt.
s. f.
.^0, p. m. 1^0, T' T' ^
f.
t-p^o Ir :,T'
K'?B. ?&, -' T :' voll ibO: 'pbo, sein, Pa., fiillen; be full, fill. pass. r
f.
:
.
;
p
c. sf.
.
Impf. 1
s.
3
m.
sf.
s.
Pt. act.
3 p.
rP>, m.
s.
s. in. c.
sf.
c.
"!; 3
K^OO:
p
m.
fallen,
fill.
f.
Wort, Ding, word, thing. adv. von selbst, X^tDD N^tDB, T T " .t
iWO n. m. Rede,
\
||
speech.
IN^.
n.
m.
v. salt.
p.
m. firsts
3 p.
c. sf.
XB'DD r
TUr6_S m. "JO,
f.
;
>O^?: Konig,
^nDVo
n.
\
queen.
\\
n^|O
v.
:
f.
p
-p,
t^p,
salzen, salt. d.
*
;
Pt. pass. p.
t
n. m.,
v.
denom. Pe., Pf. 3
m.
W5JO:
Salz,
(f.)
s.
Konigin, f. sf. 2
n.
m. t]rD?O Reich, konigliche Person Regierung, s.
sf.
\\
s.
of itself.
v.
king.
snD,
d.
f.,
Fiille, fulness.
nhft vb.
?O ]
n.
p
m. nnVp; p. '^b, sf. 3 s.m. n^OJ 3 p.m. 1n^0: s.
.
n.
s.
m.
den, take counsel, change one's mind.
3
f.
;
s.
m. t-j^Vonp: sich beraten, andern Sinnes wer-
I
3
*3i^eK
Pt.
ifettoj p.
1
Pf. 3
Impf. 1
Itpe., Inf.
;
:
sf.
praep.,
t-|p
7
2 s.m.
^p;
13>.3P;
3
s.
1
s.
l p. -]3p;
>jp;
2.p. m. t-ji^p,
m.
PI3O,
p.m.t-jinjp, in^.p,
f.
f.
n|'p,
wvo:
von, aus, als, of, from, out NJO v. IK. of, than. ||
,
Herrschaft, reign, govern-
ment,
kingdom, royalty.
IP pron. interr.
wer? who? j|
(1 la 13 \\
9*
;
p,
50)
:
^p
132
:
(11&): wer T
is it?
-jo
||
es?
who
1 s. 'nCJO
(516):
der-
TlTlon
ist
jenige, welcher, whosoever.
Inf. \)BD, Imp. 'JO 3 p. m. injJBB Pt. act.
sf.
:
;
p^JO IT
zahlen, count.
:
..
I
\
3 p. m. UBS, durch Stimmen-
Pf.
Itpe.,
sq. "*?$_:
abgabe wahlen,
vote for,
elect by ballot.
Njp
p. c. sf. 3
\\
sf. 1 s.
Impf. 3
,
1^30^
:
\
v.
n.
m. Schaufel, v.
1DD
3
p.
f.
1
s.
ITDB
^anc? owr. |
m. "1DDS;
:
Nj"lQD
;
pass.
Itpe., Pf. 3
Impf. 3
s.
v. PDJ.
SD'vb.
Pe., Pf. 1 s. 3 p. m. iSD Pt. pass. 'so, 1 s. KJ^SO, 2 s. n^ao vermogen, konnen, be able. ;
;
^ao
adj,
s. f.
p.
,
d.
adj.,
m. 'ys>
Kny^ao
telster, middle.
p.yao
\\
:
I.
mit-
[ru$^3K]
(=K^tt),
id.
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
iiberliefern,
tiD^/iponV, IDB; s. f.
iiy.
^y^D,
Impf. 2 s. m. m. rnDttn ; Pt. act.
m. "1DD,
^y.
v.
xnpso
3,'
.
p$D s.
v.
JPBO,
ISO.
vb. Pe.,
c. sf. s.
v.
^y.
v.
v. ~Hl.
'
v.
,
:
1D.
XnnfcDB
,
shovel.
Nt3ivp ex-
x^y. T
y
''stS
D
||
clusion.
c.
Itpe., Pt. p. m.
restrain.
Blyt3: aus-
m. AusschlieBung
n.
;
zuriickhalten,
:
intestines.
schliefien, exclude.
n.
m.
s.
;
n^y o:
m.n'yo,
vb. Pa., Inf.
m., p. 'JJJB Zahl, Zahlung, number, count. vb. Pe.
s.
es ist
:
:
enough for. s. m. HVO
3
sf.
Eingeweide,
:
B
:
fur, it is
genug
;
1 p.
'
:
m. ^
S.
m. n^HDD
s.
D] n. m.,
Impf. 3 p. m.
vb. Pe., 1JDJ
'T
he who,
2
;
3
:
D
s.
;
Pt. act.
Y
s. :
?.
m. nao, saugen,
m. Pt.
p p.
S-JDSo', 'pass. ; sf.
n. c.
m. sf.
sf.
i
s.
3 p.
f.
K
,
Grenze, boundary.
nap;
nna iSD
m. Agypter, Egyp-
n.
ino
adj.
bitter.
vb.
Pe.,
O;
Impf.
tian.
X1j?0 n. m., sf. 1 Gehirn, brain. 1
X10
.
X10T
s.
133*
tnjPD:
;
sf.
m.
s.
"
s.
3
s.
m. !)0)1, p. m. 13*10; m. nio, f. nio, p. m. 1
p. Kfino, inno; p. m. irnnno: Herr, "ITT
master.
PHVtf OX
Pt. act.
;
1
S^'O, T IT'
s.
:
3
;
m. PPtfDK*
s.
m.
3
c. sf.
s.
id.
:
'D vb. Pe., Impf. 3
>
m.
I
1
,
:
lord,
IT
:
3
sf.
Af.
m.
s. s.
waschen, wa^A. s. c. sf. 3 s. m.
r
2
f.
Bto, T
KJ^'O: rr
3
^b
Imp.
Bto:.';
no
n. m., c.
2
Pf.
m.
s.
messen, measure. n. m., c. ntfO Ma6,
:
\\
2
X10
vb. Itpe.,
xnox, new N^aip, xnyaio xrTJriO (gr.)
3
Pf.
s.
= no v.
2
n.
f.
q. v.
y:n.
f.
vb. Pe.,
:
revolt. \
rmsx T
Itpe., Pf. 3
s. f.
id.
:
X2no T
v.
UtilO
vb. It.,
3tf :
IT
n. m., sf.
^0:
an.
m.
Pt. act. p.
ziehen, rfraw.
:
3
s.
m.
XDtt'O-
II
T
II
HSt^'O
;
:
p.
Haut, Fell, s/rw. m. Ausdehnung,
||
XDtT'O
*
c.
01, oil
pearl.
:
n. m.,
xn^'o
.
Perle,
TIB vb.Pe., Pf. 3p.m.tniO; Pt. act. 110 sich emporen, -
:
tS^p
n.
extent.
:
3
Pf.
s.
m.
B>DT
BB1.SK; Inf. 'UitSIOK: in Fetzen zerrissen werden, be torn n.
m.
in ,
shreds.
p. 'Dlirip.
II
II
:
Kt^UlO T
n. ra., sf.
s.
something tangible.
licbes,
v\tf.
v.
:
Fetzen,
XPO
n.
TiO - T 3
m. Wesent-
;
rag.
IO
n. :
m. av.10
f.
,
c.
sf.
no;
3 r p. m. irpno - .T
: '
:
:
1
s.
Stadt,
city. ;
p. t-pjrjO: Krankheit, sickness.
nno
vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.
Tl.ro
:
spannen, stretch.
134* T
nn\
v. r
i
m.
n.B ,
2
sq.
sive 3
ver-
:
gleichen, liken.
HXJ
vb.
simile, parable.
XJHS
'JO:
act.
3
[riJ03J (hebr.)j n. m., p.
.
fx**::::
23J
Prophet, prophet. n. m. Flote, /7wfc.
313
.
vb. Pe.,
PQ.3
Pt. act.
rn:, p. m. ^rO-J: bark. n.
xr^^
vb.
V3J
V3D,
f.
Pt.
lassen, cause to
rm
,
:
,
oe
-
gush
forth.
come
;
m.
:
1
.
weg-
ziehen, remove; 2. flieBen,
flow; 3. geifieln, scourge. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. "ttJrx,
t^S; 1. in
Pt.
m. nj30,
s.
Ohnmacht
n.
gegeifielt
scourged. Pt. act. p.
\
I^D
:
fallen, ver-
werden,
Pa.,
m.
= man.
f.
,
late.
TT
\\
Hag-
-'
be
Inf. Hi-iJ;
t-jnaJtD: gei-
sich verspaten, r\h n^J,
nh xn.p
:
came
late (55rf).
xV-lD n. m. Sichel, sickle.
.
vb. Pe. sq. 3:
touch.
N^JX
||
,
beriihren,
Itpa., Pf. 3
^33K
s.
f.
aussatzig
:
werden, become leprous. n. m. Tischler, carpenter. "1^J i:: n., p. c. sf. 2 1.
s.
m.
Kanal, canal;
2.
?jn:j
:
Fufi,
Schritt, foot, step.
X1J vb. Af., scheiden, /am#, j^oy* away ; 2.
\\
m. Fiihrer, leader.
er verspatete sich, he
trocknen, rfn/ oneself. vb. Pe., Inf. naJO Pt. act. Ttf, p.
tfrawjr ^z ship}.
vb. Pe.
JJ
m.
JJ
m.
w^o n.
JJ
s.
Pf.
1. p. m. X^i; n. m. H3J Zieher Schlepper,
vb. Pe.," Pt. act. 3iJ: sich
"'"T.JJ
Af.,
\
gada.
act. s.
-ttJ
scourge.
bellen,
"JV2D: sprudeln
f.
]nj.
m.
s.
m.
Aas, carcass.
Af., p.
s.
v.
Beln,
passen, become.
XDJ
m. Strick,
n.
nD
n.
Pt.
Pe.,
Sinnspruch,
Gleichnis,
:
TTlD vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m.
Pt. 1 p. p.nt?:
sprengen, sprinkle.
21J
vb. Pa.,
Itpa.,
Pt.
Pt. act.
m:
135*
offer as
freiwillig geloben,
ma
m. ttrprns
s.
:
c.
sf.
Pf.
1
in:
vTU:
s.
:
|
XTU
.
n. m.,
nn:, snnn: TT|T-:r
3
c. sf. c.
s.
3
sf.
1W
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
s. f.
ein
m:
Geliibde auferlegen, impose a vow. STia n. m. Geliibde, vow.
m.
ma
f.
m., ^via
m., Tiaa
f.
pron. 3 pers.
/&, s/*e; sie,
sie,
an: vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. :nna
'a Via
s. f.
impf.
;
m.
act. p. :
p. inaa
(63a),
er,
they.
s.
^ana, pass. p.
m.
beobachten, conduct oneself,
observe; Pt. pass, gewohnt, an: (3) Klj
accustomed.
:
inf.
: 7
Xn J, IT:, pass. SIT: f. ruhen, zur Rube T m.
rest,
enter into
Pt. pass,
angenehm,
annehmbar, pleasing, acrun: es
ceptable.
it is
Pf. 3
Itpe., Inf. lie
s
acceptable. s.
|
s.
werden, m. c. sf.
3 p. f. VUTrUK erleuchten, Tn: adj., cause to shine. :
||
p.
m.
n via,
s. f.
KTna,
leuchtend
,
P.
f.
klar,
f.
\
RrURK. TT
'
:
ni:riS
:
sich hinlegen,
down ; darauf eingehen,
acquiesce.
\
Af.,
;
s. f.
n:t3;
Hit?, s.
f.
sn-JD
legen,
lassen,
Ruhe,
||
s.
m. ma;
||
s.
pass. :
;
m.
legen, Linlay, place,
srr: n. m., rest.
s.
i p.
;
3 p. ln:nl5K!?
Pt. act.
leave.
Pf. 1
nnms
impf. 3
3
an-
ist
|
nehmbar,
inf. 'ni^s, sf.
,
s
d.
:
kommen,
ts:n:s.
Af.
s.
'
^na
dawn.
;
f.
.. 7
:
s.
3
hell
7
..
TI:S_, sf.
,
:
m
m.
s.
n:!?. m. n::, T T HJD Pt. act. T
s.
Ehre erweisen, honor. son: n. m. Brot, &ra*rf. vb. Pe.
:
;
fiihren,
conduct,
..
rest;
m.tun:, \n: Pt. s
n:n T
n
s. f.
Pf. 3
vb. Pe.,
Impf. 3
||
in:, p.
bewegen, wove.
sich
aivn:
f.
s.
3 m.
;
aTTK; 3
f.
s.
Af., Pf. 2
\
nrrns
c.
Strom, river.
:
-;\-'
geloben, vow. m. c. sf. 3 s. f.
n. m.,
blind, blind. 2
vb. Pe.,
Xlin:
\\
m. Tjnt-U: Licht, iin: ,p. nfru ^D
s.
light.
ausstofien,
thrust out.
TV
2
sf.
Pf. 3 p.
vb. Af.,
3
clear.
,
a freewill -gift.
c.
snin^
n^: n.
:
f.
136* Sanftmut, Ruhe, gentleness. HJn vb. deriv. Af., Pf. 3 s.
= rux.
mnx
m.
D'J vb.
D1J,
DM.
m. aUJ
D:
DJB
Inf.
;
^
T
1
,
m.
s.
3
;
s.
Pt. act.
;
n:nns
l.
3
;
schlummern, schlafen, slumber, sleep. Pa., Pf. 1 s.
p.
Tin*
|
|
m.
n.
act.
iOU
r
m.
n.
DM r
IT
"nv. " ''
'
vb.Pe., Imp.
m. Schicksal,
n.
S^D
.
u
pass.
niB'U T
.
r
n.
Verweis,
f.
:
rebuke. vb. Af.
plJ
1
Pf. 3
,
s.
c. sf.
f.
Pt.
Inf..
s.
act.
pJD schadigen, injure. :
Ittaf., Pf. 1
m. n j?.jn
;
:
m.
Pt. p.
3
2
7.WX;
s.
s.
\
s.
m. pVJK Schaden ;
'j?*FjB:
n: (hebr.) n. m. \ / ,T
= "PU.
T -:r
m.
n.
,'
p. r
''T'm -:\-
:
Bach,
\\
3
s.
Imp.
s.
m. rhJ,
nnD ?
Pt.
p.
act. s.
'
c. sf.
vb. Pe., tropfen,
5]tM
KnDWJ
n.
f.
vb.'^Pe.,
1.
Tropfen, Impf.
3 p.
f.
m. "IBJ() bewahren, guard; 2. war;
wmV. |
T :-
:
s.
Imp.
:
Itpe., Pt. p.
f.
bewacht werden.
be guarded.
\
Pa.,
Inf. c.
l'
m. inn
1
Inf.
:
m.
:
SltiJO
-/
s.
m. ny.lW pflanzen, plant.
ten,
T:
3
Vt3J vb. Pe., Pf.
vb.Pe., Pf. 3 p.m.'hnm; Impf. 2 p. m. innnr (innn j > -:
um
weil, because.
brook. PIJ
s. f.
VVLSDS,
[|
willen, on account of, for "l ^Itsas the sake of. conj.
t-jIDJJ
-T
:
nehmeu,
DS praep. wegen,
113
"KM
erleiden, sw/fer injury.
'rnJ
?t3:
Itpe., Pf. 3
fortune. si
=
\s& Trim T~
:
IT
,
.
herab-
:
r
-:
kommenlassen,niederlegen, cause to descend, place.
fire.
hi)
pass.
\
Feuer,
:
inntt
f.
-:
r
(f.), d.
3 p.
;
m. nnO;
m. Tino, r'
snin:
id.
DJtMB, 11J
Palp., Pt.
id.
c. sf.
';
Pt. act. s
W,
Af., Pf.
m. iTJTinx
m.
s.
herab-
:
\
m. injnns, f. *njnnK; 3 p. m. "hri Impf. l p. nn:
f.KB'J. Is.JOBM: s.m. D'J. T T :I-T 7
l^nn,Jr
p.
steig-en, descend.
1 p. c. sf. 3 s.
Pe., Pf. 3
Impf. 1 p.
;
n
;
m.
sf.
3 p. m. inrritM^:
wachen, guard.
be-
13'
K3'J n.
f.,
c.
p.
3
sf.
s.
m.
'33
ab-
:
wife
D3J vb. Pe., Imp. DD: schlach\
n.
riDJ vb.
p.
id.
D34
remove.
s.
||
D3:
s.
S
m. ?JO)D33;
3
s.
sf.
,
VpD3:, FPCD3
1-
m.
BeritE, jMf-
N'ttttj'n.
.
-)DJ
1
m., p. 'BB3: Decke,
S3DJ
n.
DDJ.KD3
DDJ N^DD humor.
1DJ vb.
oder, or. vb. Pe., Pf.
1
s.
'3D3 s
;
m. Metallbarren,
n.
m. Mi6mut, bad
Pa., Pt.
.
,
marry (take a wife). Pf. 3
S. f.
Itpe.,
HSJ vb. Pe., Pt. fachen, blow.
\
trODtfiK. X3D3
s. f.
nnojp, p.
n.
'3wo,
f. t^DIp 1 s. 33D3p (Ki3O|p), 1 p. 1^3D3D, 2 B.
p.
;
rnp3Q: sich verbeiraten, verheiratet werden, be marf.
IT
I
HSJ: an-
act. \
Itpe., Pf. 3
m. HB3K pass.
Nns:
n.
||
m. Schmied, smith.
^W Pt.
TT
eye.
Sieb,
s.
1
p.
I.
3pi; Pt. act. p. m. Cl)'3W: heiraten take, ,
p.
.
;
t 13DJJ; 3 p. m. 'p2D>; Imp.
m.
act. p.
2 s. m. F]3B3; Vyj [i6yjD] n. m., p.txjqpj; m. 2 s. 3DJH, 3Dn, Impf. Schuh, *7oe. sf. 1 s. NSJ n. f., s. m. 3 3DJ^ [NnBJl 3p:n T T ;J ;
t^pj/p;.:
tCj)nDJlD: sagen, saw.
1
nehmen
Traktat,
n. m., p.
.
adv. -auch,
DJ
f.
Wunder, miracle. 2
!33
entfernen,
bar of metal.
m. fremd, foreign.
n.
n.
3
s. c. sf.
:
treatise.
sessions.
nx"J33
TODO
.
]DJ
;
2 :
Af., Pf. 1
m. InwnDS
Inf.
1
p.
2 t
m.
KD33?,
a
off (give
to).
Pa.,
1
leg.
marry
raten,
ziehen, subtract.
ten, slaughter.
|j
Af., Pt. act. 3p:D: verhei-
N3J vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
HDr: ?
a husband).
ried (take
rprPJ: Zahn, tooth.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
s. f.
3 p. m.t^D:, ^BJ; Pt. act. s.m. ^DJ, Is.N^DJ: fallen, /a//.
|
Af.,
abortieren, birth
to.
PtVIL ^w
X^SO: premature
138* fSJ vb. Pe., Imp. fb: schiitteln, ausklopfen, shake out, beat.
cause
to
go forth, bring
lead out. 3
m.
s.
xnpsp
\\
n.
out, sf.
f.,
nnps, T'T ':--' xjpso
-
n.
:
pBJ vb. Pe., Pf. 3
m.
s.
3 p. m. pteJ ; Impf. 1 1 p. 3 s. m.
bn; 3 p. IpS s.
;
:
Inf.
pBBj
7B3, :rr"
f.
s.
p'BX
;
;
m. Ausgang,
;
'E;
f.
1
m.,
Pt. act.
3
s.
XjPBJ
p.
coze
reflex.
sich
(48).
daraus ? what follows for us therefrom? aao K|?B:
means.
n^:
was fiir Bedeutung hat es? what is the significance thereof? sf.
Af., Pf. 1
s.
2 p. m. 1DJTVJ7BX.
npBX, 2
;
s.
m. npBX, sf. 3 s.m.'nnp|N; 3 s. m. pBX, sf. 3 s.'m.
HpBN; 3 s. m. nrpBX
s.
sf.
3
s.
f.
sf.
nj?BK_,
3
3 p. m. tlpBX, m. HJpBS Impf. 2 ;
;
m. pBnj 3 p. m. ^pB^; Imp. s. m. pBS, p. m. IpBN; s.
Inf.
7JBX^
:
pBD,
f.
;
Pt. act.
Nj?BB_, p.
s.
m.
m. (l)V.BO,
P.7.SO hervorgehen machen, heraus1 s.
WpBO,
1 p.
ziehen, cause to
:
come
out,
nt^B30: aus
|
o/ himself. aus seinen eignen
:
pass.
\
0w
Mitteln,
s.
m.
Pe., Pt. f.
tJ^BJ,
V^DJ:
own
his
o/"
vb.
B^'SJ ||
m.
p.
= pron.
selbst,
at^sno
:
p
s.
;
ow, go forth. ]h Kj?BJ 'D aJD was ergibt sich uns \
1
1
c. suff.
Seele, soul;
:
gehen, hervorgehen,
sf.
2 p. m. m. neteJ 3 s. f.
m.^BJ;
m.
exit.
>^'DJ;
tt^'DJ, s.
herausXJpDJ: r> p-r
1 s.
n.
p's,
Imp.
p. Q)1pB V;
m. pBJ,
XBi
XB^BJ, gro6,
viel,
numerous, large. Af.Jmpf. 3 s. f. Bten: vermehren, \
multiply. J
vb. Itpe., Pt.
m.
X^4, p. n^O: streiten, f.
XPISO
m. ^SW,
s.
2
1S3t3,
s.
quarrel.
\\
m. streitsuchtig,
n.
quarrelsome. J
vb. Af., Impf. 3 1
sf.
s.
XJ^sa
:
1^
(er)retten
deliver, rescue.
3
s.
m.
^n
;
m.
s.
Pt. act.
;
\
,
c.
1 s.
save,
Ittaf., Pf.
Pt. 2
s.
pass. J
vb.
Itpe., Pf. 3
s.
m.
139 3j?3
Pt.
;
lockert
s.
m. 3p3
durck-
:
be
werden,
per-
ttpJN vb. Pe., Pf. 2
gleichstellen, compare, place
s.
m.
n.
J r
3
FjBp.J;
m.
s.
c. sf. 1 s. "jUpJ,
m. HUp:; Impf. 1 B'pJN; 2 s. m. BpJF); 2 3
s.
Inf.
c! f.
in:up:p^, act. Bj?J,
"p/up: 2
m.
s.
ntspj; p ass. p.
greifen, halten,
x
jmdm
es iibel
with. |
Pa., Pt. act. BjMO: \
tipJt):
vb.
Af., Pt.
act.
1
s.
umringen, encom-
pass. vb. Pa., Pf., 1 p. tKTJjM:
Fett
und
c.
gewisse
Adern
3
sf.
s. f.
T
^3t3
ntr'J. ~ :
2B/J vb. 3B(3 net.
n.
Pe. wehen, blow. m.
p. '3Bft
,
vb. Pe., Imp.
'J
Netz,
:
ent-
:
Bfr'J.
hauten, *A:m. vb. Pe., Pf. 3
':
Pf. 3
vb. Pe.,
J
2
s.
pIBti
p.
;
m.
m. -prB{;
Pt. act. ^ptP'J
s.
vb. %Pe.,
*]t
:
;
f.
Impf. 1
certain veins.
Geschenk,
c.
3 p. m. Ki?B(;,
sich
,
touch.
3 p. 'm. tyjn^; ||
m.
s.
kiissen
:
beruhren, kiss f :
m.
s.
depart.
fortriicken,
geben, ^we.
s.
inx;
Imp.
"jn:
xni.no n.
f.
gift.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. l^nj,
vb.
||
vergessen,
:
=
vb. Pe.
beseitigen, remove fat and
Pe., Pt. act. Af. klopfen, knock.
s.
m.
s.
:
auflesen, pick.
Af., Pt.
Ftirst,
forget.
sf.
XJDJ5MD:
J
Pt.
be angry
sammeln, gather. act.
|
nehmen, auf
jmdn bose sein,
j
= act.
xn^o) anjns up:,
(sc.
m.
n.
:
vb. Itpe., Pf. 1
3 p.
er-
seize, take
hold, keep; Pt. pass.
T
1 p.
1 p. iJ'B'jH:
'B'fcJ,
H^J
p.
Pt.
TOBJMO^;
1 s. NJB'i?J, T
axe.
Beil,
prince.
3 p. m.
sf.
m.
s.
m. USpJF); 3 s. m. Bp^.; 3 p. m. 1t2j?JJ, BIjM; Imp. ts'pJ;
vergleichen,
:
t^j?D
on an equal footing.
forated. J,
act.
f.
t-jiw: abfallen, /a//
off..
140
TIG
!
n. f.,
[xnXD]
-JXD
*CO n.
.
)KD:
p.
Seah,
MaB, a measure.
ein
tOKDO
m.
s. f.
p. *:(K)DD sf. 3 s.
f
m. PP:NDD: Schuh, shoe. T n. m. sf. 3 s. m. :
,
F!D, -T :
id.
'
D vb. Pe. t Pf. 3
s.
m.
c.
hzD ertragen, bear. -QD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. n.3D; :
gehen Pt.
1 p.
m.
nV
id.
Impf. 3
;
2
rr '
:
pass.
s.
Fna&: :
IT '
meinen,
verstehen,
,
es
:
'
understand; 1st meine
= Pe.
Pt.
Itpa., fur
richtig
s.
JTDnpO:
f.
befunden wer-
den,
be found correct. Pf.
3
s.
m. 13DS,
ly
to,
m.
recognize.
etwas
Verstande
pV
\\
mit
Niap
dem
Erschlossenes,
>5D
m.
viel,
es ge-
:
1
T
:
muB
gehen, 7 must go. Tin:.... aD v. joinx .
T
=
Pe.
vb.
"USD:
zu-
:
:
lock.
schlieBen,
D vb. Pe., Imp. "Up,
sq. ^
:
sich niederwerfen vor, pro-
strate oneself before. n.
n.
p.
p.
13D:
f.
1
prince.
h:
I:DD,
p.
niigt ihm, Y w enough for him. NiVlX X ? ! ViD X^: ich T :rT
sein, anerkennen, be friend-
et
^RDS
3D adj.,
numerous.
freundlich
'BS
K^qo,
opinion.
Af., sq.
f.
t-piOJQ;
T
my
it is
vorwarts
Af., Pt. act. s.'m.
||
:
Meinung,
1_3^D:
X^RDK;
f.
^J.ripp:
T
think, reason,
XTaD T
'
m.
s.
:
:
:
m. "DD, s.
KTap
f.
nachdenken ^7
s.
"pnaD;
p.
^.ptD, T
s.
m.
walk.
,
kommen, proceed;
S.
'f.'.TDD: "
s.
Pt. act.
"!3D^;
2
1P"|3D;
3
3 p. m. "liap
1
f
tKTDD,
mab:
p.
wandeln
,
s.
Pt. p.
;
1
t^b,
tftID,
|
m.
by
t^D;
1 p.
XV1D, 'JD
s. f.
Itpe., Pf. 3
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
at
reasoning.
3
sf.
,
arrived
something
no
m.
,
^p
p.
:
Fiirst,
n. m. sf. 3 s. m. Xnp " rnp FuBblock stocks. .
,
:
,
n.
m.
,
SJ1D TT -
\\
n.
m.
141 Verfertiger von FuBblocken,
maker of
pD XJHD T :
nj^TD
3
sf.
s.
m.
leinenes Tuch, linen
:
3
sf.
m.,
Umgebung
TOO:
vb. Pa., Pt. act.
herum, n. p.
V."1HD_
m.
s.
surroundings.
,
XJtiD
wrapper.
no
"linp adv. rings
.
\
n. m.,
.
"1PID
round about.
stocks.
(XJDBJ) Satan.
m.
n.
(hebr.)
XTTD xnpp n. m. Seite, */fe. ordnen, arrange. m. p. ""Tip Ordnung 3'D vb. Pe. , alt werden, grow X3D n. m. Greis, oW old. (= Teil der Misna), order ||
n.
:
,
||
part of the Mishna).
f
TID
xnnD
.
witness.
(xnnfe) Zeuge, "THD vb. denom. :
||
m. TIDX
3 p. m. "hVKJX; pt. act! HPIDD: Zeugnis ablegen, bear testiAf., Pf. 3
s.
;
mony. ID
elders.
p. *
,'
nno --:r
:
XJD1D m.
51D,
n.
frQJDUD
P]iD2^
s.
\\
m. ani3S3 r
(''to) ^ r-'
:
D'D, DID vb. Pe., Impf. 3 Pt. act.
D^DJ;7
m.
s.
D'D: T ..
Pa., Pf. anlegen, put on. 3 s. m. D'D Inf. XO*DoV, ;
Pferd, horse.
Kf*D(140) n.m.Ende, 1
3
Greisenalter, old age.
sf.
p.
3
s.
m. PlO^pO^
m. ^O^pp
lassen
,
id.
,
cause
to
Pt. act.
;
anlegen
;
put
on. \\
m. Schatz, treasure. (gr. ?) n. m., sf. 2 s. m.
letzterFall, end,latter case. FjiD ?,
Greisin, xnqo xnno, xnn'p
\\
f.. sf.
the
f.
\\
3 p.
n. m., p. c. sf. :
n.
old woman.
... 7
m.
n.
Mond, moon.
XB1D,
p. die Altesten,
D^DJ,
XVID T-:r
.
T T
man;
n.
adv. zuletzt,
endlich, at last.
xnp T
vb. Pe., baden,
Af.
Pf. 3
,
s.
m.
6a^.
c. sf.
3
c. sf.
3 p.m. IrunO'D ir "
:
s.
m.
schlie-
:
m. nnpX: baden, bathe.
xniDO(16c)n. 1PID
vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2 s.
f.
Bad,
vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
\\
&af/t. s.
f.
XD^nD niederwerfen, throw T :
'
Ben, conclude.
3
s. f.
D^npn
ruheii,
Itpa., Impf.
bestimmt wer-
den, be correctly ascertained, fixed.
:
down; pass,
:
v. IKD.
142* D
3
n. m., sf.
!
m. PIPD: "T
s.
:
Hut, hat.
"jDPpp
y>D vb. Pa., Pf. 3 3
m. ny*D
s.
Impf. 3
s.
m.
c. sf. s.
Imp.
XDDD
pass.
m.
n.
m. IBRD?; Pt.
s.
:
dummer Mensch,
:
m.
stupid person. Inf.'y1p; -DD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. m. ir'pB, f. X^DD: 3 B. m. PHDp ; Pt. act. 1 s. ;
c.sf. 3 p. 1nJy.p;
Pt. act.
s.
unterstiitzen, support. Itpa.,
Xj")3D
verstopfen, stop up.
:
\
Pt.
s. f.
x^rnpp
xrta xn^o, T T:
.
n.
X1?p
XD^D XB'D, T- n.,' *p T: -7 sword. Schwert, XD^p n. m. Schwerttrager, swords-
.
\\
:
m. nr&p
man.
X3D
vb.
X^3DD
Pt.
Pa., :
act.
s.
f.
ausschauen, erwar-
ten, look for, expect.
XJ^3D
n.
-pD.
[XnZJD]
f.
n.
f.
p.
,
Impf. 2
s.
s.
'3D:
'VsnDX
m.
3
p.
f.
-
s.
;
3
sf.
s.
:
consider.
D vb. Pa., 2
sq.
s.
m.
s.
;
Impf.
pDJ (p^DJ, 3
;
f.
1
1 s. s.
'
m
s.
Inf.
m. p^D,
p.!?D,
m.
p.
p^D;
m. pen
s.
s.
s.
3
p. X:p^D, aufsteinpVo:' :'IT :
gen, ascend.
p?D: den Sinn kommen, come xny.'lX
into the mind,
xp^D
tinyi T '
'T
:
du denkst, you Inf
'fclVp;
think.
Pt. act.
:
:
IT
Pa., 1
p.
remove. IJ'P^DO entfernen, Itpa., Pt. i s. x:p^npD :
Pf.
m.^nJ3D; 2 i
2
:
;
l^noV Imp.
Inf.
1
1 p.
;
2 P7^D, IT'
^.tonOK schauen, betrachten, look ;
;
Pt. act.
in
m. ^3no:,
pDX
p^p:)
p.
vb. Itpa., Pf. 1
at,
3
"hp^D OpQ?), 1 s.
sf. i s.
f.,
Korb, basket.
:
tpp^ Imp. pD;
Messer, knife.
:
Pflock, peg.
VSRDX
n.
m. np?D
s.
:
.
vb. Pe., Pf.
2
v. XDl'D.
xrvW. T:
v.
:
m.: Dorn, thorn.
xn^p, xn^p 2 s. m.
.
*)
XD>p
'
:
gelingen, succeed.
yr\)r3D
1
s.
c.
sf.
p. 1.
gefahrden, endanger. Itpa.
2 p.
sich
ent-
ziehen, withdraw. Pf. 3 s. m. pDX, sf. 3
Af.,
1JVpVnD: 'p :
:
\
s.
m.
ISO 3 p. m. "hpox,
3
m. PHpDK
8.
Inf-
c. sf. i s. VP.B.N;
Pt.
act.
Imp.
;
'pte^;
m. j?DB,
s.
sf. s. f.
1
s.
aufsteigen lass en,
XJjPDB
:
cause
to
ascend; wachsen cause
lassen (Fleisch),
to
143' pass. lean.
ordain;
3 p. m.
Pf.
in^SODK
Af.,
\
3 p. m.
sf.
anlehnen (einen
:
Lehrsatz
c.
an einen Bibel-
cause (a scholastic
vers),
to
proposition) Scripture).
rest
(on n.
xrpDDX
\\
f.
grow (flesh); benennen, Anlehnen, causing to rest. n. m., JT name; vollenden, complete; DBD. XBD p. t-msD, r T ~' 'jDD: Medizin, medicine. (rm) !J3 XJjPDQ du bist mir '"inOD Drachenblut (Name (Geld) schuldig, J/OM owe r
'
:
\\
:
me
(money).
Ausgang, 5D vb. Pa.
3
sf.
XJJ2DD n. m.
||
:
result.
m.
Pf. 3 p.
,
m. rnnDD,
s.
3
c.
p.
irulBQ: blindmachen, Wind.\\ S
D]
[
adj.,
blind. ||
heit,
ITBD
s.
xn^OD
xrv&D:
d.
f.
n.
felind-
f.
vb. Pe.
Pf. 1
,
s.
Imp. p. m. 1DBD, 13BD c. sf. 3 s. m. asoqpV
m.
act. s.
2
s.
:
:
anlehnen die
S)BD, 1
FOOD rr
,
Hand
p'.
pass. r
: '
s.
'3BD ;
;
;
Inf.
Pt.
1J'3BD,
?PBD
:
:
sich
anlehnen, auflegen (bei der
Ordination), ordinieren^bm, lean, lay the hand upon (a person
to
adj.,
d.
be ordained),
m.
p.
XftOD;
7.JDD: rot, ra/.
10D
vb. Itpe., Inf.
sich in acht
uehmen, take
care, beware.
DOD.
v.
m. Feinmehl, XJD vb. Pe.,
fine flour.
BD
pDD
nnoo
blindness. (gr.) n.
eines Gewachses), dragons blood (name of a plant).
3
3
Inf. c. sf.
n^DD, rUDD f. X^D, "JD, T' T iir'
;
Pt. act. p. s. *
m.
3 m. tyrix:;?, T
s.
tyirpxjfr; p.
f.'
c.
s.
m.
s.
m.
c. sf.
p.
sf.
m.
i s.
f. tWlJD: pass. s. m. ^D. r T :' iJD: hassen, m. p. X^:D, hate. Itpe., Pf. 3 p. m. :
IT '
|
tr:ntyx: pass.
X^DD T
V.
DDJ.
:
vb. Pe., Inf. "n?Dp
sen,
dine.
\\
xnnyo
:
spein.
f.,
144* sf.
"li'D
2
s.
m. tJWV.D
Mahl-
:
xnnDBD T IT
zeit,
vb. Pe., Pt. act.TD
(5/)
SSD
vb.
NBD
Itpe., Impf. 2
s.
PBD (hebr.)
sich fiirchten, be afraid. 2
XDD
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
s.
m. fPBD
m.
n.
Schwelle,
Pfoste, threshold, post.
UVSnDft:
Pt. 2 p.
'BFjDFl;
m. Zweifel,
n.
doubt. :
1OSD
m.
n.
c. "ISO
,
XIBDn. T
zu speisen geben, speisen,
buch.
give to eat, feed.
Schreiber, scribe.
s.
3
t-IBD'.;
m.
Pf. 3 p.
nnDD
m.
;
'p.
n.
c. sf.
Impf. 3
:
IT
p.nBD: :IT
Schere, scissors. Pf. 3 p. m.
f.
m. 1^nBD'.:
m. T1D :IT
Pt. act. r p.
saddle. \
mail, lament (for
satteln,
:
Pa., Pt. pass. p.
"jriDS:
Pf. 3
p. c. sf.
3 p. m. liTBBD:
Kasten,
n31D T
21D.
IT
"rr
chest.
;
stinken,
I
n.
IT
f.,
3 a.m.
sf.
Vornehmheit
:
as-
,
sumption.
n.
f.,
c.
XJiSD ||
W1BD:
rWBD
1 :
Schiff,
n. m.,' p. \JlBD,
Schiffer, sailor.
X^DDD TT; -\(lat.)/
n. m.,7JT p.
Bank, bench. (pers.)
n.
..
2
nnp adv. mehr, more. HID vb. Pe., Pt. pass, nno: verderben, verwesen,
'^DBD T :
:
decay.
spoil,
Af., Pt. act.
\
rnDD, p. m. Kleie, "pD vb. Pe.,
bran. N"JpE>p
X^D
:
stink.
funeral speech. KttSD (pers.) n. m.,
XJPD1SD
f.
no
m.
s.
||
ship.
f.
id.
JttBDn N1D vb. Pe., a dead person). Pt. pass. s. (hebr.) n. m. Trauerrede,
sn^DD
Buch,
:
in.,
m. T\D vb. Pe.,
s.
trauern, klagen (um einen
Toten),
|| 11
n.m., p. d.tNnsDO,
nSD vb. Pe., 3
Af., Imp.
\
id.
'BDK,
Ver-
f.
kerage.
:
untersuchen, examine. 1
n.
(pers.) NiX '
""
:
mittlung, Maklerwesen, bro-
meal.
m.
TpDD
Pt. act.
:
s.
m.
id.
^D
an-
:
to.
(syr.
,
pers.)
Schwert, sword.
n.
hangen, cling m. DID. XptDO - n. m., 'TT :
":
Kamm,
comb.
sf.
1
s.
145* p adj., p. ^ HP l eer empty. rip n. m. Winter, winter. :
>
m.
n.
Unbestimmtes,
ino
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3 p. m. c. sf.
3
1
act. "ino, - T'
Bestimmung, simply, with-
losen, loosen.
WIPID T -IT
1 s.
;
s.
Pt.
;
adv. something undefined. schlechtweg, ohne weitere \
trnno
sf.
tnnD; Impf. s. m. ninps :
nie-
down;
auf-
:
derreifien, tear
out further qualification.
m. n:
n. coll., sf. 3 s.
X:yr
Itpe., Impf. 3
and
f.
nay 2
s.
3 f
goats.
vb. Pe.,
Pf.
i
nay;
s.
2 p. innay_'; trmy; 3 p. m.
rnay;
s.
f.'
'i
nay;.
Impf. p. hay: ; 2
s.
nay;
m. nayn, f. nay m. n,'p. nayn; 3s. m. nain, p. m. nay^.; imp. i
s.
:
s.
m. nay,
nay.o
;
p.
nay
m.
Pt. act.
f-inay,
m.
p.
;
inf.
naynn:
p.
pass.
pnay. :rr
7
s.
(i)na; ,"f.
2 p. in nay r rr :
m. Tay,
p.
m. H/ay
do,
;'
:
work;
tun, arbeiten, pass, beschaffen sein, pflegen, be liable, likely, accustomed.
Ehre
h
\
erweisen
3 Kni3*B Margolis,
'y
:
xip' nay: BC '
,
honor.
eine Gefallig-
Chr. Bab. Talm.
getan werden,
gemacht werden, be done, be made.
Saf., Inf.
Pt. act. "la.y.Bto d.
H^V.Bto:
verpflichten gate.
;
unterwerfen, subject, obli-
,
Pt.
Istaf.,
|
Hiayt^
pass. p. m.
;
s.
f.
snaynt^'p, p. m. nay.n^'p, i s. xjTayrjBto: pass.
Hay
xnay_ n. m., p. slave.
||
:
Knecht,
xna'y n. m.,
m. tovnv T i
\
m. TaynV,
s.
||
m. na^,
s.
a favor.
keit erweisen, do
T
Kleinvieh, small cattle, sheep
nnayV
P. c. sf.
;
sf.
3
2 p.
s.
Tat, Werk,
m.
Ge-
schaft, Ereignis, deed, work,
occurrence.
business ,
XPTay
||
n.
f. ,
sf.
2 p. m.
lyiytoy: Arbeit, Geschaft, work, business. iD^nvay '0 Hna: was babet ihr zu -:
tun
r
mit
.
.
.?
what have 10
146*
>=
do
to
you
X"Tiaytt{ n.
with
.
.?
.
xnpy n
.
m. Verpflichtung,
.
py
a.
p.
f.,
r T
:
distress.
Not, 1-
ny vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. .nx: erwachen, awake.
obligation.
nay vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. t-jjnay.; 2
Pt. act. naj7
cross;
:
-
:
nay,
s.m. rnay';
:
Itpa., Pt.
\
f.
adj.,
l.y
s. f.
n
t
c. "lay:
Seite, \\
\\
Xiay
my
n.
XTiy
Gegend,
wy.
XliaD
riy. adj.,
n.
^y. ^y. X?jy T
m.
||
m. Kalb,
Xl'iy.
stark,
:
Pt.
wrap
58ft).
X !^ (9ft) pron. dem. s. f.
'
:
:^y n.
diese,
i
f.,
p. (flu.) c. sf.
p-V^.V; 3
s.
1
this.
n\py., n^'ry., eye.
ny. Kwy. n. m., c. i^y.; sf. 3 s. m. HJiy Zeit, time. T XJ^xn adv. jetzt, now, at TT :
*
I
'
>
this time.
l^ (9ft) pron. dem.
\\
ti;
=
s.
m.
vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. *py_, f. xsny, i p. p.'Bny, 2 s. ns^.V, sq. "IP besser,
1
m.
:
t
s.
m.
l^y,
impf. i p.
;
i;
l?.v.^); s.'
s.
tnu^,
n^ry Auge,
f.
vb. Pa., Pf. 1 p.
^y
I^V.; 3
act.
dieser, this; p. diese, these.
better.
oneself.
n. f.Woike, n.m., xna^y T r-
als,
(56c;
-IT
sich
F|t3y.:
cloud.
praep. bis, until.
when
f.
einhiillen, a-'y T
(4tf#) conj. wahrend, while,
ver-
uy
v.
Itpa.,
I"
n.
n1l?:
derben,
xnati n. m.
adv. alsbald, soon. V^yV 7 "S :
s
blind.
:
ra - Blindheit,
-
vb. Pa., Inf.
Fahrmann, ferryman.
"iy_
x^yno:
schwanger werden,
Fahre, ferry.
2
s.f.
!
side, region.
x
itpa.,Pt.
.
blind werden, become blind.\\
iiberschreiten,
become pregnant. m.,
s.
sq. ~^V. ubertreten,
transgress.
mayo T
i
m.
i?y_j
imp.
'l?y_D,
X^yO:
3 p. m.|
f.
(ir.v^ '
ib.;
pt
-
XJ'.y.O,
betrachten,j
untersuchen, consider, examine. X^yo n. m. Quelle, ||
spring.
vb. Pa., Pt. act.
.
auflialten,verhindern, delay
147' check. |
Itpa.
Impf. 1
,
s.
D^ i/
m. Maus, mouse. (gr.) n. m. (f.) Otter, n.
adder. >yj,
n.
vb. Pe., Pf.
3
m. h>_
s.
>ly.
1 p.
;
1
s.
2
s.
;
10)&?5 3s. m. tvrt^ n^y., n^v.; 3 s.f. aiVy.; 3 p.
m.
tiwy,
irp'py,
m
m.
act.
m.
m. t-j^y
wegen,
auf, tiber,
upon, over, on account
*^V/S "X^y.
adv
*?$?. ||
of.
oben
-
^V. adj. nx^y.; p. 1
uppermost; ^y ? oben,a&0v^V.; Ober-
Pt.
|j
S^y
s^y.o,
(xn^
xn;^y.D,
m. ^y.p,
s.
f.
p.
m.
: ),
vb. denom. Pa.,
s.
pass.
d.
f.
vor-
Xni^^t)
Vorziiglichkeit, excel-
lence.
|
m
-
^>
n^y.; 3
Itpa.,
tn^ys, N^y.X:
3
Pf.
s.
f.
vorzuglich
werden, become excellent. JnVy n. m. Bedruckung, oppression; p. 83
:
,T'
'
:
s.
'
'
:
n^ y, :
,
2 P
.
Anma-
Bung, excess of authority.
sf."3
^.V_, s.,
f.
X^.y_;
s.
m.
3p.m.
t^.y, ^'y_, sf. 3 s. m.m^y, p. m. 1n:^.y_; Impf. 2 s.m.
3s. m. ^y_V; 3p.m.
^.y.H;
^'.yj
:
i^y.o, p.'f.d!
ziiglich, ea:ce//en^||
n.
d.
xn^y.q
i p. i:^yt2:
,
:
inv'y: hineingehn, enter. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. n!?V_; 3 s.
upper story,
stock, Soller,
^yTr x.y, p. ^y, ^y, f.p'V: T T
7
w!?$, 2
i s.
Pt. f.
\
?
oberer, oberster, wpjt?
room.
.rr
m.
Inf.
1?;
s.
'
ilTl^y.:
m.
s.
Im P"h^;?.;
-
p.
Impf.
yyx; 3
1 s.
ll^V.
m-"0fe
above.
1 s.
f.
3 p. m. sf.
praep.,
Ti^X
^y,
Ranke,
f.
insidiousness.
2?y_X: verweilen, tarry.
sf.
,
3
m.
s.
rn'^yji;
Imp.>g; Pt. act. s.m. ^y_D, p. m. "f"V^y_, 1 p. l^^.y.O: hineinhineinbringen to cause enter; fiihren, 1
.
,
2. intr.
= Pe.
||
^.yo,
^O
n. p.
m.
tag,
entrance, commence-
c.
Eingang, Rust-
ment, day before. x:^y D n. m. Eingang, entrance. \\
tsVv n.
;
m. Welt, Aon, world,
aeon; das Volk, the people. 10*
\
148*
po:?
\
adv. xaVya T VT ?B XD?yn T
merely. liche
I
:
ft
2
bloB,
:
welt-
m. 7jy_
s.
jwjy. n. m.,
x:y.
:
c.
i^y.:
Angelegenheit, affair. 3
xjy.
-oy
" jy ..
-
arm
:
d. x>jy_;
adj.,
:
Dinge, secular mat-
$
Pt. act.
;
antworten, answer.
\
D*?^? adv. auf immer, for ever.
2
die zukiinftige
D^y
Welt, the world to come.
;
.
*T
7
1
00/*.
p.
Xnr. T
II II
t>rr: Arniut,
ters; Gegensatz (opposite):
n.
XQB(! 'ip Dinge, die sich auf Gott (Religion, Sittlich-
XJy vb. denom. poverty. Itpe., Pt. MyD: arm wer-
keit) beziehen, matters ap-
den, become poor.
(religion,
^3
tout
XC^yo' T IT
Bftx
XttVy
morality}.
\
monde.
le
God
to
pertaining
I
-:
:
Mann, any man.
irgend ein
^y n. m. Jiingling, man. y_
young
..
n.
n.
Nichtjuden,
V adj., p. 'p.'py:
s.
s.
m.
d.
d.
xnsy,
n. m., sf.
^y
12:
HJW.
2
s.
id.
xrjSJ
[|
Augenbeere
;
Volks-
m.
Pt. pass.
2
s.
vergniigt maclien,
:
Xjy.
n.
f.,
p.
v
r;: Ziege,
n. m.. p. 'Jjy: XJjy x '*T -; TT -
jy_
c. sf.
n.
c. sf.
m., p.
Wolke, 3
s.
m.
riDjy: Zweig, branch. vb. Pe., Pt. act.
bestrafen, punish.
m.
genosse, fellow-tribesman. s.
f.
'
-;
Jy vb. Pe., Pf.
grape.
n.
Wein-
:
:
delight.
Wolle,
1QV v.
T
D^i-l
Xnp'oy;
:
^jy
p. r
, '
,
xnn:y
deep.
tief,
xrp^ Fasten,
goat.
Gentiles. f.
m.
:
traube
Saule,
=
p.
||
p. XiTJy_H:
,
fasting.
X2jy T
!jy.
Volk, people;
,..
,
3
sf.
m.,
..
(ein Fehler im Auge) pustule.
column.
n. m.,
f.
F03y_p n.
s.
||
Jjy vb. Pa.,
n. m., p. H^ay_:
DDy. XDy_
sf.
f.,
vb. Pe.,
Pt. act.
2 p. HVp.pV IJ^qy, s.
mTp^py,
2 p. UVp'DV:
1
;
1
p.
pass,
p.'VR'?^ beschafti^
149 be occupied.
sein,
Pf. 2
Impf. Inf.
'i?.iDy_8>
'pDy_D
sich
:
vb. Pe.,
pass.
Pt.
P]^,
legen
X3^xy, p.
d.
^xy,
2
2
S3Sy T ;
*.
/
NFnxy
n.
my
2np.y_:
m., p. t-p:ny: -T[T '
vb. denom. Pe., Pt. act. K3")y
:
*e#.
untergehen,
Itpe., Pf. 3
s.
m. rnyx
:
id.
naked. ^>D")y_, ^13"]^ adj. nackt, n. m., sf. 3 s. m. ncny. XD-jy_
f.Wochenfest, Pente-
m. Ferse,
n.
Knpya:
heel.
hinter,
Bahre,
n.
pjj
||
root.
adv. anfanglich, at "lj?y vb. denom. Pe., s.
m.
Impf. 3
Xi?iy;
nach,
1p_yr ,
f.
2
npiy.
ply.
s. f.
p^n,
flee.
p'lyn: fliehen,
m. Wurzel,
Pt. act.
bier.
N^Biy. n. m. Gewolk, clouds. l vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf.tnp.-iy,
behind, after.
first.
p.
:
cost.
T
(m.),
n. my TTrr
s. f.
\
ness.
XTp.y,
||
Kastrierter,
Biirge, sponsor.
sad.
m. Betrubnis, sad-
n.
my.
-:
n.
m.
Skorpion, scorpion. 1
:
betriiben,
ziehen,
:
castrate. X2-lpy_
s. f.
H3'Xy betrubt, sad Itpe., Pf. 3 p. m. tnsyx: sich r become
ent-
,
Nlpy. m. n. un-
||
n.
Xlpy
:
m.
"1|?y_R
fruchtbar, barren.
Pa., Pt. pass.
xnsy. n. m., sf. 2 s. f. ^"i.cy.5 3 s. m. n"isy_ Staub, dust. 3Sy vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f.
m.
s.
pull out.
fold
,
\
m.
\
Impf. 2
;
verdoppeln, double.
:
F|B_y_D
^
s.
wurzelt werden, be pulled, move, be uprooted. Pa.,
doppelt
P]^y_:
twice, double.
destroy, remove. Pf. 3
,
p.m. tnp.yns; pt. losgerissen werden
t]Dy.:
act.
verdoppeln
,
itpe.
n. m.,
poy 2 s. m.
Geschaft, business. *|Dy
m.
p'.
||
sf.
Ngoy.;
richten, losreifien,
uproot,
beschaftigen,
busy oneself. d.
Grunde
Pt.
;
:
Nilp^r entwurzeln, zu
1 s.
Itpa.,
\
m. nptsy.ns, 3 p. m.
s.
=
n.
f.
Riemen,
thong.
ny. nrr
myo T :ir
;
p.
:
n.
f., 5
:
sf.
3
s.
m.
Hohle, cave.
VJS
150* vb. Pa.,
Pf. 1
s.
c. sf.
3 p. m. iPUn-'fry Inf. c. sf. 3 p. injyitt^ zwingen, force. ;
:
X3fry. n. m.,' p. -qfry.
Kraut,
:
ifcy n. m.,
n.
rrjfry
n'xrfry n.m.zehnter, P- 20. V"lfry
tenlh.\\
iny
adj. teuer, dear.
Try
adj. zukiinftig, future;
m. nny.nx
s.
1"lfly_nn
alt,
Alter,
s.
rich.
grow d.
\\
xn-pny.
1
sf.
nnyx,
Zu-
riches.
treffen,
rtB adj.,
impf. 2 p.
Tny. adj., s. p. m.
;
xnn^ny
\\
tvv
s.
;
reich werden,
:
reich, rich.
sq. Inf. sive Pt. in der
:
m'.
vb. itpa., Pf. i
f.
p^'y
n.
old age.
m.
10.
f.
xnp^ny
Xf?nV
\\
3
herb, herbage.
d.
f.
adj.,
y_
old.
n.
f.,
1
Reichtum,
:
kunft, in the future.
jB
vb. Pe.,
3
sq.
hasty.
1iS vb. Itpa., Impf. 1 s. 13BK. miifiig gehen, &e eW/
m. Schadenersatz
n.
,
c. sf.
3 p. m.
s.
m.
PI
3
s.
c. sf.
t^n^B,
HB:
3
|
xny.lB n.
bruise, wound. BHB vb. Pe., Pf. 3
3 p. m. tflB, act.
B^B
remain.
:
f.
p.
s.
;
PnjTTB,
bruise,
Wunde,
f.
iibrig
m.
Xtr'B; T T '
sf.
f.,
2
tlbereilung,
:
n. m., sf. 2
-; |-
s.
m. TrnB: T '
|-
XirjB n. m. Topfer, potter.
nns'vb. Pe.,
tfB
;
Pt.
bleiben,
1
nnsp ?:
Inf.
sq.
"jD verringern, diminish.
Itpe., Pf. 3
s.
m. nriEX:
schadhaft werden, become rickety.
DOB s.
iibereilt,
n.
Fnrcht, fear.
n^"ts; Pt.act. yiB,
verwunden,
wound.
m. iD^niPiB
X1HB T
VIS, PPTB
m.
||
XP1B:
xniWB
haste.
,
pensation for damages. xns y-is vb. Pe. , Pf. 3
m.
:
d.
vb. Pa., Inf.
sten),
112S
(ma-
besanftigen, mollify.
vb. Itpe.,
im.tDBN.; Inf.
1tSB:
Pf.
3 p. m.
m'DB^
:
sich
2 p. m.
13 verab
1GB scbieden, take leave. 2
Pf.
m.
s.
s.
m.
Pa.,
3 p. m.
sf.
2 p. m. t}irni|B;
t-p-jrritsB;
3
c.
I
"1KB: entlassen, ent-
binden, dismiss, free from
151
ein streitsiichtiger Mensch, a quarrelsome man.
B
vb.
Pt.
Pe.,
SD7B: spinnen,
D^B
act.
n. m.,
'(lat. ?)
s.
f.
spin. p.
'p'pB:
Schlag, stroke.
obligation.
m. Elefant, elephant. Pa., Inf. TTiDD ?: schwinden macben, cause
korncben, grain of pepper.
to vanish.
Scharfsinn, keen mind.
N^B
n.
HDD
vb.
n. l?B^B (sanscr.)
Pfeflfer-
f.
1
s. f. *hv. f?B adj., d. X'J^B 'T T :rr d. NrpJ?B ein gewisser, '
:
;'
:
i
:
a certain one.
X^B^B n. m., T
V
sf. 1 s.
j
DB n. m., ?](')tDB
c.
3
;
DB;
2
sf.
m. PDB
S.
||
:
:
s.
;
m.
3 p.
m.irPDB: M\m&,mouih.\\nzh :
&B
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.
Impf. 3 p. m. ^.?W s.
m. J^B,
jVBB; p.
Pt.'
p.
s.
aus-
,
unterscheiden, distribute, divide, deal out, distin-
teilen,
guish; Pt.pass. abweichend, verschiedener Meinung, contrary, of
praep. gemafi, according to. XJS vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m.
Inf.
f.*i^B;
teilen
:
;
Imp.
;
m. I^B;
pass.
m. ^ vB
t^s
'JBD:
sich
die Notdurft verricb-
ten, ease
oneself.
tlJ?3BB:
be divided,
in
opinion.
Halfte
,
X37B
\\
half.
\\
N^B
n. n.
iOJ.B
n.
m.
Pt. pass. p.
f.
verweichlichen,
snip^BOn.f.Verpampered weichlichung \\
,
condition. Meinung sein, be of a different HDD vb. Pe.,
(contrary) opinion, be divided
\\
evening.
pamper.
M.VsB: geteilt werden, ver-
be free,
turn about,
3 p. m. "h^BX; Pt. p. m. schiedener
frei
wenden,
sein,
Itpe., Pf.
\
^UBP;
p.
tUB, UsV; Pt.s.m.
Abend, a different (con- pJD vb. Pa.,
trary) opinion.
2
Impf.
;
3 p.m.
Pt. pass.
TDB
m.
schadigen, injure. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. 1rurnDB
m.
Pt. act. p.
\\
f.
IIDBB,
:
Af., Pf.
id.
;
152
:
me
s
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
3
sf.
m.
s.
m. H^DB; pass.
s.
in
c.
1 s.
SJ? S DB: untauglich machen, render unfit. Af., Pf. 3
Pt. act.
VpSO:
m.
s.
m. Spalte,
c. sf.
sf.
3
s.
m. rnpDB. Inf. j?DDO; s. m. pDB, p. m.
n.
s.
"pDB; pass.
\
'piDB?
zerschneiden
:
through.
\
Af., Pf. 3
pDDN;
Pt. act.
1.
Pa.;
=
1
s. f.
,
s.
cut
m.
brechen, interrupt oneself. B n. m. sf. 2 s. m. ,
Kn^B
\\
plain,
,
ings. 2
npB vb. Af., Imp.lpDX:
frei-
Nlpsn geben, give free. (hebr.) n. m. Ziigellosigkeit, ||
licentiousness. v.
Kj?DB.: xn^s
2. sich unter-
n.
'
m. Geschafte, deal-
n.
"lpB
m. p'DB: ab-
schneiden,zerschneiden, cut Pa., Inf. off, cut through.
;
entziehen, :
Tal
,
?
valley.
;
act.
V.ipBK
fissure.
Ebene
f.
<)
Xi?B NVpB, T IT
II
1
pDB 3s.m. nppB; 3p.m."hpDB, Pt.
Infin.
,
withdraw.
id.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
.,
!
vb. Af.
\
m. ^>DBX,
s.
de-
Verwahrung geben,
posit.
yps.
m.
n.
XD"1"1B
Baumgarten,
park. Sty'D'lIB (pers. ?) n.
m.
Fiirst,
prince.
pDB vb. denom., XJ3:niB
verse. \
Imp. pDB
:
(einen Bibelvers)
amter,
hersagen, recite (a Scrip- N;qniB3 tural verse).
Imp.
p.
XpJIIB 'T :IT
Be-
official.
(gr.) adv. offentlich,
(pers.) ^r
:
m. np.B
m.
publicly.
v. VpB. Xj?B T
vb. Pa., Pf. 3
n.
(orig.?)
s. f.
;
*np>B;
Pt. pass.
n.
m.
Bote,
messenger.
S^HB
n.
m. Eisen,
iron.
rnpDO befehlen, com- PTJB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. "^rnB, mand; ein Testament hinnns; Pt. act. s. m. ms, 2
s.
:
terlassen, Af., Pf. 3 act.
leave
a
will.
p.
m. tpDN Pt. s. m. "IpBD, p. m. HpED s.
;
:
f.
]rns>
fliegen",
Pf.
3
:
'"fly,
s.
m.
fliegen, fly c.
davon-
off. sf.
\
3
Af., s.
m.
153*
nrnCN 3s.
;
Impf. 3
m.
s.
B
c. sf.
cause
to fly off.
BIB vb. Pa.
t^BB
:
einzeln aufzahlen, specify.
]B
P"1B vb. Pe., 1
sf. ||
deliver.
change.
sf.,
J
i
:
,
2
(gr.) n. m., sf. 1
m. 7]ns
s.
wins
n.
Inf.
n.B;
:
zerreiben,
1.
c.
ein-
Pa., Inf. ^.ng^, m. npitB ?, 8p.m. 1
s.
Pt.
irup;hB^; s.
act. l.
SJp-lDO: T' :r'T
\
Af.,
m.
s.
\
3
liver;
3.
2.
piso,
trennen,
:
separate;
Inf. '3fil&,
0/hBsV
Impf. 3
stiirzen, fall in; 2. erlosen,
1
id.
f.
"IB vb. Pa.,
s.
Lager, couch.
:
m.
s.
counte-
,
13Fns:
p.
[xnDns] T " f T:r: n. f., p. xBns, 'BnB small Kleingeld
xnB
Gesicht
:
nance.
Pt. act.
,
3
(gr.) n. m., sf.
nrnEJ: fliegen lassen,
f.
erlosen,
de-
auf eine Wider-
legung antworten, meet a ~
ND1B
(pers.) n. m., p.
S
D")B:
Parasange, parasang. XD1B (gr.) n. m. Vorrichtung, contrivance. riSD"iB n. T T
:IT
NJ2PD1B
m. Perser, Persian. (pers.) n. m. Bote,
yiB vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 2 s. m. TI'pyiB, 3 1
s.'
sf.
3
Imp.
10)V.1B s.
m!
1 s. "pPy.lB
;
m.
s.
Itpe., Imp.
c.
sf.
s.
m.
objection. "IpHB.
adv. riicklings,
1j?.").B>t
c.
sf.
s. c. sf.
bezahlen, pay. y"]5tt<
:
11B.
n.
[Nni B]
sich be-
:
p.
f.,
:
Pt. act. yiB,
ny/IB, 2 :
\\
S|?nB n. m., p. ^.nB: Antwort auf eine Widerlegung, answer to a question of
on the back.
messenger.
HFIV.IB;
question of objection.\\Xpr n. m. Vortrag, discourse.
Kleie, bran.
vb. Pe.,
absondern self;
Pa.,
zahlen lassen, be paid.
s.
).Pe.,Pt.pass.s.f.
1.
ausgelassen, licentious.
2.
2.
Inf.
m. 'triB: :rr
Pt. act. * p. ,
m. BhBD, -T :'
one-
travel.
reisen,
Pt. act.
1. sich
separate
\
ttnsp 5 pass, p. m. ^'IBD: * :rr
absondern,
:
separate;
genau angeben,
fOX
154* s n. m., r
3
sf.
m.
s.
t^nsa adv. aus-
nation. |
2
B>1B.
m. Reiter,
n.
XB>'-)B T TIT
horseman.
XFHB
excrements, dung. adv. em wenig, a 3 : '
:
pass.
m.
s.
2.
Imp.
PrtBtfS;
1.
stretch
,
Zweifel
einen
I-T
klar, clear,
standlich,
:
II 11
wollen,
f.
nnsp ?;
Inf.
out;
Tur, door.
self-evis.
f.
o/?e/2.
Pt. act. ||
XnnB
n.
m.
n. m. Topf, J30?. B n. m. Breite, breadth.
X^flB
n. :
Docht,
f.,'
p. ^TIB, r :'
xn^ns: T T r
:
we'cjt.
X|?nB (gr.) n. m. Tafel, tablet.
n. m., sf. 2 s.m. Tni gelost werden, be XTinB T T IT XDt^'B n. m. natiirTisch, table. T T :
s.
las n.
want.
f.
||
Wille, Ding, Bedarf, will, thing, need.
[xynsx, T xny^sx] sf.
i
xns
n.
3
s.
m. Brot, bread.
m.
Finger,
finger.
X113S
n.
m.
coll.
Gemeinde,
congregation. '
P.
xnns, p. m. Imp. s. m. nns, p. m. s.
selbstver-
vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2
c.
:
vb. Pe., Pf. i p.
offnen,
licher Lauf, natural course.
.
mnB: Wort, -T
'
solved.
.
7
aus-
losen,
Itpe., Pf. 3
|
Ststy'BX
s
7
.
.
1
: '
straighten out a difficulty;
dent.
moglich,
word. :
Xli^B:
f.
Pt. pass,
;
m. Moglich-
possibility;
NfcjnB n. m., p. i TT
3
:
strecken
"IBteX. n.
||
keit,
nns -
Ft. act. Is.* XJtDBte T s.
I^DO
deuten, inter-
\
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.
Bfete
:
possible.
xrflB n. m. Exkrement, Mist,
sf.
pass. It&tep pret.
explicitly.
driicklich,
m. Rabe, raven.
n.
vb. Pa., Pt. act.
Erklarung, expla-
s.
n.
f.,
nix vb. itpa., Pt.
s. f.
rrtuso): sich ge-
ros
\
m.
n.
(RTpX)
pn38
XFQS
be attached.
sellen,
155*
(VITI8)
sf. 1
(f.),
Xj?ns
n.
rechter,
righteous
xnp/18 n.
f.
man. \\
xns^S T
n.
forelock, flame.
8
1(K) iS n. m. Hals, nec/r. K8 vi>. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. -mi; Pt. act. 1
Impf. 3 p.
m. 'nans
Pt, p.
m. fysa,
&S:
f.
IIS vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sq. "Vy
:
schreien,
f.
'
'.
q. v.
m. IS:
Pt. act.
2 xrps, T IT '
:
s.
kreuzigen, crucify.
spalten, cleave.
^^S,
:
WSn :
: '
xn^^S T r
Imp.
horen, hearken. v.
xns,
n.
sein, f.
s.
m.
m. ^8, xV% p. m.
f.
^.8,
^^8: klar
gehorchen, otey. Af., Impf. 2 p. m.
nte:
Af., Pt. Act.
huh; Pt. pass.
nn*s: - IT :
p. l!?SO: nei-
vb. Pe., Impf. 3
m.
s.
D,
XJ^W:
Erfolg haben, succeed.
belagern, besiege.
HIS vb. Pe.,
nxs, T
ft.
s.
s.
vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. m. i>>xp:
n.
3
gen, beugen, incline, bend. vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m.
Fischer, fisherman. HIS vb. Pe., Inf. niSB; Pt.
= xns'a
n;^z,
;
|
pasB.]|XTi'Sn.m.,p.t pTi'a:
cry.
1
^S,
Pt. act. :
I
acfc 1 p. l^nl.S:
^SK
beten,jray! Af.,Inf. wljaj ;
Inf.
nTSP6;
f.
p.
s.
ts
s.
SJ; Pt. act.s.m.
jagen, Itpe.,
Impf. 1
;
m.
xrrS:
s.
fangen, Awnf, cafc#.
xivsis
bezeichnen,
,
vb. Pa., Pf. i
;
s.
Haarlocke, Flamme,
f.
r
:
Almosen, a/ms-
?
nisnx
Pf. 3
mark.
giving.
ms
machen
lich
f.
Zange, ftmgv. m., p. 'j^S: Ge-
n.
Brennholz,
m.l'S; Pt.act. VSD: kennt-
xnas
n3;J.
m.
p.
denom. Pa.,
"pX vb.
company. 2
n.
kindling mood.
p.
Gesellschaft,
:
^V
s.
be clear. \\
Klarheit, clear
mind. 2
^a. X^8
n.
m.
hide, leather.
Fell, ||
Gerber, tanner.
Leder,
x^8
n.
m.
156
is
:
p,
n.
[XVs] Bild
m.,
tN'Jt&S:
p.
,
Itpa., Pf. 3
insult. |
Gotzenbild
image,
,
IV.ttSX
Impf.
;
m.
s.
1 s.
idol.
nS
nBXB:
vb. Pe., Inf.
Pt. act.
sammenziehen, contract. N3S n. m. Korb, basket. PS vb. Pa. , Inf. 'tfsxV ab-
XJ1BS
f.
xy^J.S, p.
a.
s.
f.
s. f.
zuchtig heimlich, ny^JS modest, secretive. X^JS n. m. Verborgenheit se-
snES
p]BS. 1
iny/JS, 2
n.
XI DS
1D2J.
,
m
gens,
||
2
-]SS.
'S3,
^e
K1BS
crecy.
xy^.S.3
Vogel, bird.
heimlich,
xnWJS
||
n.
f.
3
1DS.
XTBS
he-goat.
modesty, secrecy.
she -goat.
vb. Pe.,
Pt.
act.
wiehern, neigh. Kilns n. m. Loch
f]3S:
XZi-jS
der
(in
unteren Turschwelle),
socket.
iys 3 sf.
m. nniys i
s.
irny,s
sf.
1 s. *piyS_
sf.
i
s.
1 ;
;
sf.
i
c. sf.
s.
f!1
Cl)nysD ^ r .
1 ,
$R s.'
2
c.
s.
,
KRI.SS
n.
f.
:
id.
m. Ziegenbock,
n.
m. Spalt, crack.
(etym. ?) n. m.
:
13310
'S
:
Gelehrter, scholar. vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
-|1S
sf.
sary; bediirftig, in need.
\
m.
c.
3 p. m.
c.
m. ?]1t3S; Pt. s.m.?]1t:SD:
m.
c.
bediirftig sein, notig haben,
2
s.
s.
Imp.
;
inf.
fljfii'j
m.
~:
\\
m. Morgen, 'sV: mor-
2 p. MVS'I.S: notig,
vb. Pa., Pf. s.
ns
N1S.
n.
a#.
,
KPTBS n. f. Ziege,
Ziichtigkeit, Verborgenheit,
ppX
be
morning. m. p. nSS
n.
,
secretly.
Matte
f.
n.
morning.
:
:
sich
:
m. Norden, north.
n.
off.
yjS vb. Pe., Pt. pass.
m.
s.
m. ly.ttSD
s.
qualen, sich gramen, vexed, be grieved.
:
cool
ku'hlen,
3
1 p. iy.I2S:;
zu-
niys;
Itpe., Pf. 1
s.
*31t5SK
3
;
s.
be in need, need.
'
pt act -
;
ilVSO, s.
f.
-
rnus - r ?, 1
I
'myao T -
vb. Itpa., Impf. 3
8-
m.
p. (-
:
;
qualen, beschimpfeu, vex,
p.
:
m.
'
s.
m.
3 p.m. ~ 'SlttS^: Pt. IT "
:
'DltiSQ:
:
vereinigt
werden, be joined.
nx TIB vb. Pe.,
Pf. 3
ISO, 11110
Inf.
m. "PS
"l"l
s.
Kab
p. \Dp:
(ein
Ma6, a measure). 1
joap
p.
gegen,
2
ap; i p. m. TJJ^aj? 2
s.
rp
,
i s.
sf.
naj?
3
s.
3
s.' f.
f.
;
sfcaj? ;
^ap,
erhalten
,
s.
begraben, bury. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. tnaj?*: id.
s.
;
3
sf.
s.
i
T
:
,T
p.
2 p.
empfangen |
3
sf.
,
,
m. Knauel,
m.
s.
jlj?
:
act.
Pt.
Pe.,
.
Bliiten-
coil, cluster.
knauel,
,?]
s.
f.
aufsprossen, sprout
grow
up.
praep.,
1
sf.
p.t
re-
Itpa., Impf. Pt.
3|?D:
sq.
begriifien,
:
n.
ap
up,
Af., Inf.
,
m.
n.
Xiap
c. sf.
den, be received, be accept|
\
1 s. c. sf.
angenommen werden, aufgenommen wered.
: .. 7
.1
..
:
||
3
,
f.
m.
s.
=
yap
m.
s.
3 p. m.
ceive, accept.
3
c.
Impf.
H^apJ
Pt. act.
Pe., Imp.
q. v.
;
3 p. m.
;
Pt. act.
..
;
ap
id.
:
lap vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. sf. 3 s. m. tn:i3p' Pt. pass.
\
m. nrtap 2 p. m, t-pnVaj? 3 s. m. !?3j?, sf. 3 s. m. m. "l^ap
yap vb. Af.,
"l^ap
;
'
HTxV
m.
s.
Pf.
opposite, against.
vb. denom. Pa.,
sf.
3
pp vb.
entgegen,
:
c. sf.
festsetzen, fix, appoint.
1 s.
sf.
apV] praep.,
znsammenbinden, wrap up, tie up. Pa., Impf. 3 B. m. |
einwickeln,
:
,
n. m.,
m.
s.
Pt. act.
;
157*
3
s.
m
praep.,
m.
T]Sj?_;
sf.
3
m. iiTap: JT
2
s.
m. "Dp; 3
p.
1 p. "|Dp; s.
vor,
before.
adv.
'nonp-10
\
vor-
mals, heretofore. conj sq. Impf. bevor, before. .
\
salute.
:ap n. m. Zinne, turret.
'.Sj?.,
p.
m.
'XBj?_
,
p.
f.
158* TT
|T
first.
TT
, '
:'-
erster,
|T'-
vb. denom. Pe.,
||
Pt. act.
Dip sf. HOIp T :lir'
sq. ^ vor-
,
:
Sabbats sprechen, say the
angehen, uberholen, pre-
Af., Pf. 1
cede, overtake.
dedicate.
3
s.
m.
3 p. m. DHj? Pe.), sf. 2 s. m.
D'lp
DHp
(sive
(D^lp^)
;
i
impf.
jponj?;
Imp.
;
m. to^p;
Pa., Pf.
\
s.
p. nnp: m. D^p, p.
WpB,
sq.
forma (69a):
friih tun, zu-
vorkommen, do early, antiAf., Impf. 3 p. m. cipate. |
lO'TpV;
Imp.
^EHpX
sf.
3
,
s.
D^lpX;
s. f.
sein, n.
rnsnpN
der
p. X^i? n. m., c.
the
gonnen,
NttT 1
hat
m. nj?T
s.
3
s. f. no'j?',
;
3
HD|?
m. IDIpri;
m.
s.
3
^Pc!5
;
Imp.
S.
s.
D^p
:
be-
p.
p.
T XBft, f.
'tl&ij?;
(J'pj?),
2
s.
1.
spruch
heilig
pronounce holy
(obj. 2.
am
Xnn) den
f.
Pt. act.
;
1
FjOft; pass,
s.m. D^p, f. XD'p: aufstehen, stehen bestehen bleiben, ,
pass, feststehend,
betroth;
Dips, 2 p.
m.
Pa., Inf. 'B/ni?V
=
;
3 p. m.
^pFJ;
rise,
fiir
s.
ipj;
3
Oj?
3 p. m.
;
7K; Ip. Wpj,
?
day (of the :
t^; m.
s.
07; ImpUl
t!Dj?,
sabbath} has commenced.
erklaren,
Stimme,
vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.
2
f.
tf"Tj?
:
!?(?
twee.
:
pot.
(Sabbat) Tag
d.
||
;
IR vb. Pe., heilig werden, become holy.
weihen,
:
t^^p. adj.,
p.
do early, be quick. sf. 2 s. m. ^VTp f.,
f opf,
yipx
S^np.: heilig, My. K^"Tp n. m. Heiligkeit, holiness.
Inf.'OttpX: friih tun, schnell
XYT.P. T
s.
\\
Inf. 'Bttj?; Pt. act.
V (nota acin eadem sive verbo cus.) p.
commen-
benediction at the
cement of the sabbath.
trauen,
SegenEingange des
stand, remain;
Pt.
certain.
IpH: die Frage bleibe unthe question beantwortet ,
remain unanswered. \
Pf. 1
s.
tntyj?; Impf.
Pa., 1 s.
159 DP_X
1
,
p. D*p_:
liTp; Pt. act. 1 s.
pass.
m. DP_B,
erfiillen,
s.
vb. Pe.,
s. f.
DP_O
:
3
m. Dj?K Pt.
am Leben
sf.
Itpa., Pf.
m.
3
c. sf.
s. f.
XRDPJX
2 p. m. t-pnDPJX; 3
DPJX, 3 p. in.
2 p.'m.
sf.
Inf. 'Biplx ,
s.
;
m.
sf.
c.
Imp.
s.
f.
.
m.
Jfl?j$ sf. 3 s. f.
,
1
s.
XJ^,
s.
nSui?,
i
Impf.
stellen,
1
p
s.
2
\
p.
Pt. ^tipD: pass.
m. Tod, death.
\
place,
Ittaf., Pt.
DjTinp: sich beziehen, refer\
D 'R
adj.
am Leben,
ppp \
be-
standig, living, abiding. n.
m. Nadelohr, eye of
a needle.
adj., d.
Itpe.,
m. t^tspnn;
cause
to refer.
act. s.
2 p.
sich beziehen lassen, raise,
cause
Inf.c.sf.
m. ^pp, d. murder.
bestehen
remain,
;
t^up;
2
toten, kill,
to
sf.
rUtPt.
pass.
,
3 p. m.
m.
,
:
:
s. f.
s
1 p. i^pp.lo 2 s. 2 p. in^PiD: aufrichten, pi
lassen
2
sf.
m. Vbp
3 s.m.
;
i s.
;
3 p.
nVt5P_, p.
1 s.
Pt. act.
;
*gto
:
m. n?Up_, 3 p. 3 p. m. c. sf.
s.
;
ruppix;
3 p. irnppi
3
c. sf.
t^tipJ; ^s.m.'rbpn; 2 p. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. inj^Dpn
I3ji?1;
f.
sf.
Imp. 'PJX,
DPJJO
s.
3 s.f.niopiX; DPJX, sf. 3 s. m.
ruspix, 3 3 s. m. bpj^,
c. sf.
s. c. tlU^t?p; Impf. 3 p. m. t-jU^pX., in^DpN; 1 p. ytDpJ, sf. 3 p. m.
c. sf.
1 s.
Impf.
s.
;
1
;
m.
Pf. 1
;
\
s.
nip:
m. nnVtDp 2 s. nVtSp, 3 r 3 s. p. m. Inwfap: '
m. iru^Bp 3 s. m. n^Dp_,
D:P_:
Af., Pf. bleiben, remain. 1 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. ajppjx
2
p.
1
|
Impf. 3 s. f. erhalten
;
s.
f., .
:
erhalten, /wm$r.
3
Balken, beam.
feststellen,
establish ;
Dj?n;
[NITlipJ (hebr.) n.
Imp.
;
s.
:
XJnsp
||
;
N^p
n.
p. ^ts.p
:
n.
m.
Winzigkeit, smallness. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c.
sf.
klein, small.
3
s.
\\
m. nnjtop
s. f. d.
Nn;Pt2p
XJtsp
;
:
Pt. pass.
abschnei-
160* den, verstiimmeln, cut
off,
curtail. F)t3p
s.
vb. Itpe., Pt.
ab-
:
P]t$j?B
geschnitten werden, be cut Ittp vb. Pe., Imp. "Ittp: bin-
Xlttp n. m.,
tie.
den,
||
p.
nttp: Knoten, knot. JO Dp n. m. Rauch .W0
IT'
:
n.
||
:
Rauch
f.
thing that causes smoke.
summer. n.
XD'j?
p.
,
Holz-
:
'D'p
piece of wood. Caesar.
XTp
leichtern, lighten.
^p
s.
m. ^prix
c. sf.
m.
s.
a
ein wenig,
little.
vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 i
;
p.
treffen,
Pt. act.
;
s.
X vp
brennen
s.
:
'"?
P-
n^_p;
pass.
;
sengen
,
s.
p.
(l^V^p.X), l^.pX
;
Pt.
ver-
?.P.^P.5 "7P."
?.'-
f.,
Misthaufen,
dung heap.
XDp v. Dip. Xnpp n. m. Mehl,
^p
v.
flour.
mp.
XtSppp
n.
(gr.)
m. Kessel,
,
:
be jealous.
X^p(?)
n.
m.
Stein,
stone.
3
s.
||
Xip
m. Hip:
s.
m.
sein,
n. in., sf.
Eifersucht,
jealousy.
2i
m. xjp vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m.rv:p m. ^/p Imp. Impf. 3 s. m. tfjS^
?^p vb. Pe., Pt. pass. f.
n.
:'
1
;
!?7,
m.
ein-
arrive; begegnen,
^kettle. parch , roast. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. ''VjPX. Pt. XJp vb. Pa., Impf. 2 1 p. X2pn eifersiichtig p. f. l^p.p,
^Vp;
s.
m. t^y^pp:
l!
3 p. inriVp 5 Impf. vp?, sf. 3 s. m.
H^pV f.
Pf. 2
Ittaf.,
\
pass adj. leichf, light; adv.
IT :'
vb. Pe.,
er-
:
:
xrvp^p, xnp^p T :':'' xn^p'p, T'T 'r'
m. Wachs, wax.
n.
3 p. 3
;
pass. ^|?p
;
strike.
stiick, "!D'p_:
7j?D
y?PP,
m.
s.
;
act.
^y.Vpx.
m. Sommer,
n.
XB'j?
Xtt'.p,
spoiled.
m. H^pX ; Impf. m. hfh Imp. t>pX Pt.
Pf. 3
etwas, das verursacht , some-
KTTTDPN T
verdorben
:
become
Af., Pf. 2 s.
Itpalp., Pt.
\
X?p?pO
f.
werden, 3
off.
light.
leicht,
d.
Xn^i?, p.
s.
:
:
;
;
161* HJp; Pt. act.
m.
m.
s.
Vlj?,
3
p.
NJ Jp n. m., p. ^j?
XDJp
Rohr, reed.
:
m. Strafe,
(gr.) n.
n.
\
f.
d.
m., p.
1
fpX; 2
s.
1
sf.
3 p. m. s.
m. fp,
c.
sf.
3
:
cut
m. n^appV ; Pt. p. m. 'X*p pass.
p.
,
bestimmen,
determine. \
s.
m.
m. njra,
f.
s.
pp.np, inj?_o
|
1
p.
2
s.
p.npN, m. nnpx
p.
s.
TnpK
c. sf. 1 s.
m. ilpS
;
c. c.
m. 3 p.
;
Pt. act.
;
:
c. sf.
Imp. m.
s.
npo, p. c. np.o, i s. xjnpt? : lesen lassen, cause to read.
;
abhauen off,
m.
Inf.
s.
act. pxj?,
pp
p.
s.
Af., Pf.
tinpx, 3
ttp; Imp.
m. IBp;
;
3 s.m. tVp'Jn.pX; 2 s.m. sf. 1 s. innpN ; 3 s. m.
m.
s.
;Vp.o, p.
pass.
vb. Pe. t Pf.3p.rn. tjj? ;
Impf.
Pt.
tnprv;
HJ3*?.: Fleischhauer, butcher.
[fctig]
p.Vlj?,
Imp.
;
npD Pt. lp'. P.^:
Itpe., Impf. 3
read.
Pt.
springen, leap.
:
ng,
XIpD,
rufen, nennen, lesen, call,
fine.
vb. Pe., Imp. fbp; Bj?
act.
m. nvip
s.
Inf.
;
m. ^~jp; 3 p.
c. sf.
3
sf.
np
acquire, purchase.
m.
s.
c.
erwerben, kaufen,
:
i3j?
\\
Itpa.,
xnp
3 p. m. tnragnx: abgehauen werden, be cut off.
n. m., sf. 2 s.
m.
spioj?,
Pf.
TSj?
adj.,
n^p: Xj?j?
d.
n.
XTSP;
p.
Pelikan,
""PJ?:
Amomum
m.
(pers.) p.
Cardamomum. n.
m.
f.,
nn p:
p.
:
Stadt, Dorf, town, village.
p.
,
Impf. 2
s.
'")]?:
Kiirbis,
ip vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. nofr 2 s. m. ^0)nnp; 2 s. sf.
Margolis,
3
s.
m.
Chr. Bab. Talm.
3np.FJ;
3 s.m.
inf. anp^ near. come X31pD^ nahen, :
\
Pa., Pf. i
sf.
m.
imp.
yyph]
gourd.
m. n-np,
xip! 'xn-ip n.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. tuij? ;
pelican.
vippT
\\
XJ^"i]?
2
krank, sick.
m., p.
Bibelvers, Scriptural verse. n. m. Leser, reader.
d.
f
s.
n:n,
s.m. ^innip; 3p.m. r T HT '
:
'
sf.
2
tmp; *** *
Imp. p. Ulj?; Inf. c. sf. 3 Pt. act. p. m. s. m. nriilp^ ;
11
162*
f.
1
Hyiptt. T IT '
:
:
'
nahebringen
m
s.
pass.
;
s.
<
T
:
-
rr
t 3s.m.ny-|p.; 3p.m. 'V ]p; s. m. s. m. c. sf. 3 3 Impf.
:
darbringen,
,
bring near, offer;
opfern,
nyi j?i; Pt.
Pt. pass, verwandt, related, Af., Pf. 3
p.
trn-jpn; Pt.
s. f.
act. S'lp.E: bringen, opfern,
pj?
2nj? adj., d.
1
bring, offer.
[|
f.
VSFjj 2 1
s.
pnnp -'IT' :
m. ^ni?T 3
s. f.
3
;
mnp -
XW"1p: verwandt, T
s.
NDlp
n.
XJ3HJ?
n.
||
war.
||
:
-'IT'
re-
I-'T
:
fated.
s.
m. Krieg, m. Opfer,
sacrifice.
mp adj., T'
xmp: TT
d.
'
>
:
xn^.Dnp
1
(gr.)
n.
:
f.
kahl, &a/d.
^"lj? 1
||
t^lP.H: pass.
s.
IR^lp:
lip vb. Pe., Inf. 1j?q Pt. act. s. m. ISp f. NTp kalt T ;
..I
j-jlrr
sein,
1
Ip:;
p.
act.
s. f.
cool
off.
||
Inf.
Af.,
Impf. Pt.
nipX;
Nipt?: abkiihlen, ||
in.i?
adj.
^B(i?,
p.
kalt,
Kastchen,
Wurm, worm.
^;p eine
m., p. 'Dip:
f.
f.
adj.,
^p
:
plant.
xrvty'p
n.
:
m. Haut, Kruste,
n.
f.,
p.
V:TJ?,
(du.)
\Hj?: Horn, ^orn; p.Nnjip. Ecke, corner. XDJ"lp n. m. Hammer, hammer.
3
[XD-I;?] n. m., p. c. sf.
n^plp:
p.
s.
m.
f.,
p.
t
question.
||
,
difficulty,
denom.
Xt^'p vb.
Af., Pt. act.
^pB:
Einwand erheben/
einen
raise a
point of objection. Itpa., Pf. 3
vb.
f.
c. sf.
NIVBfl? n.
:
Frage
,
Knochel, ankle.
Pf. 3 s. V"lp vb. Pe.,
||
Kern, kernel] N;^;p, nVp 0^): Schwierig-
keit
skin, crust.
m.
hart, schwer, hard,
difficult.
RT|p_
:
, J
&e coW.
gewisse Pflanze, a certain
Nt3"lp TT'
kneifen, nip,
N!T)p n. m. Stuck,
||
v.
m.
KO'1R n.
2
s. f. c. sf.
piece, v. ^ON.
chest. n.
Vli?: zer-
Itpe., Pf. 3
tear.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3
pinch.
m.
act.
:
reifien,
;
Pt.
s.
Imp. s. f. f. xetf?B:
s.
f.
sich
opiap putzen, dress.
n.
163*
m,
m
d.
/ptypq: behacken,
np
vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.
Xn
DX1.
n.
n.
Xtfn
sf. 1 s.
3
m.
s.
n. m., c.
nn
;
2
m.
s.
adv.
1
-},
3
m. nn>:n
'3"in;
1
\
chen,^zr/.
[|
31 adj.,
^
1
:
3
s. c. sf.
f.
s.
m.,7
f.
n.
Mad-
n. m.,
'
f.
m.'
'-J-.
||
V2_1
14.
n. p.
731X.
n.
n$;3]X ,
'||
m. 40.
X^3T
||
n.
2
V21 vb. Af.,
2
Pf.
s.
m.
nV3"|X lagern lassen, cause n. m. to lie down. X^3-|O :
H31;
groB, great; Lehrer, teacher.
xnisi n. f., p. " 1121, xn33i, T 'r r :" d. xni31: 10000. n XJI'31 TT T >
PPa'pl;
grofi, large;
m. Quadrat, square.
distinction.
X3~l,
3
c. sf.
'IDC^IX
ys-lX.,
groBziehen, n.
m.
"1D(')3-|X
'
xnui n. f. Ausd.
V31X 4. .
s. f.
II
:
'
II
:
3
13113"I:
c. sf.
f.
\\
s.
:
m.
s.
GroBer, grandee. 31.
t^l, >31; s. f. d. ^nST; p.m. c. sf. 1 p. p.31:
sf.
sf.
VTiJinT],
f.
p.
id.
s.
Xn^"]
zeichnung, .
3
;
Imp. ^3"
bring up.
3
sf.
;
Herr, Zortf.
;
f.,
yi3")
[313"l] n. m., p. s. m. t
m. Pri^l; Impf. 3
.
c.
f. ntr'
anfangs, adv.
vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s.
\TFjj3:
herrisches Wesen, lordship.
B^n: Haupt, Anfang, head, beginning.
no
f.
S
c.
p.
0n>.
,\\
a>n, n^
Xt^n;
adj.,
oW.
alt,
p. sf. 3 p.
m.,
n.
B"#p
\\
:
handle.
HJ12"!
BftO.
old.
Bogen,
f.,
Stiel,
m. Wildochse,
n.
n.
'p
hoe. 'p
XBt5(p
XB>p: alt wer-
f.
tfp,
grow
den,
vb., Inf. H0[ p.
m.
s.
Wahrheit, truth.
*
Xn^31D
n.
f.
Lagerstatte,
resting-place.
n
vb.
Pe.,
Pt.
ziirnen, be angry.
act. \\
"JIJI
WT
:
adj.
jalizornig, given to anger.
11*
ram
164* n.
xn(-|)
p. c. sf. 3
f.,
3 p. m.
tvrfr:n;
&n
Fu6,
foot.
Pe.,
Pt. pass,
||
UvVvri:
s.
m.
vb. denom.
2 p. accu-
*?\ri,
gewohnt,
stomed. vb. Pe. rauschen, be in Af., Pf. 1 s.
Bft")
commotion.
\
Pt.
^tttfnV; in
1.
3
Impf.
nt^TIX;
vb.
Pt.
m.
p.
tfsr\V:
act.
N^n
bringen,
noise, commotion.
Pa., Pf. 3
HiY!
s.
m.
TP;
plattschlagen,
:
beat out. f)Tl vb. Pe.,
DTI: IT :
rasch
act.
fliefien,
p. S
f.
p.
flow
m.
SH1
:
vehe-
mi
vb.
mi, - T
m. urn, s. m.
s,
Pt. act.
;
m. ^n~l; p. m. tWTJ, T p.
t^tsni, f. 1OT: laufen, rww. Af., Imp. s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 'jttrnx: laufen lassen, |
cause
T
!
pass. r erweitern ; '
(T
sich
:
s.
m.
s.
m. be-
,
come wide. Pa., Pt. pass. nrio weit, wide, ample. \
nn
m. Raum, space.
n.
n.
soil
m. Hohe, height. m. Romer, Roman.
n.
n
d. T T n.'m., p.
tn
T- |T
to run.
\\ II
Ktsm T -;i"
n.
m.
: "
sf.
3 s.m.
tvrin: Geheimnis, secret. H. JOno n m Rinne, water-
spout.
m.
m -:
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. tDirn
Imp.
Xni~1
'
n'n
Pt. act.
Pe., f.
n.
x;n~l n.
r
m. Miihle,
mill.
m. Mitleid, comvb. denom.
p. r
passion.
mently.
urn
s. f. c. sf.
nn/ns: berauschen, make drunk.
-
Pt.
pass. *
'
Af., Pf. 3
\
\\
Inf.
d.
3s. m.
empfmden, merken, Xtn n. m. Geperceive. -IT) vb.
m.
sich berauschen , be
:
drunk.
2.
rausch,
s.
pass.
|
Bewegung
stir;
s.
m.
Impf. 2
Pe.,
lirp^n:
Dm
\
m. Drn; sf. 3 s. m. PIDm; p. m. 'Din. r T !rT 1 s. XJDHT: lieben, love;
Pe., Pt. act.
s. 7
..
Pt. act.
..
..|
Freund, friend.
Pa., Pt. act. IBrnB:
7
\
sich
erbarmen, have compassion.
xnoni
n.
f.,
sf. i p.
love.
vnorn
XJDHT
n.
:
m.
Laufen, running. *tt$i'"n m. Ifp. 'tsim "IT Laufer,
Liebe, der Barmherzige, the Com-
runner.
passionate One.
||
n.
,
:
||
165* vb. Pe.,
Pt. pass.
1
s.
vertrauen, trust. sf. is. tyxrn:
\\
'.,
'TT:IT
vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p.
move.
2 p.
entfernen,
re-
XjPTH:
f.
d.
pTHadj.,
||
s.
distant.
II
f.
V.?"^)
s-
XP/rn; far,
fern,
XPim 'T
m.
n.
,
c.
r
pirn: Entfernung, distance.
3s.m. BfrnnX;
Itpe., Pf. Pt.
m. tfrnn.o,
s.
^rnno occur. ||
sich
:
Xtfrn
p.
vb.
n.
P\
Pe.,
m.
ereignen,
m.
coll.
[moist.
feucht,
act.
^CH:
murmeln, murmur.
nn
vb. Af.,
sf.
3
s.
smell.
||
m.
||
inrn
rniB:
XtV") n. m.,
nnn
:
Geruch, adj.,
d.
wbhlriechend , of odor, v.
xnsn
v.
DN1.
pi. ^:n
adj.,
*yy\
f.
weich, tender, X^Dl'H (hebr.) n.
las-
mount.
to
:
zart,
soft.
m. Hausierer,
peddler.
DD1 vb. Itpe., Pf. 3
s.
m. ODIN
:
verloren gehen, oe lost. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. SO-j
3
n1
s. f.
c. sf.
3
nr|,
s.
;
Impf. 2
m. rPDin
s.
3 p.
f.
m.
s.
Imp.
;
ww;
f.
s.
ND-IO ?,
*onp^ Pt. act. i s.xrDi, "pnn: m. nri, r' T -IT' '- -rr'
Inf^
s.
pass.
f.
;
werfen,
X^OT:
throw,
lift,
contrast. \
Itpe.,
m. 'Binx, f. K;oinx, >-inx: Pt. 's. m. wnb: -
Pf. 3 i
s.
:
'
:
sich ereignen, occur. Pt. act. i
l^cno
:
s.
x^enn T ....
\
, 7
:
Af., i
p. f
zusammenwerfen,
cos/ together.
Pt. act.
ausleeren, emp^t/ OM/ adv. leer, empty. v.
sen, cause
1B-|
)yn.
vb. Af.,
c. sf.
m. nariN: reiten
s.
erheben, gegeniiberstellen,
Pt. act.
riechen, smell.
ayj" m.
Af., Pf. 3 si
|
1
Gewurrn, worms. on adj., d. *yur\: 1
2210^, n'
3
tfrws/.
Vertrauen,
vb. Pe., Imp. abl; Inf. Pt. act. reiten,
2D-1
vb. Pa., Pt. act. p.
f.
1JO10
:
winken, wink. xntD") n. m. (f.) Speer, spear. X3D") n. m. Granatapfel, pomegranate.
suarn
166* vb. Pa.,
pi 1
m.
Pt. p.
murren, murmur. xjn vb. Pe. , Impf. 3
71J d.
Inf.
;
X>y.: T -'
'VIB^
s.
c. 1
xnr>n
n. m.,
s.
m.
ciled.
Inf. >V iHK^ rfo evil. |
inns.
;
:
3
Impf. 3
m.
s.
sich verschlimmern
s.
m.
jn_l^>:
grow
,
worse. 2
X^jn :
f. ;
haft, ftroAr^n. PSTltt
Pt. pass. :
X^iTI |
s.
m.
schad-
Pt. 2
Af,
schadhaft machen,
:
:
n. f.,
sf.
2
s.
f.
vb. Pe.,
Pt.
Pfliigen,
act. ||
j?EH:
XjPST n.
ploughing.
||
XjPiST n. ra. Pfliiger, plough-
man.
s.
f.
spittle.
2 s.m.T
mission, loan.
xniBh |
no
:
Schuldner, debtor.
X^l;
tx^tih, 7^1:
p.
d.
gottlos,
wicked. vb. Pe.
nrnn
;
Impf. 2
,
Pt. act.
s.
in
:
ziirnt,
\\
;
boil,
,
Pa.,
\
m. ^nrnp
angry.
m.
sieden,
Zorn aufbrausen
Pt. pass. p.
s.
xnrn
f.
be hot with anger.
Brot, bread.
pfliigen, plough.
m.
sf.
pass. p. m. TlTll
xnsn I
f.,
tnjsn,
Erlaubnis, Darlehen, per-
s.
impair.
t]nsn.
n.
f.
5j9
m. Speichel,
.nsh adj., d.
yjn vb. Pe., d.
n.
Boses zufiigen,
iittaf., Pf.
m. Firma-
Impf. 3
nj?j?T;
speien, ;
be recon-
ment, firmament. n vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.
n.f.,
m. jnx
3's.
n.
(hebr.)
p-i
nijn': Wille, will.
yjn vb. Af., Pf.
i"
besanftigt sein,
weiiyi: T
Pf. 3
,
m. miB: -
s.
m.
shepherd.
xyi. xijn_
Pt.
'
s.
den, tend; Pt. act. d. Hirt, 2
nnN: -
m.
r-
Pt.
;
" T' p. 'in,
(hebr.) vb. Itpa.
'J.riB:
:
xnriT n.
er-
m.
Zorn, anger. n.
m.
Ginsterstraucb,
broom-plant.
167*
vb. Pe.,
Pt. act.
yafej,
Vnjnfe, 2 s. satt sein, Je sated. 1
Af.,
s.
m.
Impf. 3
s.
tJSJSfr^:
sattigen, satisfy.
Pf. 3
c. sf. 1 p. iy_3frx_
m.
c. sf.
2
;
m.
s.
left
hand.
"
'3'tf, IT" :
f.nan: resorbieren,
absorb.
vb.^Pa., Pf. 1
tnT^';
2
m. Fnypj
s.
:
:
:
s.
ubrig lassen,
n.
f.,
n.
f.
NX^' Imp. s. m. m. p. ^Xt^'; Inf. Pt. act. p. m. T
VV
s.
pass.
, '
m.
c.
p.
s.
m.
m. PPatf; Pt.
gefangen neh-
13BJ':
men, capture. 3 s. m. 'anate
\
;
pass
sf.
3
p.'
sf.
m.
3
s.
s.
m. n
3
?i^nx;
Pt.
Auf losung
eines
s.
s.
;
f.
m.
c. sf.
m!
tl^B^o, gen,
s.
m.
3
p.m.
s.
:
'
m.
1 s.
3
c. sf. 1
Inf.
^i't?' ?;
m. ^XBto,
ask;
c.
s.
nW;
Pt. act.
s.
Impf. 3
Imp.
;
3
rfr&h -i
i
VWfy s.
tivity.
m.
s.
\
m. Tfyvi
m. Gefangenschaft, cap-
s.
Gelubdes nachsuchen, apply for the dissolution of a vow.
f.
n.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
die
:
Pa., Pf. 3
p.
i;3nty'X
^ty'np
3
3
;
>!
'inf.
Itpe., Pf.
f.
:'
tofarf;
V^n:.;
act.
I
\
-Wnx
Impf.
3
:
IT '
'
rtpVm: fragen, entleihen, ask, borrow.
m.
sf:
^^
f.
n.
s.
lip,
;
m. TntSft pass. nt8( m. Rest, remainder. vb. Pe., Pf. 3
m.
s.
Lippe, Rand,
s.
||
:
edge.
Itpe., Pf. 1
:
nyfr >
3
c. sf.
p.
,
:
s.
|
p.
:
:
Itpa., Pf. 3
/eay
m.rnyfr
s.
(T
1 p.
Inf.
,
m. 3>K>: p. r m. T
3
Gerste, barley.
Pirn St^
m. Linke,
vb. Pe. act. s.
n. m., sf.
Haar, hair. xrnyfr (xmyo) ^ T :JT T :' XHDfr
into v. THD. ttfr n. T :
XJfr v. XJD.
iOVfr
p.
p.
x:Wo:
sq.
3 sich
m.
fra-
er-
sam
168*
Af., Pf. kunden, inquire. 3 8. f. rtajfiN; Inf. 'VW1K; \\
Imp.
m.
s.
Pt. act.
c. sf. 1 s. "I^BMx
m. hwfo
s.
p.
;
3
3
-T
i s.
sf.
,
inmtf
s.f. s.
f.
Nachbarin, woxni33tf n.
Nnn33fc>: t vT
man-neighbor. f.
3
sf.
f.,
c . sf.
\\
i p.
tntta[;
Nachbarschaft,
:
33tf.
n.
N3t^
m.
vb.
3
Pf.
Pa.,
p.
s.
m.
;
1'PUpat^X
Inf.
TI13B(X
;
s.
3
]&&>
s.
2
s. F]j?3Q
;
^3B(: Pfad,
fahren leave
n. f.
n.
m.
,
m.
et
f.
njJDtJ^
n.
f.
"HD3t^
17. ||
||
*py3Bf
05>ttt]
m., p. ^31^
, zulassen, leave behind,
permit. p.
m.
Blindheit,
blindness.
tj-pipy
m. 70.
hinterlassen,
,
over,
n.
nn.3Bf
f.
lassen
let go,
,
7.
s.
m.
m.
s.
pass. p.
ubriglassen n. m., p.
3
c. sf. s.
HlpqV; m. p3K/, 1 p.
Pt. act.
rQtP'D : verbessern, improve.
V3tf
m.
Imp.
;
3 p. m. 1n3j?a^ ; s. f. sf. 3 s. m. H^p3ttf p. m. c. 5 sf. 3 s. m. Pt. act. s.
,
3
;
rI3p3B(7
preisen, praise.
Af.
f.
m. 1ru*p3Bj Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. flpSB^t, 3 p. m.
:
Span, splinter.
et
;
1
p. '38?
,
m.
s.
2 p. m. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. H
3 p. m. 3 s.f.e.'sf. 1ruj?3B[ 3 s. m. nnp3Bf$ 3 p. m. "hp3ts>, sf. i s. VP. 3.^j 3 p.
f.
neighborhood. 2
beschworen, ad-
:
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
;
m.
^B>;iO: leihen, loan. tf n.
iDflystPN
jure.
:
n.
vb.
p.
(hebr.) n.
Woche, week.
Pa.,
NntJtoBto
:
neous.
Pt.
f.
d.
fehlerhaft, erro-
Itpa.
|
8.
,
Pf.
3 p.
yitf vb. denom. Itpe., Pf.
t^QPl^K: sich irren, err.
Impf. 3 s. m. ynntP'?: schwb'ren, swear.
xni^3^' n.
1 s.
^y.3n#X
Af.', Pf. 1
;
s. c. sf.
2 p. m.
r\^ T :
n.
f.,
f.
||
Irrtum, error.
a. S3B>'; T - '
Sabbat
,
" p.
'3{y', -7
Woche,
169* N3Bte
sabbath, rveek.
"in,
\
3
nn-i^;
'Ba nn, 'BO
rn^,
s.
3
sf.
s.
m. -ntf; f. m. nrrntf
;
Sonntag, Montag, Dienstag,
3 p. m. tma?, inty',' sf. 1 P- 1J> 3 s.m. niTWf;
Mittwoch, Donnerstag,Freitag, Sunday, Monday, Tues-
Impf. 1 s.in^'X; 1 p.l^J, sf. 3 s. m. nTTtfJ 3 s. m. ;
day, Wednesday, Thursday,
1^
Friday. n.
Name
eines
PL
vb. Af., .
Damons,
t nnatfx
3
m. rWB[X
s.
vb. Pe.,
Pt. act. ;
natsjo
sf.
3
ffimrf.
Pt. pass.
c.
sf.
s.
3
m. nnHtf s.
s.
;
3
s.
m. antf,
inrrtf, inrrtf
m.
3
;
m.
3 p.
s. f. c. sf.
m. nrrnr, nnntr' 3 p. sf. 3s. m. PnTH;
s.
;
m.
m.
s.
imntfV; Imp. 3 s. f. rpn t
:
Pt.
act
s.
m. nt^,
;
m.
nt8[J, s.
m. HB>,
Inf. HB;',
1 s.
3 p.
sf.
sf.
xniyto^ f.
;
NHCg',
KJHtg,
2
s.
m. HBj, f. nHt^; pass. NHB>, p. f. "jH^: werfen, s.
cast.
s.
m. ^iyiTt,
1
m.
s.
1 s.
.
nty; n.
iD^n^;
1^0, KmBto: T ._ . .'
s.
3
c. sf. s.
m.
m., xnt? n.
6.
f.
||
f.
,
nnrntf 16. m. 60.
n. p.
||
Nivntf
|j
n. f.|.
vb. Pa., Impf. 3
s.
m.
3 p. zuriickinjnt^y: detain. Itpa., Impf. halten, 3 s. m. *r\F\tfh: verweilen, c. sf.
\
tarry.
vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. iW':
Imp.
wert,
iWX
p.
*\tf,
preiswert,
worth, cheap.
billig,
Af.,
\
sq. vb. billig,
:
cheap.
W
vb. Pa.,
sf.
2
p.
c.
3
sf. s.
Pf. 1
3 2
m.
s.
TSjW,
s.
m.
PPttg
m.
c. sf.
s.
3
3 p. in:^'
nrp-itf, c. sf.
vb. Pa., Pf.
2
rmf.
c.
Impf. 3
p.
;
:
XTJtf: heizen, foctf. vb. Pe., Pf. i s. naj,
tf
3
.
Imp.
;
m. nnty'D, - ;J
p.
'-\WF\
s. f.
Pt. act.
senden, send.
sich kiimmern, care,
d.
3
;
int^;
name of a demon. 3 s. f
1^
;
;
s.
m.
m.
3
s.
m.
3
p.
m.
T)1"it;
3
iyf,
s.
r
Imp.
170* m. n^B
Inf. "itf?, sf. 3 s.
machen,
set/en,
set,
vb. Pa., Impf. 3
itP'
3
sf.
m.
s.
:
m.
s.
c.
ab-
PlB'.tfV:
schatzen, estimate. vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p.
verpichen
:
1JJHP'
make smooth.
plaster,
vb. Pe., 3 p.
m.
s. f.
Itpe.,
n.
Wiytf T ' r
m.,
n.
f.
\\
X^#
Mortel.
:
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.
PWEH; Imp.
act.
p.
m.
m. 'DBf, 3
Pa., ppenzft
\
c.
p.
out.
sf.
3
s.
m. Marktplatz,
PB;
FuB,
[f.]
-:
gen,
Impf. 2
Pt. act. fea;>.
|
W:
s.
m.
n.
.
sich
s.
m.
d.
KnrtSB^ T
I
rr
:
Torheit, folly. Itpa., Pf. 1 s. Tltsrw'X :
ausstrecken
vb. Pe., Pf. 2
c.
stretch
,
m.
s.
c. sf.
m. HRBtDBj; Impf. 1 p. sf. 3 s. m. nStttTJ: weg-
s.
vb. Pe., Impf. 1
Pa., Pt. act.
m. Mauer, wall. Hochzeitskame-
s.
It^'N
a
(apply
2
s.
p.
s.
;
bestreichen,
:
salve).
n. m., c. "H3#
2
rad, best man.
"IttBto
smear
T]^;
m.
;
sf.
1
p. c. sf.
Urkunde,
document. vb.,
i
v.
m.
p.
oneself.
.
;
fool.
IT
f.
sprin-
id.
n.
act.
lassen, im-
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
WVtf Narr, T
Schenkel,
leg.
"W'n;
Pt.
,
:
Inf.
vb. Pe.,
Er-
(eig.
schwemmen, wash away.
market place. n.
Last
pose forced labor.
3
n.
m.
vb. Pa.
f.
id.
3
sf.
schlachten,
:
^nt^D: fronen r
pass. p.
wear
m.
8.
c.
s.
hitzung), load (prop. heat).
:
reiben, ab-
:
rw&,
reiben,
3
Pt.
*)ltf;
1ENti>';
'EPtf
c. sf.
nittnt^
n.
Spund, cement, sealing clay. s. f.
m.
m.
p.
3
slaughter.
Pf. 3 p. tiytfrm: glatt wer-
den, become smooth.
Imp.
bribe.
c. sf.
Impf. 3
nitDPIt;
IDhBjJ;
glatten,
,
m. Bestechimg,
n.
'intif'
render.
s.
Pf. 3
s.
m.
c. sf.
m. a:n?.; Impf. 3
c. sf.
1 s.
bra6
:
s.
3
m.
Inf. c. sf.
171 3
m.
s.
narrate;
:
Ptf
XX'tf n. m., p.
Flosse,
:
with.
fin.
^T^
m.
n.
(gr.)
p.
Seide,
silk.
2
nDtf(b.ebr.) vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p.
baster.
act. 1 p. "jj^nat^:
forget.
vb. Pe., Pf. i p. 33B( t^stf, patf ; 3 s. f. X33tf ; 3 p. m. lasts?
f.
Pt. act.
;
X33 tg,
d.
33tf,
33tf,
sich legen,
sleep, die.
lie,
3
m.
s.
anTDBte,
3
innate;'
3
m. natfxj
3
p.
;
Impf. 2 act.
2
3
sf. s.
PnSB^tD
rratf. :'
f.
s.
m.
m.
1
s.
xn^, T :'
2
f.
kleines Becken,
xn^atr' n.
f., f p. xn:'a^': TT Gegenwart Gottes, the
TIP:
,
Divine Presence.
(3) n. n.
"jaty'
:
\\
"jatr'Ovb.
f.
Pfand,
m. Rauschtrank,
in-
toxicating drink. vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 p. l^ntBte:
xjns^'o, s.
s.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.f. an^ef; 1
tin ?^'; Impf. 3 s. m. 3 p. Imp. nVt^'V;
3 p.
f.
mVB;
m.
;
Pt. pass. 'ri^Bf,
nn^tr: ,
xn^tr',
:
finden, find; Pt. pass, sich
befindend, antreffbar,/*0wnrf, Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. frequent. \
n.
pfanden, pawn.
aj
pass.
;
l
\
vergessen, forget. r
m. natsjn; Pt.
nat^o,
s.
#
s. f. c. sf.
imroafx; m. PIFirOBte 3 niDtrs,
sf.
3 p. m. 3 s.
m. HTOBte,
s.
>3Bto: ::(xn ?3B''D,
p. r
basin.
f.
i p. ti^nsBite,
s.
f.
-
annsate, p. m. inwretfx,
tmnTiatfx;
s.
small basin.
die
natf vb. Pe. (Af.)t Pf- 1 8 sf.
n. m.,'
r
Becken, xnVa.Bf
schlafen, sterben, lie down,
Pt.
pass.
?3t0 T
f.
liegen,
vergessen,
Itp'eT,
\
:
m.
s.
m.
p.
:
13att:
l
3 p. lnj:nat^; Pt.
jnatf, sf.
m. Alabaster, ala-
n.
XttJ''B>
t
inf.
^nian^x; Pt. p. m. t^nantsto gefunden werden, be found, be met
a3[1]lH0J>: erretten,
deliver.
i
1.
sf.
senden,
3
's.
d. f.
send;
Pt. pass. Bote, messenger; 2.
ausziehen,
172* Pt.
Pa.,
act.
ausziehen, strip off. vb. Pe., Impf. 3
schen, rule.
Xti4tt>' n.
\\
m.,
*HS#: Herrscher, Macht-
haber, ruler, potentate. d.KJB^: HerrluW'n.m., T T T T T 1
'
:
:
schaft, dominion.
xn^o T
rv^D. T :
'
:
make peace
nna
'V nny Frie-
among, den schliefien mit,
m.
s.
^; Pt. act. B^tf: herr-
p.
stiften unter,
p.
n.
f.
peace with.
grufien, salute.
\
recht, correct.
m. ^!?nt2^j:
s.
xn^tW
&e completed.
Inf.
nalVfi?^
Pa.,
\
3
;
n.
f.
Impf.
m. D^'^
s.
;
Pt. act. 2 p.
;
"jinp^'D: bezahlen, pay. Pt.
Itpa'.,
1
an indemnity. ;
2
||
8.
Pf.
Af.,
m. FjoVBjX
1
ausliefern,
m.
d.
L
peace.
der (das Schwert) heraushe who draws (the sword).
T
ty'
n. m., sf. 1 s.
m. ^0^; 3
\\
'
s. f.
2
&>;
s.
aptf'; 3 p.
Name, nam
oty'
T
|
DteflD
|
conj. weil, &e-
n. p. m.,
Friede,
7 'V "Dy Frieden
c.
'Btf
Him-
:
mel, heaven, Heaven. lDt^ n.
m. Verfolgung, perse-
cution.
vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf.
deliver.
XDTT?^':
*]^tf,
zieht, ziickt,
m.
3
s.
c.
s.
m.
m. PIBBt; Impf. 3 sf. 3 s. m. n
1
,
m.
draw off. XB^tS(: abziehen, n. XSi^' m., p. c. 'Bl!?tf: T IT "IT
;
Inf.c. sf! 3 p. m. in:p[i
n.
s.
f.
of.
D^Pty'O; 2 s. nD^RttJO: vergolten werden, bezahlt werden, be requited, receive
'p^'X
n.
:
s.
XJD^nttto,
S.
XJD^' T T
\\
lose werden, ||
Pt. pass.
.,
Impf. 3
Kette, cftam. tf vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. "h&^tf; Inf. D?t^t5: vollendet sein,
DX
II
m. Vollkommener, perfect man.
:
vb. Itpalp.,
1 s.
XO^'
-)Vy
Friede sei mit dir, /?mce be with you. XW'a adv.
Nachgeburt, after-birth.
te loosened.
make
'W an* be-
*?
Inf. c. sf.
3
Pt. pass. p.
s.
c. s.
m.
m.
"-IS
:
los-
173*
machen
ablosen
,
loosen,
,
Af., werden, be heard. 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 p. p.y.Otr'X \
Itpe., Pf. 3 s.
detach. \
i
sf.
Pf.
;
c. sf. 1 s. c.
m.
1l?ont?'X;
3
s. f.
intDBntfK; Pt.
s.
KDontBto, p. m. ""uonty'p, Xttonato: sich abiosen,
1 s.
Impf.
ny.D^x
3
;
'
sf.
yotfK, s.
SB.
f.
m.
c. sf. i p.
p.
f.
s. f. f.
p.ya^'
imp.
;
lose
Inf.
escape.
sen, verkiinden, bedeuten, cause to be sounded, de-
werden, entschliipfen, become detached, loosened,
BtDH/F)
Pa., Impf. 3 s. f. f. XUDt^'O :
||
Pt. act. s.
;
tP'n.m., p. -oatf: Zwiebel,
yDB(0: ertonen
fat.
adj. fett,
XiUDtf n. m.,
3 p.
sf.
*#,
\\
irMBttf.',
f.'
Piyotf,
iruy.Dtf
3
;
3,s. in.
s.
f.
n^DBj
sf.
,
nnyotf; Impf. s. m. ?]3SJDtfJ 3 ;
m. HVOtg,
nyotf': A pass. |T .
.
p.
horen
:
''V.O^',
2
m. V'Btf,
s.
t
S^" ^' 1
bedienen, 3
Inf. :
ty'Dty'
f.
bedienen,
n.
f.
\
:
:
:
VOntBte; Impf. 3 p. f. $tM3;
sf.
Pt. p.
1
gehort
s.
Sonne, sun.
m. Sesam, sesame.
HJfc>Wn.m. BB>W, Ameise, T T T . '
:
Pa^
vb.
\
:
n.
1
bedienen,
:
fcB> T
Itpa.,
t^'on^; Pt.
sich
s.
ant.
I^DRt^O
\
m.
n^lDnBjK^;
:'
,
attend. s.
NJ^'tDnty'O : T r make use.
folgern, hear, listen, attend, deduce. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m.
f.
Pa., Pt. act. BtetfB:
Impf.
p.
iyo&$; Imp. yotf; Pt. act. m. yt3B/, d. X^Ot^, sf. 3
Ruf.
*.
reputation.
KJJotf, p.
s.
s.
:
Wvb. 1 p.
2
m. rpjym?': T
s.
tny.QB>,
3s.m.
tlberlieferung
JWJJDBf n. m., p. c.
\\
3
sf.
1 p. "'"XJyBtP;
sf.
c. sf.
s.
p.
f.,
der nachtannaitischen Zeit, post-tannaitic halakic tra-
Fett, fat.
vb. Pe., Pf. i
^yW; c.
n.
:
dition.
IrPjUDtf
:
las-
signify.
tell,
xnny o&>;
halacMsche
onion.
B>
1 p.
sf.
Pt.act.
clare,
erlassen, remit.
K?
c.
3
s.
p. c.
i
Pf.
3
s.
m. nnatT; sf. a 8. m.
m.
c.
Impf.
174* Pt. f pass. 1
<
XJnBtP'D - T
s.
:
in
:
den Bann tun, excommunicate. xn&B/ n. f. Bann, ban. ||
vb.
Vtf:
Pt. act.
Pe.,
v. T
n.
-
is
it
es
different?
Pf.
nicht
1 s.
t^w', 3
wherein
3tf;
1 p. c. sf.
sf.
Imp.
W'; 138^0,
Pa.,
||
f.
Af
.,
change.
t'p.tfj
:
1.
an-
tx^';
3
year.
Jahr,
contra-
cs.
\
objec:
xrB^
||
m.
XJ^
^;
s.
3
/oo^A. |
n.
rock.
xniyti/ n. m.,
TjstS(
3
s.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
s.
cat.
.
?sX; Imp. Vs^': nach un-
f.,
d
-
ten
:
Af., Pf. 3 p.
sehen,
nach
ni^Bt^X:
?/mr.
lower.
Fels,
||
||
3
s.
||
look c.
below. sf.
3
s. f.
niedrig machen, ^BH/ adj. niedrig,
X^Dt^3 bergab, down
X71W
n.
m., p.
m. nV": Saum,
Pe.,
m. Katze,
Pt.
;
m.
Pf.
3
p.
'
n.
c.
pass.
hill.
f.
;
ausgiefien, joowr out.
Itpe., Pf.
m. a'3#: Zahn,
xnat^tD n.
ny.tr'
l!
n3X
sf.
m.
s.
abschatzen,
:
vb. Pe., Imp.
/ow.
p.
Ge-
f.
MaB, measure. n. m. Tor, /bo/.
!]Stt:
1
f.,
s.
^;
''
wech-
'-l^;
einem Jahre, a/ter N3tf n.
nlyt^| \\
W'X
n.
nny.
estimate.
a
w;;
'sf.
\\
s.
l^Bto:
Imp.
XP^'
relate.
Inf.
Impf. 3 s. m.
answer an
diction,
l
f.
Pa., Pf. 3
1 s.
remove
legen,
P.
s.
sprach, talk.
i
dern, wechseln, change; 2. einen Bin wand wider-
tion.
3
m.
s.
3 p. m. iynt^X ; Imp. Pt. act. 'VRBto: erzahlen,
v.
3 p.
Pt. act.
p.m.
seln,
vb. Itpa., Pf. 3
1 p.
W';
}3tf,
m.
s.
x^
XJB>;
\
verschieden,
not different.
is
adv.
||
jetzt, now.
|
ist
#
t
Stunde, hour.
sein, be difx:tf *0 worin ist
verschieden ?
es
p.
f.,
IT
verschieden ferent.
jB'\
:
stromen, overflow.
sf.
175* vb. Pa., Pf. 3
3 p.
sf.
2
m.
s.
f.
m.
s.
c.
VUSBtf; Impf.
^BtJ/n
:
ausbessern,
repair. .
3
s.
beautiful.
m.
d.
NVBtf,
ITS/:
f.
f.
schon,
TBtP' adv. recht,
\
correctly.
vrvsaf n. m., sf.
\\
Tjnetf:
PPptP': ..I rr :
schenk,
butler.
1
3
Mund-
s.
m.
3 c.
m. n:PpB>N; 3 s. m. aj?Bte,
s.
c. sf.
3p.m.
Pf.
Af.,
\
sf.
c. sf.
ausschenken,
give to drink; Pt. act.
3
s. f.
in^pr B>X; 3 p.
c. sf.
m. n'PpB'K Impf. 1 s. sf. 2 s. m. ^ptfx Imp.
s.
3
c. sf.
;
1 s.
g. f. m. ; njpBj ; p. Pt. act. ^p_ty , p. -^pt,
1
m.
s.
pass.
^pe>.
sf.
7gB{, 3 s. f.
3
s.
m.
xn^ptf, 1
ty' ;
2
p. s.
s.
l^p^': nehmen, take. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. p.
Pt. p.
f.
l^pnBto, pass
vb. Pa., Pf. 3 Inf. 'TiptP;, sq.
deceive.
n.
t^'
3
s.
'c.
Ptn'ppBJ',
3 sf.
p.
3 p.
m. rfetf,
3 p. inJI^ptf; 3
s!
m.
m.
sf.
c.
betrugen,
:
3
Pf.
m. nyitf, p. irui^s SIT :
3 p. m.
;
f.
m.
TOW;
'"1^7
1
s.
m. na'. :
erlauben, Itpe.,
s.
'
f.
'
p.
m.
c.
s.
f.
3 3
s. f.
iHjilty',
3 p.
Impf. 3
na,
\\
liar.
f.
c. sf.
Imp. nt^;
Pf. act.
lie.
Luge,
m. Liigner,
vb. Pe., sf.
s.
Zl
N"lpty':
||
tXfTP"!^', p.
tffcj?B[,
f.
^pty',
f.
ntf
=
2^-
1^K>
p-'
:
vb. Pe.
c.
:
give to drink.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
^pt^'j,
3 p.
;
^p^'
1!ptfX,' p. c. sf.
m. n^pBto;' Pt. act. p. m. IptP'Q zu trinken geben, 3's.
m.
s.
s.
;
sf.
3 p.
n^p^Vj'lmp. Vj?B{, m! nVp^, 3 p.
3
sf.
;
c.
;
InjpWfif;
3
j
m.
p.
nVpt? sf. 3
n^pt?,' 3 p. iru^ptf
Impf. ^ptTX; 3 sf. 3 p.
Schonheit,
vb. Pe., Pt. act. s.
f.
tn^/nVptr',
nn^j
f.
beauty.
3
m. n?p^,
s.
s. f.
Pe., gefallen, please.\\
N-VBtf, p.
s.
3
s. f.
TBtf adj.,
2
sf.
Inf.
s.
XltPQ;
i"lt ;
xnE'': T :
m.
pass. losen,
loosen, permit.
Pf. 3
s.
m.
\
176* ErImpf. 2 p. m. nntfp receive erhalten :
laubnis
,
permission.
wohnen
m. "HtPX: cawse n.
f.,
Af., Pf. 3
\
p. t-jlpitSjR p.
s.
2
s.
||
n.
m. *)0)nntf
f.
,
3
s.
m.
'riianntfK
Inf.
Faden,
*p#j[:
TVItf:
f.
m.
IT
?]nn^'X;
^.
schliirfen,
^ntg,
xnisnV T
1 s.
n.
f.
Ge-
\
Itpa., Impf. 1
\
s.
s.
:
Infin.
3
'Dinn^'x, 7
sq.
-:
:
firm.
s.
m.
s.
sich beteiligen
fest,
,
r
take part,
participate.
ntf v.
pntf vb. Pe., Pf. i s. v.ntr, 3 s. m. 7.nts( ; pntsf, pntfx.';
v.
c. sf.
II
associate.
Impf. 3
s.
m. BP
\\
thread.
spot,
adj. p.
3
s.
nossenschaft, partnership. vb. denom. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. *)PB zugesellen,
:
vb. Pe.,
sf.
3
:
:
W' vb.
c. sf.
partner.
m., p. 'j?ntf Flecken,
xn^'
m.
pflanzen, plant. m., p. ''Drw' Genosse,
\m; Lampe,
m., p.
m. Ge-
X^nt^:
lamp.
T-)t2>'
s.
:
herabgleiten, slip down.
m& n.
trinken, n.
X^nt^'p
3 1 p.'h^fiBf; Impf. Pf. act. p.
Mahlzeit,
5
Pf.
It.,
Pt. act.
rvrjl:
W',
vb.
Inf.
vb. Pe., Pf. 1
2
sf.
meal.
33"|F,B(X;
Tits',
trank, drink.
p. c.sf. 1 s.
Lager, camp; p. Truppen, 2
s.
||
xnnt
intsfx
5
X^n^b;
,
lassen,
Imp.
;
intr',
dnv//.
to
froo/w.
m.
Pe., Pf. 2 s.
3
m. s.
arPFlBfX.
m.
;
nw'; 2
1 p. VIBft;
s.
3 p/t^nef,
m.
s.
3
s.
act.
m.
pnt^:
^7e^.
Impf.
m.
||
t^pnt^x; Pt. schweigen, fte
xnipTitS>' T r
Schweigen,
I
n.
f.
:
silence.
n
X^xn
n. m., s.
crown.
f.
rnxn
:
Krone, xn:xn
n.
f.,
p. ':xn
:
Feige,
177* xnian x;an
f. Arche, ark. m. Stroh, straw. vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c.
n.
sf.
3 p. m. irunyari auffordern, :
ask, accost.
n.
xanin (etym.?)
m.
s.
innan:
3 p. m.
c.
an1n, under.
IT
\
;
lanV
:
pass.
X-DP
||
m.
n.
XITTin~
n. (ass.) v '
:
'nn
beneath. d.
nxnn
adv. unten,
p. s
xnn
,
\\
;
^xnn
merchant. 3in vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. f XJaP 3 s. m. aP ; Imp. s. f. ain zuriickkehren, return. 1 p. txjanix , sf. 2
\
:
bringen, bring down.
Wn.
v.
:
XDP
m. Tisch, table. m. X^DH n. m. Kinderlosigkeit,
Af.,
s.
n.
1
s.
iP.arrix';
3
s.
m. naTIX
s.
;
2
s.
,
anis nanitD
,'
s.
m.
Pt. act.
;
p.
c. sf.
m. 'avio,
widerlegt werden, be refut-
xrai'n T
I
:
i
n.
:
Widerlegung ain
iFi ,
f.,
,
adv.
p. *
xna^n TT i
:
Schmerz,
f.
Purpur(farbe und wote^
wiederum,
and
(color
stuff).
Xj?P3n, XjPtSSt? (pers.?) n. m., p. i$~: Thronsessel, chair.
^n vb. Pe., 3
s.
p.
f.
m.
Pf. 1 p.
3
c. sf.
s.
:
refutation .
Chr. Bab. Talm.
n.
-stoflf),
VUJJFJ
;
;
pass.
;
s. f.
tp^n ;
Impf.
Pt. act. x;"?n
iV
;
m. HY?n,
3 p. I^H
2 p. m. i^flP
^n Margolis,
:
:
pain.
m. xnVan
s.
Einwendung
:
'
i
3
erheben, raise an objection. ittaf., Pf. 3 s. m. aninx:
ed.
vb.
;
;
p.
aTio
xnn
\\
denom. Fa., Impf. 3 s. m. s nn? 1 p. 'nnj nach unten
m. n;anix, 3 childlessness. m. inranix 2 s. m. c. sf. X'PDP n. m., p. " ^DP T
^janix, 3
adj.,
unterer,
:
nnV, 'nnp adv.
unten, beneath.
m. Kaufmann,
praep., 3 8. m.
TjniD;
nnn^p
\\
||
NI x
v.
*
p. 1 s.
m. i.Tnin: unter,
p.
lower.
Ungliick, misfortune.
xi:n T
m.
s.
zer-
:
:
nln
^ninn, 2
sf.
Itpe., Pf. brechen, break. ~ianx m. 3 s. Impf. 3 s. m.
sf.
n. m.,
garlic.
'a~: Kleid, garment.
ninn,
vb. Pe., Pt. act.
m. Knoblauch, m. Ochs, ox.
n.
XTin
n.
:
s.
m.
(auf-)
ton
178* Itpe., hangen, hang (up}. Pf. 3 s. m. >!?nx , p. i^nx
achter, eighth.
angeziindet werden, ; be kindled. Af., Pf. 3 s.
pass.
n
an-
^nx; Imp. ^.n(K):
ziinden, light.
n
n. m.,
jn.
(Dnn
Schnee,
:
non
n. m., p.
:
Dattel,
date. 1
NaVn
d.
n. d. m., sf. i p.
2 p.
snow.
3 p.
i^nn, n. a.
n
ia^.
v.
adj. d.
12.
m.
n.
xn!?n n.
,
zweiter, second.
3.
f.
|
t'n^y nVn,
ip^n,
f.
trfcn
'
-,
;
II
m.
m. SO. l p. ttfJ^n,
dreifach,
n
third. "j^n,
Dnn adv. vb. Pe.,
ynT
dort,
..
Pt. pass. p.
f.
: 1
3
sf.
impf. 3
;
s.
s.
pass. r
Lehrsatz
s.
if.
f.
m. :n
;
Pt. act.
Inf.
Imp.
HDH
c.
3 p.
sf.
^n,
2 p.
drittgeboren,
-^5
:
:
;
third, threefold.\ RnVFl, n.
\\
no n. f., sf. l p. VJVJ.no XJn Misna. p. WVJnO: T TT vb. denom. Pe., Pf. 1 s. ^n :
dritter
*nin,
adj.,'f.
ij:n
||
scarlet.
rot,
n
no nn
2.
f.
no
pur pur-
f.
eighth.
\
f.
n.
xnJOfc)
\\
AchtelmaB, measure of an
:
X^Jn T -
f.
einen
:
:
der Misna,
die
XiTpn sonderbar, strange.
Misna vortragen, recite a
Af., inf. *nlon x; Pt. nnnt?:
paragraph of the Mishna,
:
s
sich wundern, be astonished.
XTn
(hebr.)
n.
m. das tag-
the Mishna, s.
m.
yn.3
;
\
Pa., Impf. 3 l3n
Inf.
eine
:
liche Opfer, the daily sacri-
Erlauterung zur Misna vor-
fice.
tragen,
n.
m.
,
xytMJ
n.
f.
an
utter
inter-
pretation of the Mishna.
8.
'
Af., Pf. 3
f.
no yon T :
n. p.
18.
I
T
I
:
m. 80.
II
II
n.
PTOnN :
m.
;
1 s. "lyrtf
s.
m.
Imp. 3 ;
c. sf. s.
Imp. p.
3
m.
Unx
s.
\
m.
c. sf. :
die
son
179*
Misna lehren, instruct in the Mishna. Kin n. m., \\
p.
Tanna
'Xjin:
(doctor
Misnicus).
sf.
3
m. npri
s.
m.
s.
Impf. 3
;
Pt. act.
1.
wagen, weigh; 2. wiegen, aufwiegen, weigh, be equal. KVi?no(j?), sf. 3 s. m. aVjWD,
\\
vb. Af., 1'JP.X
3
Pf.
m.
p.
verabreden, make an
:
?pno
mn
m:.
v.
XJ^n
m.
n.
?F)K,
(f.)
Seeungeheuer,
sea monster.
XlUn
m.
n.
Ofen,
:
oven.
DDn
3
v.
xjy.
3
s.
f.
3
s.
m.
(HtPDn)
s.
3
3
c. sf.
Imp. m. 'a&BFl; ;
m. aiDsn-
s.
:
Pt.
act.
tpcsn, IT"
't^Dn
1
:
, '
:
:
IT '
P
c. sf.
s.
s.
m.
c. sf.
m.
c. sf.
aiDsn -
f.
:
:
/
m.
p.
i p. "p^DDn: -
ergreifen, in Besitz
:
IT
nehmen,
,
,
Pa., Pf. 3
f.
s.
m. Ipn,
p.m.tj3>n,^pn; Inf.rripnj? Pt. pass. s. m. IP.nD, f. d.
;
stellen, order, set in order.\ f.,
3 s.m.nn;:
sf.
Besserungs-
,
mittel, ordinance,
means of
improvement, remedy. *]pn
vb. Pe.,
>Bpn
:
Pt. act. p.
Itpa., Pt. p. m. lBj?np
Af.,
Pt. act. ^pn.D:
a strong
WBn:
vb. Pe., Pf. 2 p.
question.
n. m., c. F|pn
:
\\
Pf. 3
s.
m.
c.
\
sich \
eine
ask
XBpn
Starke, Hef-
tigkeit, strength,
vehemence.
vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.
speien, spit. ^>pn vb. Pe.,
:
anstrengen, strain oneself. starke Frage stellen,
\
s.
m.
stark sein, be strong.
Pt. 2
F]Bn
^pn:
straight,
seize, take possession. Itpe.,
npjDnq: ergriffen be seized. werden,
1
\\
recht
Verordnung 3
p.
m. DDn,
s.
X^p.nx straucheln,
xnjp.n n.
m.
s.
3 p. m.
m. niDDn 3
sf.
ninDsn,
;
m.
Xnj[?nt3: anordnen, richtig Pf. 2 p. c.
vb. Pe.,
s.
:
vb. Pe., Pt. act. p.
gerade right.
fox.
f.
weight.
,
Pf. 3
stumble.
pn
nun
p.
,
X*?yn n. m., p. "^y.n: Fuchs,
xrpjyn
Gewicht
:
vb. Itpe.,
agreement.
aufweichen, dissolve. 12*
xin
180* 2
Kin
vb. Af., Pf. i
n.
verwarnen, forewarn. N31F] n. m. Fett, fat.
DJih
vb., Pf. 3 p.
>
cock. .
s.
m.
?jin:
in
m.
n.
Din vb. denom.
Af., Pf. 2
f.
Henne,
rfoor.
Ttir,
3 p. ln:sin pass.
verstofien, repudiate. s.
m. noins; 2 p.m. tenpins sich widersetzen, oppose.
:
s. f.
s.
m.
c. sf.
Pt. act.
pino XPSinD zuT -rr
;
d.
;
:
:
:
rechtstellen, richtig stellen,
set aright, correct. n.
||
m. Widersetzlich-
rebelliousness.
keit,
:
vb. Pa., Pf. 3
"Jin vb. Pa., Pf. 3
cy-
hen.
ii
interpret.
n.
:
Kfj?iJJin n.
||
setzen, erklaren, translate,
Dlin
Cypresse,
(xViJUin) -' n. m. Hahn, T
m.
Pt. act. 1 p. irtM-jna
f.
press.
m.,
n.
n^'n
f.
9. ||
ibtfn, f. trnbf'j; ytz/n, no, nDtr'n (nott'n)' 19.
~t
ii"
:'
i
Hebraisches Worterverzeichnis.
Hebrew s
n.
nn.K
n.
f.
IDS
Fackel, tiber-
p
f.,
vb., Inf. IOiV-3
sagen, that
S
dachung, covering.
1HN
Glossary. :
das will
is.
conj. obwohl, although.
vb. Pi. Pt. pass.
verspatet
,
belated,
post-
dated.
Liigner,
adv. nicht, wo/. Tj^s adv. weiter, further on. ""S
conj. not.
^3
wenn
nicht,
/
n.
nVinn spruch
m.
,
p.
liar.
am
n.
f.
Segen-
Sabbatausgang,
benediction at the outgoing
of the sabbath.
nan
xia
n'3
X13.
n.
f.
Untergang,
setting.
^Q
i3*ia "J:1"13
n.
(gr.)
m.,
p.
n.
n.
vb. Ho., Pt. 1
W
certain.
unterbrechen
interrupt.
JTQ: Pina
n.
creation.
n.
pT
||
= T
glutton.
f.
Gleichnis,
p.
,
1
Flor im
:
"pp/!
m. Palme, palm-tree.
adv. wie?
TJNYTI
HI
Hitp.
=
(gr.)
m., p. ni>ni: GewiBHi adv.
n.
heit, certainty.
Schopfimg, n. f. Ge-
n>"!3
l.
.
s. f.
f.
II
n.
(gr.)
m. Unterbrechung, DIDHSH
vb. Nitp.
/ty.
Auge, cataract.
s.
gewiB sein, be a vb. Pi., Pf. 3
interruption.
Feige,
likeness.
^ n. m.
erlesen, choice.
^1133 n.
f.
m. Schlemmer,
nixVtt:
Ratsherr, councillor. vb. Ho., Pt. "in3D: aus-
,
181*
\\
gewiB, certainly.
:
schopf, creature.
rnna
Tin:
n.
f.
Sonderung,
"O7
separation, selection.
H3
n.
f.
^ip
||
yofce.
||
adj.,
VK37:
p.
wurdig,
worthy.
na Stimme, \n
nnx HD3 auf
Ein-
NL,
vb.
Pt.
werden, &e
"|in
gespeist
:
/erf.
mal, atone and the same time.
^in vb. Pf. 3
raj vb. einziehen, TT 'U
collect.
m. Nichtjude n. m. Korper,
n.
f)W
,
Gentile.
Wesen,
body, essence. T"
n.
f.
:
mtf mta AnaT T T"
logie-Beweis, proof by ana-
il
n.
m. Vollendung, com-
pletion.
fallen,
DH Gott behute,
Dl^Sfl
forbid. n.
f.,
c.
Pra-
nj?rn:
sumtion, presumption. verschiedener vb. BTi.
Meinung
logy.
m. ^H:
fall.
ngrn :
:
s.
sein,
&e
o/"
ferent opinion.
en
n.
f.
Sonne, *wn.
a
dif-
Ton
182* vb.
"lOPI
Pt.
psc
jl
pass.
schwer, heavy, weighty. np.no praep. wegen, on ac-
count
n.
't^'7
f.
n.
Darlehen,
f.
Bedeutung, meaning.
of.
HO.
tS^TlD dasjenige, welches, that which. HD3 nns -^
vb. Hi. werfen, cast. ti
||
Mantel, mantle. vb. Ni. sich anschliefien, n.
f.
attach oneself.
um
wieviel mehr, the more.
HID31
much mo. nrvs
n.
\
?W'n
conj. da, since.
||
'n adv. also, hence. IBI n. p.
fering.
n^ y'
1
n.
3
l^jp n. m. Zahl, number. vb. Pt. act. 1 s. s .n_Db.
HJJ3.
1DD
m. Leiden, *M/-
Tod, death. s. m. UDn.
f.
sf.
"IP praep.,
how
n^ip
(gr.) n.
f.,
p.
Perle, pearl. f.
Akademie,
college.
Pi. stark machen,
J n.
m. Bann, excom-
munication. ?t3J
3 praep., sf. 1 tt
1J3
s.
VjiBS.
conj. sobald als, nach-
dem, as soon
as, since.
adv. so, thus. adv. ID hier, here. T)3
jetzt ab,
\
jr%.
Siihne
atonement.
umschlingen,
an
vb.
Pa. begleiten,
company.
Pt. pass. "1UD mei-
ass.
.D n.
m^
Wunder,
I'D::
nend, of the opinion. wmc? rpp n. m. Eselsfullen, foal of
about. 1
p.
recline at table.
13D vb.
Abtritt, ,
DJ n. m.,
vb. Hi. zu Tische liegen,
niB3 T T -
T"D vb.
D^nsiy 3^J Oberlippe, upper Up.
on.
XDSn n 3 f.
ff/V,
}3p von
from now
s
nehmen,
miracle.
DJD vb. Ni. eintreten, enter. n.
vb. erheben,
take.
ac-
DD
m.Ansatz, attachment.
n. m., p. rilpSD
doubt.
:
Zweifel,
mo 31D
vb.
Pi.
sich
183* vb. sich absondern, sepa
weigern,
rate oneself.
refuse.
B n.
"IDD vb. widersprechen, con-
S
tradict.
n.
f.
f.
Fruchtbarkeit, fruit
fulness.
*?W vb. Pi. einen Kreis den, form a
bil-
"py
it is
praep.
"pyo
:
yet day.
of.
]sp
Ni. pass.
Gebot, command-
f.
Wohltat, good deed.
vb. Pilp. polieren, polish. vb. vorangehen, go before.
n?y vb. angerechnet werden, Hi.
n.
||
Pt. pass, ungliicklich, elend,
counted.
Anfang, commen-
f.
ment.
27V vb. bedriicken, oppress;
be
n.
^riS
cement.
nach Art
von, after the manner adv. jetzt, now. lt^3y_
miserable.
=
(gr.)
circle.
Tiy: Di 1 -liyao wahrend des
Tages, while
rfoye.
Taube,
nennen,
Ho.
\
Pt.
OTpO
ver-
antedated.
friiht,
Dip.
DipB3 praep.
Xlp.
n*")p n.
anstatt,
m
name. riljy
n.
f.
Bescheidenheit,
Sanftmut, Demut, humility. DSy. ich selbst, myself. J"P3~y_
n.
I'lVS
n.
f.
Abend,
evening.
m. Wildesel, wild
(lat.)
n.
ass.
m. pugio.
DiB n. m. Verschlimmerung, deterioration.
nns Bf'
verringern, lessen. S JB13 conj. weil, because.
HJS vb. Ni. die Notdurft verrichten, ease oneself.
Hipp
f.
Lesen, reading.
m.
n.
\\
Schrift, Schrift-
vers, Scripture, Scriptural verse.
[ground.
Grand und Boden,
yp")p n. m. .
.
n.
f. Beweis, unser Lehrer, our
njnn U2"1
:
teacher. .
n^l
n.
f.
Mehrung,
JM/-
tiplication.
mi.
HTI.B
shovel.
n.
m. Schaufel,
184* Augenblick,
:
twinkling of an eye.
rW)
.
n.
f.
vb. Hitpa. , vergessen werden, be forgotten.
Erlaubnis,
jn
dammerung,
permission.
"pa:
Abend-
twilight.
vb. Pi., dienen, :
nota relationis. ^Bj:
:
men
vb. Pu., Pt.
nota genitivi.
lich,
tta praep. wegen, on #
n
n. n.
"ItDtf
T
:
f.
ungewohn-
extraordinary. n. f. Misna.
von der Zeit, da, from the time when.
m., p Morgenzeit, dawn.
:
n. m., p. n11t5I^;' T :
Olttt&O:
vb. denom. Hi.,
c.net^ T :
anfangen, begin.
Schriftstiick,
)
Dty
^rw.
n.
down.
f.
Liegen,
lying
n.
m. Bedingung, condition.
vb. Hi., verordnen, ordier.
\J\j\ \J
5301
M37
Margolis, Max Leopold A manual of the Aramaic language
PLEASE
CARDS OR
DO NOT REMOVE
SLIPS
UNIVERSITY
FROM
THIS
OF TORONTO
POCKET
LIBRARY
